00 upvotes00 downvotes

71 views601 pagesApr 01, 2019

© © All Rights Reserved

PDF, TXT or read online from Scribd

© All Rights Reserved

71 views

00 upvotes00 downvotes

© All Rights Reserved

You are on page 1of 601

to Engineering Students

everywhere.

Especially mine.

Preface to the Electronic Edition

In the Spring of 2000, Brooks/Cole (the most recent publisher of record) declared Energy

Conversion out of print and returned the copyright to the author. Because of the

unavailability of the films used in the printing of the book, the author decided to develop an

electronic edition for the world-wide-web by revising a word processor draft to conform to

the published text, converting it to Adobe Acrobat pdf form, with minor modifications and

corrections where needed.

This electronic textbook is offered in anticipation of the day when students will carry all

of their texts and reference materials to class in a single electronic reader no larger than a

book of a few hundred pages. Such readers are available now and notebook computers

using the Acrobat reader could be used as such. It is in a spirit of conservation that the

author hopes that students and other users will download chapters from the internet as they

are needed and store them on their personal computers rather than printing them.

With the cooperation and assistance of Dr. Dale Schoenefeld and Ms. Janet Cairns of

the University of Tulsa, it was decided to provide the ebook from the university server. The

author very much appreciates their participation and that of the University in this effort. Dr.

Andrew Dykes again contributed to the updated Chapter 10; and my scholar-wife, Ruth,

proof-read the entire book and helped me to avoid a multitude of problems with the text. I

am, of course very grateful for their contributions to this non-profit venture.

As I used the printed text as an instructor, before retiring, and as I worked on the

electronic edition, I found a deeper appreciation of the quantity and quality of the efforts

expended by the production editor of the printed version, Tad W. Bornhoft, and his

associates. I came to admire and appreciate their work more and more. It was a job well-

done. Thank you all very much.

I am grateful to the instructors and students who have used Energy Conversion in the

past. It is for them and future scholars that I am attempting to make this work more readily

available. I hope that they find it useful and that it makes a pleasant and meaningful

contribution to engineering education.

Kenneth C. Weston

December 2000

Preface to the First Edition

A solid grounding in heat and power has long been a characteristic expected of mechanical

engineers. This text deals with energy conversion topics that should be well understood by

all mechanical engineers. It is intended for use in an introductory three-semester-hour

course in energy conversion, to follow first courses in thermodynamics and fluid mechanics

and, where possible, heat transfer. No attempt is made to treat electrical motors, generators,

and other conventional electric power equipment dealt with in electrical engineering power

courses. Rather, it focuses, in the first six chapters, on the three predominant thermal power

systems: the steam power plant, the gas turbine, and the reciprocating engine. These are

considered the mainstream energy converters in which all mechanical engineers should be

well grounded. The remaining five chapters provide a variety of choices for an instructor to

select to round out a three-hour junior or senior level course. While the latter chapters

depend on fundamentals appearing in the first six chapters as much as possible, they are

organized and written to be independent of each other, so that they may be used in almost

any order, or may be completely ignored.

It is the author’s experience that many students have difficulty with the concepts of

thermodynamics and fail to grasp its importance and power. A course in energy conversion,

which applies the concepts of thermodynamics and introduces and analyzes the prime

energy conversion devices, can be an eye-opener to those students who need concrete

applications and are stimulated by them. At the same time, a good course in energy

conversion can motivate further study of thermodynamics and the other engineering

sciences.

A number of textbooks are available for the study of energy conversion. Most of these

books are best suited for advanced and graduate students because of an abundance of detail

that may distract the undergraduate—fresh from first encounters with thermodynamics and

fluid mechanics—from the fundamentals, from the major thrusts of system behavior and

operation, and from engineering analysis. For this reason, the present text is an attempt at

user-friendliness, which trades excessive technical detail for a fuller and easier development

of mainline topics. Thus this text limits the amount of peripheral information presented and

focuses on topics of current importance and those likely to play a significant role in the

careers of the readers. It seeks to act as a convenient bridge between the engineering

sciences and advanced courses and, at the same time, provide a useful terminal course for

students pursuing other interests.

The approach taken is to provide a brief review of fundamentals from thermodynamics

and fluid mechanics and to immediately focus on an in-depth study of a major energy

conversion system—the steam power plant—together with more advanced fundamentals

needed for its understanding and analysis. The premise is that a thorough understanding of a

major energy conversion system establishes a point of reference by which the student may

better appreciate and understand other systems. This is the major thrust of the first four

chapters. The first chapter is a brief review and introduction to the text. Instructors may

wish to assign the reading of Chapter 1 and a few problems for review at the first class

meeting, and then answer questions and proceed to the important material of Chapter 2 in

the second session.

Chapter 2 starts with the Rankine cycle and examines the important refinements of the

cycle, one at a time, culminating in the study of a typical cycle of a large modern steam

power plant. Sections of the chapter may be assigned at a pace consistent with the students’

prior exposure to the Rankine cycle. The author usually assigns one or more problems at

each class and spends one class each on the basic cycle, reheat, efficiencies and pressure

losses, regeneration and feedwater heaters, combined mass conservation and First Law

analysis with heaters, and two classes on the study of the power plant flowsheet. At this

point the student should have the capability to interpret and analyze the flowsheet of any

steam power plant presented to him or her. This may be an appropriate time for a first

examination to assure that the attention of the student has focused on thermodynamic cycle

and system analysis fundamentals before considering the basics of Rankine cycle

implementation.

With a good grasp of the cycles of steam power plants in hand, it is appropriate for the

student to study some of the fundamentals of fuels and combustion in order to proceed

further in understanding steam plant design and operation and to prepare him or her for

later chapters. Thus the student should be easily motivated to the study of fuels and

combustion in Chapter 3. To the extent that this and the preceding chapter are review for

the student, the pace of coverage may be adjusted by the instructor in reading and problem

assignments and class discussions.

Chapter 4 completes the study of conventional steam power generation by following

and analyzing the major flows in a steam plant: water, fuel, and gases, placing emphasis on

the hardware and systems involved in these flows. A brief introduction to the fundamentals

of engineering economy is included in this chapter, so that financial aspects of power plant

operation may be considered. The latter material is not intended to replace a course in

engineering economy. Instead, it provides basic information that may appear too late in

some curricula for use in a junior-level energy conversion course. Chapter 4 concludes with

a back-of-the-envelope type analysis of plant characteristics, which provides the student

with an overview of the magnitudes of parameters associated with large steam plant

operation and with an opportunity to reflect on the roles of thermodynamics, economics,

and analysis in the plant design.

The succeeding chapters provide opportunities to show the universality of many of the

fundamentals and methods presented in the first four. The fifth chapter treats the important

and exciting topics of gas turbines and jet propulsion. The characteristics of stationary gas

turbines are studied and contrasted. The jet engine is studied as a form of gas turbine with

special design and performance characteristics. Care is taken to provide the student with a

conceptual understanding of the basic machine before delving into detailed analysis and

alternate configurations. Advanced topics such as combined cycles, cogeneration, steam

injection, polytropic efficiencies, and turbofan engines are deferred to Chapter 9, for those

instructors who prefer not to treat these topics in an introductory energy conversion course.

As in other chapters, the instructor is largely in control of the level of the presentation

by the choice and the pace of the assignments that he or she makes. One or several text

sections may be assigned per class meeting, along with problems of appropriate number and

difficulty for the students. At the end of Chapter 5, the instructor may wish to assign the

development of a computer program or a spreadsheet for gas turbine analysis, or the use of

an existing program or spreadsheet for optimization of a configuration for a given

application, or for a preliminary design study of a gas turbine or steam plant. Although

combined gas turbine and steam cycles are not considered until Chapter 9, some instructors

may wish to deal with them at this point, and perhaps assign a design problem.

Chapter 6 considers the phenomena and characteristics of the reciprocating engine and

the engineering parameters describing its performance. The chapter develops and compares

models of both Otto and Diesel cycles and explores some of the fundamental problems and

aspects of their implementation in working engines. Chapter 7 complements Chapter 6 by

providing a brief look at the Wankel rotary engine. While not a major player in energy

conversion at this time, the rotary engine offers a unique opportunity for students to analyze

and understand an entirely different, successful, and intriguing implementation of the Otto

cycle. For those instructors wishing to substitute other materials, Chapter 7 may be omitted

without concern for student comprehension of the remainder of the book.

While refrigeration and air conditioning are not power generation technologies, they

clearly involve energy conversion in important ways and represent an important mechanical

engineering discipline. Chapter 8 briefly considers the fundamentals and hardware of this

field briefly, giving a framework within which HVAC engineering may be understood and

upon which engineering analyses may be built. The important topic of the analysis of moist

air is introduced by treating moist air as a binary mixture of ideal gases and carried to the

point where the student is introduced to HVAC system design using the psychrometric

chart.

Chapter 9 considers some of the important technological problems of the day and a

selected collection of advanced energy conversion techniques that mechanical engineers use

to deal with them. The treatments of most of these technologies are largely independent of

each other, so that instructors may elect to use either the entire chapter or only those

advanced topics that they consider most appropriate for their course. A notable exception is

that the presentation on turbofans considers using either isentropic or polytropic

efficiencies. It is recommended to cover the preceding section on polytropic efficiency

before proceeding to turbofans. It is hoped that the study of this chapter will motivate

students to investigate the selected topics in greater detail, aided by the bibliography.

Instructors may wish at this point to assign more in-depth study using the library on one of

these topics or on other advanced systems.

Certainly, nuclear power is controversial. While the development of new nuclear fission

plants in the United States is currently dormant, the subject remains important and is likely

to become more important to mechanical engineers in the future. Some texts devote a great

deal of space to nuclear power while others do not choose to treat it at all. The decision

here was to take the middle ground, to provide a survey that allows mechanical engineers to

place the subject in perspective with respect to other major energy conversion technologies.

Chapter 10 thus focuses on relevant aspects of nuclear fission power without going into

nuclear reactor physics and design in detail. The chapter may be studied at any time after

the first four chapters on steam power, or may be omitted completely if the instructor

desires.

The final chapter offers vistas on a number of promising technologies, some of which

avoid the heat engine approach that dominates today’s modern power and propulsion

systems. An introduction to electrical energy storage-battery technology provides a lead-in

to fuel-cell energy conversion, now under intensive development as a flexible solution to a

diversity of electrical power generation problems. Magnetohydrodynamics (MHD) is

considered as a means of producing electricity directly from a hot fluid without the use of a

turbine. The inspiration of the sun as a massive and eternal energy source continues to drive

interest in solar energy, spurred by the success of small-scale photovoltaic conversion in

watches and calculators, and of remote power applications. The chapter closes with a brief

consideration of the use of hydrogen as a secondary energy source and the transition to a

steady-state energy system.

A course in energy conversion may serve as a terminal course in the thermal-fluids-

energy stem for those students pursuing other disciplinary interests. These students emerge

with an appreciation of the purposes and methods of thermodynamics, of engineering

hardware, and of important segments of industry. For others, the course may serve as a

motivating lead-in to electives such as advanced thermodynamics, advanced fluids and heat

transfer, refrigeration and air conditioning, solar energy, turbomachinery, gas turbines, and

propulsion. At the University of Tulsa the course is offered to sixth semester students,

allowing elective studies in the seventh and eighth semesters.

The goal of this book is to provide a lucid learning tool for good students who may feel

insecure in their understanding of the engineering sciences and their uses. An effort is made

to tie theory, concepts, and techniques to earlier courses, which may not have been

mastered. A special effort is made also to help the student become familiar with and

appreciate the important hardware associated with energy conversion, through the

presentation of numerous photographs and diagrams. The author hopes that this study of

energy conversion will not only prepare the student for work in this field but will also

provide motivation for further study of the engineering sciences because their usefulness in

design and analysis is better appreciated.

Numerous examples are provided in the text in connection with the more important

topics. Photographs and schematic diagrams of modern equipment are included to aid the

student in hardware visualization. Students should be encouraged to study these carefully as

the useful learning tools that they are. As a further guide and aid to the student, terms which

should be part of his or her vocabulary are italicized. Many acronyms and abbreviations are

used in energy conversion as in other fields of endeavor. There is no point in delaying the

inevitable. They are used sparingly but where appropriate in the text and are identified in

their first occurrence and in the list of symbols.

We are in the midst of a protracted transition from one system of engineering units, the

English system, to an international system, the Systeme International d’Unites, usually

called SI. It is essential that this and other texts provide experience in using both; therefore,

an effort has been made to provide discussions and problems expressed in both the SI and

English systems.

The importance of units, not only as a tool of communication, but as an analytic tool

warrants repeated emphasis. Using units for dimensional analysis may often be the

difference between obtaining a correct problem solution and falling into quantitative error.

To emphasize the importance of units, equations in the text appear with the units of the

dependent variable in both English and SI forms in brackets, as for example in the units of

specific energy: [Btu/lbm | kJ/kg]. When an expression is dimensionless that fact is indicated

by [dl] following the equation.

The personal computer has become a valuable tool for practicing engineers and should

be used by engineering students at every appropriate opportunity. The author has found

spreadsheets to be particularly useful in a variety of activities including energy conversion.

Spreadsheets are provided for the example problems presented in spreadsheet format in the

text. This allows students to examine these calculations in as much detail as they wish, to

conveniently repeat the calculations for alternate inputs, and to substitute alternate

calculation details. Thus instructors may conveniently assign “what if” studies in these

cases. A spreadsheet of data extracted from the JANAF tables is included to allow easy

flame temperature and heat transfer calculations in connection with Chapter 3. While the

spreadsheets were developed using Quattro Pro, the examples are provided in the WK3

format, so that they may be used with any spreadsheet that is compatible with this popular

Lotus 1-2-3 format.

Those unfamiliar with spreadsheets will find that a few hours with a modern

spreadsheet and a good tutorial will enable its use in powerful ways. One of the

characteristics of spreadsheets is that the new user can usually start solving problems at the

first sitting. After using the tutorial, the new user should pick a modest problem of current

interest to solve, or try a few problems that were previously completed by hand. It is wise

for new users to select a spreadsheet that is widely used in their university or company or by

their friends, so that it will be easy to exchange information with and learn from others.

During the years of preparation of this book, many friends, colleagues, reviewers, and

students have made constructive suggestions and offered ideas and encouragement. They

are too numerous to thank individually here. It is, nevertheless, appropriate to express my

appreciation to them and to acknowledge their invaluable contributions. It is particularly

fitting, however, to recognize the special contributions of friend and colleague, Dr. Andrew

A. Dykes, for both his insightful critique of the first draft and his substantive and continuing

contributions to Chapter 10. Some of his expertise is written into the pages of that chapter;

any deficiencies there are mine. I am greatly indebted also to industry for providing many of

the photographs and illustrations that the reader will find in these pages. Sources are

identified with the figures. Finally, I must acknowledge the patience and support of my

family and the administration, faculty, and staff of the University of Tulsa, who helped ease

the pain and maximize the joys associated with the preparation of this work.

1

CHAPTER ONE

FUNDAMENTALS OF

ENERGY CONVERSION

1.1 Introduction

Energy conversion engineering (or heat-power engineering, as it was called prior to the

Second World War), has been one of the central themes in the development of the

engineering profession. It is concerned with the transformation of energy from sources

such as fossil and nuclear fuels and the sun into conveniently used forms such as

electrical energy, rotational and propulsive energy, and heating and cooling.

A multitude of choices and challenges face the modern energy conversion

engineer. A few years ago major segments of the energy conversion industry were

settled into a pattern of slow innovation. Most automobile manufacturers were satisfied

to manufacture engines that had evolved from those produced twenty years earlier,

some of which boasted 400 horsepower and consumed a gallon of leaded gasolene

every eight or nine miles. Many electric power utilities were content with state-of-the-

art, reliable, fossil-fuel-consuming steam power plants, except for a few

forward-looking, and in several cases unfortunate, exceptions that risked the nuclear

alternative.

Then came the oil embargo of the 1970s, high fuel prices, and threatened

shortages. Also, the public and legislatures began to recognize that air pollution

produced by factories, power plants, and automobiles and other forms of environmental

pollution were harmful. International competitors, producing quality automobiles with

smaller, lower-pollution engines, exceptional gas mileage, and lower prices shook the

automobile industry. The limitations of the Earth's resources and environment started

to come into clearer focus. These and other influences have been helping to create a

more favorable climate for consideration, if not total acceptance, of energy conversion

alternatives and new concepts.

There are opposing factors, however. Among them are limited research and

development funding due to budgetary constraints, emphasis on short-term rather than

long-term goals because of entrepreneurial insistence on rapid payback on investment,

and managerial obsession with the bottom line. But more open attitudes have become

established. New as well as previously shelved ideas are now being considered or

reconsidered, tested, and sometimes implemented. A few examples are combined

steam and gas turbine cycles, rotary combustion engines, solar and windmill power

farms, stationary and vehicular gas turbine power plants, cogeneration, photovoltaic

solar power, refuse-derived fuel, stratified charge engines, turbocharged engines,

fluidized-bed combustors, and coal-gasification power plants. We are living in a

2

rapidly changing world that requires continuing adaptation of old technologies and the

development of new ones. Energy conversion engineering is a more stimulating,

complex, and viable field today because of this altered climate.

A Look Backward

How did we get where we are today? A good answer requires a study of the history of

science and engineering worthy of many volumes. Table 1.1 identifies a few pivotal

ideas and inventions, some of them landmarks to energy conversion engineers, and the

names of the thinkers and movers associated with them. Of course, the table cannot

present the entire history of energy conversion engineering. Omitted are the

contributions of Newton and Euler, the first rocket engine, the V-8 engine, the ramjet

and fanjet. The reader could easily come up with many other glaring omissions and

extend the table indefinitely.

While the names of one or two persons are associated with each landmark

achievement, most of these landmarks were the products of teams of unheralded

individuals whose talents were crucial to success. Moreover, the successes did not

occur in a vacuum, but benefited and followed from the advances and failures of others.

Unknown or renowned, each engineer and his or her associates can make a contribution

to the progress of mankind.

Table 1.1 can only hint at how the persons, ideas, and events listed there relied on

their predecessors and on a host of less well-known scientific and technological

advances. A brief bibliography of historical sources is given at the end of the chapter.

These works chronicle the efforts of famous and unsung heroes, and a few villains, of

energy conversion and their struggles with ideas and limiting tools and resources to

produce machines for man and industry.

The historical progress of industry and technology was slow until the fundamentals

of thermodynamics and electromagnetism were established in the ninteenth century.

The blossoming of energy technology and its central role in the industrial revolution is

well known to all students of history. It is also abundantly clear that the development of

nuclear power in the second half of the twentieth century grew from theoretical and

experimental scientific advances of the first half century. After a little reflection on

Table 1.1, there should be no further need to justify a fundamental scientific and

mathematical approach to energy conversion engineering.

___________________________________________________________________________

Giovanni Branca Impulse steam turbine proposal 1629

Thomas Newcomen Atmospheric engine using steam (first widely used 1700

Heat engine)

and first Boulton and Watt condensing steam engine 1775

3

___________________________________________________________________________

John Barber Gas turbine ideas and patent 1791

(Count Rumford) to heat while boring cannon

(foundations of thermodynamics)

and measured the mechanical equivalent of heat 1849

(Lord Kelvin) Thermodynamics

without mechanical compression 1860

and first jet engine static test 1937

4

___________________________________________________________________________

Otto Hahn Discovery of nuclear fission 1938

at Shippingport, Pennsylvania .

grid power

________________________________________________________________

mechanics, and heat transfer, this chapter briefly reviews those aspects of these

disciplines that are necessary for understanding, analysis, and design in the field of

energy conversion.

The subject of thermodynamics stems from the notions of temperature, heat, and work.

Although, the following discussion makes occasional reference to molecules and

particles, useful in clarifying and motivating concepts in thermodynamics,

thermodynamics as a science deals with matter as continuous rather than as discrete or

granular.

mass of a pure substance bounded by a closed, impenetrable, flexible surface. Such a

mass, called a system, is depicted schematically in Figure 1.1(a). For example, the

system could be a collection of molecules of water, air, refrigerant, or combustion gas

confined in a closed container such as the boundary formed by a cylinder and a fitted

piston, Figure 1.1 (b). A system should always be defined carefully, to ensure that the

same particles are in the system at all times. All other matter which can interact with the

system is called the surroundings. The combination of the system and the surroundings

is termed the universe, used here not in a cosmological sense, but to include only the

5

system and all matter which could interact with the system. Thermodynamics and

energy conversion are concerned with changes in the system and in its interactions with

the surroundings.

State

The mass contained within a system can exist in a variety of conditions call states.

Qualitatively, the concept of state is familiar. For example, the system state of a

gasmight be described qualitatively by saying that the system is at a high temperature

and a low pressure. Values of temperature and pressure are characteristics that identify

a particular condition of the system. Thus a unique condition of the system is called a

state.

Thermodynamic Equilibrium

change in the character or state of the system is observed.

6

Thermodynamic Properties

equilibrium of a given system may be described by a few observable characteristics

called thermodynamic properties, such as pressure, temperature, and volume.

Obviously, this approach excludes the possibility of description of the condition of the

molecules of the system, a concern that is left to the fields of statistical and quantum

mechanics and kinetic theory. Nevertheless, it is frequently useful to think of

thermodynamic phenomena in molecular terms.

activity of a system. How can it be observed? A thermometer measures a system

property called temperature when it is in intimate and prolonged contact

(thermodynamic equilibrium) with the system. A mercury-in-glass thermometer, for

instance, functions by thermal expansion or contraction of mercury within a glass bulb.

The bulb must be in intimate thermal contact with the observed system so that the

temperatures of the bulb and the system are the same. As a result of the equilibrium,

elongation or contraction of a narrow column of mercury connected to the bulb

indicates the temperature change of the system with which it is in contact.

The Pressure Property. Another way to observe changes in the state of a liquid or

gaseous system is to connect a manometer to the system and observe the level of the

free surface of the manometer fluid . The manometer free surface rises or drops as the

force per unit area or pressure acting on the manometer-system interface changes.

Defining a State

single phase of a pure substance is defined by two thermodynamic properties. Thus, if

we observe the temperature and pressure of such a system, we can identify when the

system is in a particular thermodynamic state.

Properties that are dependent on mass are known as extensive properties. For these

properties that indicate quantity, a given property is the sum of the the corresponding

properties of the subsystems comprising the system. Examples are internal energy and

volume. Thus, adding the internal energies and volumes of subsystems yields the

internal energy and the volume of the system, respectively.

In contrast, properties that may vary from point to point and that do not change

with the mass of the system are called intensive properties. Temperature and pressure

are well-known examples. For instance, thermometers at different locations in a system

may indicate differing temperatures. But if a system is in equilibrium, the temperatures

7

of all its subsystems must be identical and equal to the temperature of the system. Thus,

a system has a single, unique temperature only when it is at equilibrium.

Work

From basic mechanics, work, W, is defined as the energy provided by an entity that

exerts a force, F, in moving one or more particles through a distance, x. Thus work

must be done by an external agent to decrease the volume, V, of a system of molecules.

In the familiar piston-cylinder arrangement shown in Figure 1.1(b), an infinitesimal

volume change of the system due to the motion of the piston is related to the

differential work through the force-distance product:

or

Note that in Equation (1.1b), the lower case letters w and v denote work and

volume on a unit mass basis. All extensive properties, i.e., those properties of state that

are proportional to mass, are denoted by lowercase characters when on a unit mass

basis. These are called specific properties. Thus, if V represents volume, then v denotes

specific volume. Although work is not a property of state, it is dealt with in the same

way.

Also note that the English units of energy in Equation (1.1a) are given in

mechanical units. Alternately, the British Thermal unit [Btu] may be used, as in

Equation (1.1b). The two sets of units are related by the famous conversion factor

known as the mechanical equivalent of heat, 778 ft-lbf/Btu. The student should pay

close attention to the consistency of units in all calculations. Conversion factors are

frequently required and are not explicitly included in many equations. For the

convenience of the reader, Appendix A lists physical constants and conversion factors.

When work decreases the volume of a system, the molecules of the system move

closer together. The moving molecules then collide more frequently with each other

and with the walls of their container. As a result, the average forces (and hence

pressures) on the system boundaries increase. Thus the state of the system may be

changed by work done on the system.

Heat

temperature between the system and the surrounding fluid, energy passes from the fluid

to the system. We say that heat, Q [Btu | kJ], is transferred to the system. The system is

8

or from the system, like work, can also change the state of the matter within the

system.

When the system and the surrounding fluid are at the same temperature, no heat

is transferred. In this case the system and surroundings are said to be in thermal

equilibrium. The term adiabatic is used to designate a system in which no heat crosses

the system boundaries. A system is often approximated as an adiabatic system if it is

well insulated.

Mechanics teaches that work can change the kinetic energy of mass and can change the

elevation or potential energy of mass in a gravitational field. Thus work performed by

an outside agent on the system boundary can change the energy associated with the

particles that make up the system. Likewise, heat is energy crossing the boundary of a

system, increasing or decreasing the energy of the molecules within. Thus heat and

work are not properties of state but forms of energy that are transported across system

boundaries to or from the environment. They are sometimes referred to as energy in

transit. Energy conversion engineering is vitally concerned with devices that use and

create energy in transit.

A property of a system that reflects the energy of the molecules of the system is called

the internal energy, U. The Law of Conservation of Energy states that energy can be

neither created nor destroyed. Thus the internal energy of a system can change only

when energy crosses a boundary of the system, i.e., when heat and/or work interact

with the system. This is expressed in an equation known as the First Law of

Thermodynamics. In differential form the First Law is:

Here, u is the internal energy per unit mass, a property of state, and q and w are,

respectively, heat and work per unit mass. The differentials indicate infinitesimal

changes in quantity of each energy form. Here, we adopt the common sign convention

of thermodynamics that both the heat entering the system and work done by the system

are positive. This convention will be maintained throughout the text. Thus Equation

(1.2) shows that heat into the system (positive) and work done on the system (negative)

both increase the system’s internal energy.

Cyclic Process

9

arbitrary change due to heat and work, returns to its initial state, it is said to have

participated in a cyclic process. The key points are: (1) the integral of any state

property differential is the difference of its limits, and (2) the final state is the same as

the initial state (hence there is no change in internal energy of the system)

du = uf – ui = 0

where the special integral sign indicates integration over a single cycle and subscripts i

and f designate, respectively, initial and final states. As a consequence, the integration

of Equation (1.2) for a cycle yields:

This states that the integral of all transfers of heat into the system, taking into account

the sign convention, is the integral of all work done by the system. The latter is the net

work of the system. The integrals in Equation (1.3) may be replaced by summations for

a cyclic process that involves a finite number of heat and work terms. Because many

heat engines operate in cyclic processes, it is sometimes convenient to evaluate the net

work of a cycle using Equation (1.3) with heat additions and losses rather than using

work directly.

Equation (1.2) for an arbitrary process involving a system:

where q and w are, respectively, the net heat transferred and net work for the process,

and uf and ui are the final and initial values of the internal energy. Equation (1.4), like

Equation (1.2), shows that a system that is rigid (w = 0) and adiabatic (q = 0) has an

unchanging internal energy. It also shows, like Equation (1.3), that for a cyclic process

the heat transferred must equal the work done.

If a system undergoes a process in which temperature and pressure gradients are always

small, the process may be thought of as a sequence of near-equilibrium states. If each of

the states can be restored in reverse sequence, the process is said to be internally

reversible. If the environmental changes accompanying the process can also be reversed

in sequence, the process is called externally reversible. Thus, a reversible process is

10

one that is both internally and externally reversible. The reversible process becomes

both a standard by which we measure the success of real processes in avoiding losses

and a tool that we can use to derive thermodynamic relations that approximate reality.

All real processes fail to satisfy the requirements for reversibility and are therefore

irreversible. Irreversibility occurs due to temperature, pressure, composition, and

velocity gradients caused by heat transfer, solid and fluid friction, chemical reaction,

and high rates of work applied to the system. An engineer’s job frequently entails

efforts to reduce irreversibility in machines and processes.

Entropy and enthalpy are thermodynamic properties that, like internal energy, usually

appear in the form of differences between initial and final values. The entropy change of

a system, ªs [Btu/lbm-R | kJ/kg-K], is defined as the integral of the ratio of the system

differential heat transfer to the absolute temperature for a reversible thermodynamic

path, that is, a path consisting of a sequence of well-defined thermodynamic states. In

differential form this is equivalent to:

where the subscript rev denotes that the heat transfer must be evaluated along a

reversible path made up of a sequence of neighboring thermodynamic states. It is

implied that, for such a path, the system may be returned to its condition before the

process took place by traversing the states in the reverse order.

composed of reversible processes. The cyclic integral, Equation (1.3), may then be used

to show that the net work of the cycle is:

This shows that the area enclosed by a plot of a reversible cyclic process on a

temperature-entropy diagram is the net work of the cycle.

where h, u and v are, respectively, the system specific enthalpy, specific internal

energy, and specific volume, and p is the pressure.

11

Two other important forms of the First Law make use of these properties.

Substitution of Equations (1.1) and (1.5) in Equation (1.2) yields, for a reversible

process

(1.7), gives

Equations (1.7) and (1.8) may be regarded as relating changes in entropy for reversible

processes to changes in internal energy and volume in the former and to changes in

enthalpy and pressure in the latter. The fact that all quantities in these equations are

properties of state implies that entropy must also be a thermodynamic property.

Because entropy is a state property, the entropy change between two equilibrium

states of a system is the same for all processes connecting them, reversible or

irreversible. Figure 1.2 depicts several such processes 1-a-b-c-2, 1-d-2, and a sequence

of nonequilibrium states not describable in thermodynamic terms indicated by the

dashed line (an irreversible path). To use Equation (1.5) directly or as in Equations

(1.7) and (1.8), a reversible path must be employed. Because of the path independence

of state property changes, any reversible path will do. Thus the entropy change, s2 – s1,

12

reversible paths shown in Figure 1.2 or to any other reversible path connecting states 1

and 2.

While Equation (1.5) may be used to determine the entropy change of a system, the

Second Law of Thermodynamics, is concerned with the entropy change of the universe,

i.e., of both the system and the surroundings. Because entropy is an extensive property,

the entropy of a system is the sum of the entropy of its parts. Applying this to the

universe, the entropy of the universe is the sum of the entropy of the system and its

surroundings. The Second Law may be stated as "The entropy change of the universe is

non-negative":

Note that the entropy change of a system may be negative (entropy decrease) if the

entropy change of its environment is positive (entropy increase) and sufficiently large

that inequality (1.9) is satisfied.

As an example: if the system is cooled, heat is transferred from the system. The

heat flow is therefore negative, according to sign convention. Then, according to

Equation (1.5), the system entropy change will also be negative; that is, the system

entropy will decrease. The associated heat flow, however, is into the environment,

hence positive with respect to the environment (considered as a system). Then Equation

(1.5) requires that the environmental entropy change must be positive. The Second Law

implies that, for the combined process to be possible, the environmental entropy change

must exceed the magnitude of the system entropy change.

The First Law of Thermodynamics deals with how the transfer of heat influences

the system internal energy but says nothing about the nature of the heat transfer, i.e.,

whether the heat is transferred from hotter or colder surroundings. Experience tells us

that the environment must be hotter to transfer heat to a cooler object, but the First

Law is indifferent to the condition of the heat source. However, calculation of the

entropy change for heat transfer from a cold body to a hot body yields a negative

universe entropy change, violates the Second Law, and is therefore impossible. Thus

the Second Law provides a way to distinguish between real and impossible processes.

This is demonstrated in the following example:

EXAMPLE 1.1

(a) Calculate the entropy change of an infinite sink at 27°C temperature due to heat

transfer into the sink of 1000 kJ.

(b) Calculate the entropy change of an infinite source at 127°C losing the same amount

of heat.

13

(c) What is the entropy change of the universe if the aforementioned source supplies

1000 kJ to the sink with no other exchanges?

(d) What are the entropy changes if the direction of heat flow is reversed and the

source becomes the sink?

Solution

(a) Because the sink temperature is constant, Equation (1.5) shows that the entropy

change of the sink is the heat transferred reversibly divided by the absolute temperature

of the sink. This reversible process may be visualized as one in which heat is transferred

from a source which is infinitesimally hotter than the system:

(c) Because the entropy change of the universe is the sum of the entropy changes of

source and sink, the two acting together to transfer 1000kJ irreversibly give:

(d) A similar approach with the direction of heat flow reversed, taking care to observe

the sign convention, gives

Thus we see that heat flow from a low to a high temperature reduces the entropy of the

universe, violates the Second Law, and therefore is not possible.

____________________________________________________________________

Parts a, b, and c of Example 1.1 show that the entropy change of the universe depends

on the temperature difference driving the heat transfer process:

Note that if the temperature difference is zero, the universe entropy change is also zero

and the heat transfer is reversible. For finite positive temperature differences, ÎSuniv

14

exceeds zero and the process is ireversible. As the temperature difference increases,

ÎSuniv increases. This exemplifies the fact that the entropy change of the universe

produced by a process is a measure of the irreversibility of the process.

For an isolated system, there is no change in the entropy of the surroundings.

Hence the system entropy change is the entropy change of the universe and therefore

must be non-negative. In other words, the entropy of an isolated system can only

increase or at best stay constant.

they pass through a given region of space rather than following the flow of a fixed

collection of particles. Thus, putting aside the system concept (fixed collection) for the

moment, consider a volume with well-defined spatial boundaries as shown in Figure

1-3. This is called a control volume. Mass at state 1 enters at a rate m1 and leaves at

state 2 with mass flow m2. If one mass flow rate exceeds the other, mass either

accumulates in the volume or is depleted. The important special case of steady flow, in

which no accumulation or depletion of mass occurs in the control volume, is considered

here. In steady flow, the conservation of mass requires equal mass flows in and out, i.e.,

m1 = m2, [lbm /s, | kg /s].

If Q-dot is the rate of heat flow into the control volume and W-dot is the rate at

which shaft work is delivered from the control volume to the surroundings,

conservation of energy requires that the excess of inflowing heat over outgoing work

equal the net excess of the energy (enthalpy) flowing out of the ports, i.e.,

[Btu/s | kJ/s] (1.10)

15

where summations apply to inflows i and outflows o, and where other types of energy

terms, such as kinetic and potential energy flows, are assumed negligible. For clarity,

the figure shows only one port in and one port out. Kinetic and potential energy terms

may be added analogous to the enthalpy termsat each port, if needed.

Equation (1.10) may be the most important and frequently used equation in this

book. Mastery of its use is therefore essential. It is known as the steady flow form of

the First Law of Thermodynamics. It may be thought of as a bookkeeping relation for

keeping track of energy crossing the boundaries of the control volume.

The Second Law of Thermodynamics applied to steady flow through an adiabatic

control volume requires that m2s2 $ m1s1, or by virtue of mass conservation:

That is, because entropy cannot accumulate within the control volume in a steady flow,

the exit entropy must equal or exceed the inlet entropy. In steady flows, heat transfer

can increase or decrease the entropy of the flow, depending on the direction of heat

transfer, as long as the entropy change of the surroundings is such that the net effect is

to increase the entropy of the universe.

We will often be concerned with adiabatic flows. In the presence of fluid friction

and other irreversibilities, the exit entropy of an adiabatic flow exceeds its inlet entropy.

Adiabatic flows that have no irreversibilities also have no entropy change and therefore

are called isentropic flows.

When heated, liquids are transformed into vapors. The much different physical

character of liquids and vapors makes engines in which phase change takes place

possible. The Newcomen atmospheric engine, for instance condensed steam to liquid

water in a piston-cylinder enclosure to create a partial vacuum. The excess of

atmospheric pressure over the low pressure of the condensed steam, acting on the

opposite face of the piston, provided the actuating force that drove the first successful

engines in the early eighteenth century. In the latter half of the eighteenth century,

engines in which work was done by steam pressure on the piston rather than by the

atmosphere, replaced Newcomen-type engines. Steam under pressure in reciprocating

engines was a driving force for the industrial revolution for about two centuries. By the

middle of the twentieth century, steam turbines and diesel engines had largely replaced

the steam engine in electric power generation, marine propulsion, and railroad

locomotives. .

Figure 1.4 shows typical saturation curves for a pure substance plotted in

temperature and entropy coordinates. A line of constant pressure (an isobar) is shown

in which the subcooled liquid at state 1 is heated, producing increases in entropy,

temperature, and enthalpy, until the liquid is saturated at state 2. Isobars in the

16

subcooled region of the diagram lie very close to the saturated liquid curve. The

separation of the two is exaggerated for clarity.

Once the substance has reached state 2, further transfer of heat fails to increase the

system temperature but is reflected in increased enthalpy and entropy in a vaporization

or boiling process. During this process the substance is converted from a saturated

liquid at state 2 to a mixture of liquid and vapor, and finally to a saturated vapor at

state 3. The enthalpy difference between the saturation values, h3 – h2, is called the

enthalpy of vaporization or heat of vaporization.

Continued addition of heat to the system, starting at state 3, superheats the steam

to state 4, again increasing temperature, enthalpy, and entropy.

Several observations about the isobaric process may be made here. Equation (1.5)

and Figure 1.4 show that the effect of adding heat is to always increase system entropy

and that of cooling to always decrease it. A similar conclusion can be drawn from

Equation (1.10) regarding heat additions acting to increase enthalpy flow through a

control volume in the absence of shaft work.

A measure of the proximity of a superheated state (state 4 in the figure) to the

saturated vapor line is the degree of superheat. This is the difference between the

temperature T4 and the saturated vapor temperature T3, at the same pressure. Thus the

degree of superheat of superheated state 4 is T 4 - T 3.

In the phase change from state 2 to state 3, the temperature and pressure give no

indication of the relative quantities of liquid and vapor in the system. The quality x is

defined as the ratio of the mass of vapor to the mass of the mixture of liquid and vapor

at any point between the saturation curves at a given pressure. By virtue of this

definition, the quality varies from 0 for a saturated liquid to 1 for a saturated vapor.

17

Because extensive properties are proportional to mass, they vary directly with the

vapor quality in the mixed region. The entropy, for example, varies from the entropy of

the saturated liquid sl at state 2 to the saturated vapor entropy sv at state 3 in

accordance with the following quality equation:

where s is the entropy per unit mass. Other extensive properties such as enthalpy and

volume vary with quality in the same way.

A variable closely related to the quality is moisture fraction (both quality and

moisture fraction can be expressed as percentages). Moisture fraction, M, is defined as

the ratio of the mass of liquid to the total mass of liquid and vapor. It can be easily

shown that the sum of the quality and the moisture fraction of a mixture is one.

A Mollier chart, a diagram with enthalpy as ordinate and entropy as abscissa, is

much like the temperature-entropy diagram. A Mollier diagram for steam is included in

Appendix B. An isobar on a Mollier chart, unlike that on a T-s diagram, has a

continuous slope. It shows both enthalpy and entropy increasing monotonically with

heat addition. Such a diagram is frequently used in energy conversion and other areas

because of the importance of enthalpy in applying the steady-flow First Law.

Under normal ambient conditions, the average distance between molecules in gases is

large, resulting in negligible influences of intermolecular forces. In this case, molecular

behavior and, therefore, system thermodynamics are governed primarily by molecular

translational and rotational kinetic energy. Kinetic theory or statistical thermodynamics

may be used to derive the ideal gas or perfect gas law:

where p [lbf /ft2 | kN/m2], v [ft3/lbm | m3/kg] and T [°R | °K] are pressure, specific

volume, and temperature respectively and R [ft-lbf /lbm-°R | kJ/kg-°K] is the ideal gas

constant. The gas constant R for a specific gas is the universal gas constant R divided

by the molecular weight of the gas.

Thus, the gas constant for air is (1545 ft-lbf /lb-mole-°R) / (29 lbm/lb-mole) =

53.3 ft-lbf /lbm-°R in the English system and (8.31 kJ/kg-mole-°K) / (29 kg/kg-mole)

= 0.287 kJ/kg-°K in SI units.

The specific heats or heat capacities at constant volume and at constant pressure,

respectively, are:

and

18

other thermodynamic properties. For solids and liquids, pressure change has little

influence on volume and internal energy, so that to a very good approximation: cv = cp.

A gas is said to be thermally perfect if it obeys Equation (1.13) and its internal

energy, enthalpy, and heat capacities are functions of temperature only. Then

and

dh = cp(T) dT [Btu/lbm | kJ/kg] (1.17)

also has constant heat capacities. This is reasonably accurate at low and moderate

pressures and at temperatures high enough that intermolecular forces are negligible but

low enough that molecular vibrations are not excited and dissociation does not occur.

For air, vibrational modes are not significantly excited below about 600K, and

dissociation of oxygen does not occur until the temperature is above about 1500K.

Nitrogen does not dissociate until still higher temperatures. Excitation of molecular

vibrations causes specific heat to increase with temperature increase. Dissociation

creates further increases in heat capacities, causing them to become functions of

pressure.

It can be shown (see Exercise 1.4) that for a thermally perfect gas the heat

capacities are related by the following equation:

This relation does not apply for a dissociating gas, because the molecular weight of the

gas changes as molecular bonds are broken. Note the importance of assuring that R and

the heat capacities are in consistent units in this equation.

Another important gas property is the ratio of heat capacities defined by k = cp /cv.

It is constant for gases at room temperatures but decreases as vibrational modes

become excited. The importance of k will be seen in the following example.

EXAMPLE 1.2

(a) Derive an expression for the entropy change of a system in terms of pressure and

temperature for a calorically perfect gas.

(b) Derive a relation between p and T for an isentropic process in a calorically perfect

gas.

Solution

(a) For a reversible process, Equation (1.8) gives Tds = dh - vdp. Dividing by T and

applying the perfect gas law gives ds = cp dT/T - Rdp/p.

19

(b) For an isentropic process, s2 = s1. Then the above equation gives

T2 /T1 = (p2/p1)(R/cp)

But R/cp = (cp - cv )/cp = (k - 1)/k. Hence T2 /T1 = (p2 /p1)(k - 1)/k.

____________________________________________________________________

This and other important relations for an isentropic process in a calorically perfect gas

are summarized as follows

These relations show that the ratio of heat capacities governs the variation of

thermodynamic properties in an isentropic process. For this reason the ratio of heat

capacities is sometimes called the isentropic exponent.

Almost all energy conversion devices involve the flow of some form of fluid. Air, liquid

water, steam, and combustion gases are commonly found in some of these devices.

Here we review a few of the frequently used elementary principles of fluid flow.

The volume flow rate, Q [ft3/s | m3/s] at which a fluid flows across a surface is the

product of the area, A [ft2 | m2], of the surface and the component of velocity normal to

the area, V [ft/s | m/s]. The corresponding mass flow rate is the ratio of the volume rate

and the specific volume, v [ft3/lbm | m3/kg]:

Alternatively the flow rate can be expressed in terms of the reciprocal of the specific

volume, the density, , [lbm /ft3 | kg /m3]:

20

principle that we have already used in Section 1.3. For a steady flow, the net inflow to a

control volume must equal the net outflow. Any imbalance between the inflow and

outflow implies an accumulation or a reduction of mass within the control volume, i.e.,

an unsteady flow. Given a control volume with n ports, the conservation of mass

provides an equation that may be used to solve for the nth port flow rate, given the

other n-1 flow rates. These flows may be (1) given, (2) calculated from data at the

ports using Equation (1.22) or (1.23), (3) obtained by solving n-1 other equations, or

(4) a combination of the preceding three.

For isentropic flow of an incompressible (constant density, , ) fluid, the Bernoulli

equation applies:

This is an invariant form, i.e. an equation with the same terms on both sides, p/, +

V2/2. The subscripts identify the locations in the flow where the invariants are

evaluated. The first term of the invariant is sometimes called the pressure head, and the

second the velocity head. The equation applies only in regions where there are no

irreversibilities such as viscous losses or heat transfer.

The invariant sum of the two terms on either side of Equation (1.24) may be called

the total head or stagnation head. It is the head that would be observed at a point

where the velocity approaches zero. The pressure associated with the total head is

therefore called the total pressure or stagnation pressure, po = p + ,V2/2. Each point

in the flow may be thought of as having its own stagnation pressure resulting from an

imaginary isentropic deceleration.

In the event of significant irreversibilities, there is a loss in total head and the

Bernoulli equation may be generalized to:

or

po1 /, = po2 /, + loss [ft-lbf/lbm | kJ/kg] (1.25b)

Stagnation pressure or head losses in ducts, such as due to flow turning or sudden

area change, are tabulated in reference books as fractions of the upstream velocity head

for a variety of geometries. Another example is the famous Darcy-Weisbach equation

which gives the head loss resulting from fluid friction in a pipe of constant cross-

section.

principles, there are cases where the compressibility of gases and vapors must be

considered. These are situations where the magnitude of the kinetic energy of the flow

21

is comparable to its enthalpy such as in supersonic nozzles and diffusers, in turbines and

compressors, and in supersonic flight. In these cases the steady-flow First Law must be

generalized to include kinetic energy per unit mass terms. For two ports:

Care should be taken to assure consistency of units, because enthalpy is usually stated

in thermal units [Btu /lbm | kJ/kg] and velocity in mechanical units [ft /s | m /s].

Another invariant of significance appears in Equation (1.26a). The form

is seen to be invariant in applications where heat transfer and shaft work are

insignificant. The invariant, ho, is usually given the name stagnation enthalpy because it

is the enthalpy at a point in the flow (real or imagined) where velocity approaches zero.

In terms of stagnation enthalpy, Equation (1.26a) may be rewritten as

where conservation of mass with steady flow through two ports has been assumed.

Writing dho = cp dTo with cp constant, we get

Combining this with Equation (1.27), we are led to define another invariant, the

stagnation temperature for a calorically perefect gas:

To = T + V2/2cp [ R | K] (1.28)

point where the gas velocity has been brought to zero adiabatically. For this special

case of a constant heat capacity, Equation (1.26b) may be written as

In both incompressible and compressible flows, the mass flow rates at all stations

in a streamtube are the same. Because the specific volume and density are constant in

incompressible flow, Equation (1.22) shows that the volume flow rates are the same at

all stations also. However for compressible flow, Equation (1.23) shows that density

change along a streamtube implies volume flow rate variation. Thus, while it is

frequently convenient to think and talk in terms of volume flow rate when dealing with

incompressible flows, mass flow rate is more meaningful in compressible flows and in

general.

22

as the dimensionless ratio of a flow velocity to the local speed of sound in the fluid. For

ideal gases the speed of sound is given by

M=0 Incompressible

0<M<1 Subsonic

M=1 Sonic

M>1 Supersonic

Studies of compressible flows show that supersonic flows have a significantly different

physical character than subsonic and incompressible flows. For example, the velocity

fields in subsonic flows are continuous, whereas discontinuities known as shock waves

are common in supersonic flows. Thus the student should not be surprised to find that

different relations hold in supersonic flows than in subsonic flows.

Energy exists in a variety of forms. All human activities involve conversion of energy

from one form to another. Indeed, life itself depends on energy conversion processes.

The human body, through complex processes, transforms the chemical energy stored in

food into external motion and work produced by muscles as well as electrical impulses

that control and activate internal functions.

It is instructive to examine some of the processes for transformation between

technically important forms of energy. Table 1.2 shows a matrix of energy forms and

the names of some associated energy converters.

From: To: Thermal Energy Mechanical Energy Electrical Energy

pump

Nuclear Energy Fission reactor Nuclear steam turbine Nuclear power plant

The table is far from complete, and other energy forms and energy converters

could readily be added. However, it does include the major energy converters of

interest to mechanical engineers. It is a goal of this book to present important aspects

of the design, analysis, performance, and operation of most of these devices.

One of the major criteria guiding the design of energy conversion systems is

23

efficiency. Each of the conversions in Table 1.2 is executed by a device that operates

with one or more relevant efficiencies. The following section explores some of the

variety of definitions of efficiency used in design and performance studies of energy

conversion devices.

1.9 Efficiencies

Several types of efficiencies are widely used. It is important to clearly distinguish

among them. Note that the terms work and power are equally applicable here.

The efficiency of a machine that transmits mechanical power is measured by its

mechanical efficiency, the fraction of the power supplied to the transmission device

that is delivered to another machine attached to its output, Figure 1.5(a). Thus a gear-

box for converting rotational motion from a power source to a device driven at another

speed dissipates some mechanical energy by fluid and/or dry friction, with a consequent

loss in power transmitted to the second machine. The efficiency of the gearbox is the

ratio of its power output to the power input, a value less than one. For example, a

turboprop engine with a gearbox efficiency of 0.95 will transmit only 95% of its power

output to its propeller.

24

indicate the quality of performance of turbomachines such as pumps, compressors and

turbines. These devices convert flow energy to work (power), or vice versa. Here the

efficiency compares the output with a theoretical ideal in a ratio [Figure 1.5(b)]. The

resulting efficiency ranges from 0 to 1 as a measure of how closely the process

approaches a relevant isentropic process. A turbine with an efficiency of 0.9, will, for

example, deliver 90% of the power of a perfect (isentropic) turbine operating under the

same conditions. This efficiency, sometimes referred to as isentropic efficiency or

turbine efficiency, will be considered in more detail in the next chapter.

Another form of isentropic efficiency, sometimes called compressor efficiency (or

pump efficiency), is defined for compressors (or pumps). It is the ratio of the isentropic

work to drive the compressor (or pump) to the actual work required. Because the

actual work required exceeds the isentropic work, this efficiency is also less than to 1.

A third type of efficiency compares the magnitude of a useful effect to the cost of

producing the effect, measured in comparable units. An example of this type of

efficiency compares the net work output, wn, of a heat engine to the heat supplied, qa,

to operate the engine. This is called the to (th = wn /qa) [Figure 1.5(c)]. For example,

the flow of natural gas to an electrical power plant provides a chemical energy flow

rate or heat flow rate to the plant that leads to useful electric power output. It is known

from basic thermodynamics that this efficiency is limited by the Carnot efficiency, as

will be discussed in the next section.

Another example of this type of efficiency as applied to refrigerators and heat

pumps [Figure 1.5(d)] is called the coefficient of performance, COP. In this case the

useful effect is the rate of cooling or heating, and the cost to produce the effect is the

power supplied to the device. The term "coefficient of performance" is used instead of

efficiency for this measure of quality because the useful effect usually exceeds the cost

in comparable units of measure. Hence, unlike other efficiencies, the COP can exceed

unity. As seen in Figure 1.5(d), there are two definitions for COP, one for a refrigerator

and another for a heat pump. It may be shown using the First Law of Thermodynamics,

that a simple relationship exists between the two definitions: COPhp = COPrefr + 1.

On beginning the study of the energy conversion ideas and devices that will serve us in

the twenty-first century, it is appropriate to review the theoretical cycle that stands as

the ideal for a heat engine. The ideas put forth by Sadi Carnot in 1824 in his

“Reflections on the Motive Power of Heat” (see Historical Bibliography) expressed the

content of the Second Law of Thermodynamics relevant to heat engines, which, in

modern form (attributed to Kelvin and Planck) is: “It is impossible for a device which

operates in a cycle to receive heat from a single source and convert the heat completely

to work.” Carnot’s great work also described the cycle that today bears his name and

provides the theoretical limit for efficiency of heat engine cycles that operate between

two given temperature levels: the Carnot cycle.

The Carnot cycle consists of two reversible, isothermal processes separated by two

25

reversible adiabatic or isentropic processes, as shown in Figure 1.6. All of the heat

transferred to the working fluid is supplied isothermally at the high temperature

TH = T3, and all heat rejected is transferred from the working medium at the low

temperature TL = T1. No heat transfer takes place, of course, in the isentropic

processes. It is evident from Equation (1.5) and the T-s diagram that the heat added is

T3(s3 - s2 ), the heat rejected is T1 (s1 - s4 ), and, by the cyclic integral relation, the net

work is T3(s3 - s2 ) + T1 (s1 - s4 ). The thermal efficiency of the Carnot cycle, like that of

other cycles, is given by wn / qa and can be expressed in terms of the high and low cycle

temperatures as :

26

because both isothermal processes operate between the same entropy limits.

The Carnot efficiency equation shows that efficiency rises as TL drops and as

TH increases. The message is clear: a heat engine should operate between the widest

possible temperature limits. Thus the efficiency of a heat engine will be limited by the

maximum attainable energy-source temperature and the lowest available heat-sink

temperature.

Students are sometimes troubled by the idea of isothermal heat transfer processes

because they associate heat transfer with temperature rise. A moments reflection,

however, on the existence of latent heats–e.g., the teakettle steaming on the stove at

constant temperature-makes it clear that one should not always associate heat transfer

with temperature change.

It is important here, as we start to consider energy conversion devices, to recall the

famous Carnot Theorem, the proof of which is given the most thermodynamics texts.

It states that it is impossible for any engine operating in a cycle between two reservoirs

at different temperatures to have an efficiency that exceeds the Carnot efficiency

corresponding to those temperatures. It can also be shown that all reversible engines

operating between two given reservoirs have the same efficiency and that all irreversible

engines must have lower efficiencies. Thus the Carnot efficiency sets an upper limit on

the performance of heat engines and therefore serves as a criterion by which other

engines may be judged.

The qualitative relationship between the irreversibility of a process and the entropy

increase of the universe associated with it was considered in section 1.2. Let us now

consider a quantitative approach to irreversibility and apply it to a model of a power

plant.

Reversible Work

Instead of comparing the work output of the power plant with the energy supplied from

fuel to run the plant, it is instructive to compare it with the maximum work achievable

by a reversible heat engine operating between the appropriate temperature limits, the

reversible work. It has been established that any reversible engine would have the same

efficiency as a Carnot engine. The Carnot engine provides a device for determining the

reversible work associated with a given source temperature, TH, and a lower sink

temperature,TL.

27

Irreversibility

work and the actual work of a process:

I = Wrev - Wact [Btu | kJ]

It is seen that the irreversibility of a process vanishes when the actual work is the same

non-work-producing engine is equal to the reversible work. It is clear that I $ 0,

because no real engine can produce more work than a Carnot engine operating between

the same limiting temperatures.

Second-Law Efficiency

We can also define a “second-law efficiency,” II, as the ratio of the actual work of a

process to the reversible work:

[dl]

heat engine, sometimes referred to as a “first-law efficiency,” which may not exceed

that of the appropriate Carnot engine. Note that an engine which has no irreversibility

is a reversible engine and has a second-law efficiency of 100%.

temperature, TH, in order to transfer heat to a working fluid at an intermediate

temperature, TINT. The working fluid, in turn, is used in an engine to produce work and

reject heat to a sink at the low temperature, TL. Figure 1.7 presents a diagram of the

model that shows explicitly the combustion temperature drop from the source

temperature, TH, to the intermediate temperature, TINT, the actual work-producing

engine, and a Carnot engine used to determine the reversible work for the situation.

The Carnot engine has an efficiency of C = 1 - TL /TH and develops work in the

following amount:

Suppose that the engine we are considering is a Carnot engine that operates from the

intermediate source at TINT. Its efficiency and work output are, respectively,

I = 1 - TL /TINT and Wact = QIN – QI = I QIN . The irreversibility, I, of the power plant

is then

28

= [1 - TL /TH - ( 1 - TL /TINT)]QIN

Note that when TINT = TH, the irreveribility vanishes and the second-law efficiency

becomes 100%. Also, when TINT = TL, the irreversibility is equal to the reversible work

of the Carnot engine and the second- law efficiency is zero. The latter condition

indicates that a pure heat transfer process or any process that produces no useful work

causes a loss in the ability to do work in the amount of Wrev . Thus the reversible work

associated with the extremes of a given process is a measure of how much capability to

do work can be lost, and the irreversibility is a measure of how much of that work-

producing potential is actually lost. The following example illustrates these ideas.

EXAMPLE 1.3

3000 Btu/s to heat steam to 1500°R. There is no energy loss in the combustion

process. The steam, in turn, produces 1000 Btu/s of work and rejects the remaining

energy to the surroundings at 500°R.

(b) What are the reversible work and the Carnot efficiency corresponding to the source

29

(c) What is the irreversibility?

(d) What is the second-law efficiency?

(e) What would the irreversibility and the second-law efficiency be if the working fluid

were processed by a Carnot engine rather than by the real engine?

Solution

(a) The thermal efficiency, or first-law efficiency, of the plant is I = Wact/QIN =

1000/3000 = 0.333 or 33.3%.

(b) The relevant Carnot efficiency is 1 - 500/3500 = 0.857, or 85.7%. The engine’s

reversible work is then CQIN = 0.857(3000) = 2571 Btu/s.

I /C = 0.333/0.857 = 0.389, or 38.9%

or

Wact /Wrev = 1000/2571 = 0.389, or 38.9%.

(e) The Carnot efficiency corresponding to the maximum temperature of the working

fluid is 1 - 500/1500 = 0.667 or 66.7%. The second-law efficiency for this system is

then 0.667/0.857 = 0.778, compared with 0.389 for the actual engine. The actual work

produced by the irreversibly heated Carnot engine is 0.667(3000) = 2001 Btu/s, and its

irreversibility is then I = 2571 -2001 = 570 Btu/s.

___________________________________________________________________

measure of how well the engine converts the energy in its fuel to useful work. It says

nothing about energy loss, because energy is conserved and cannot be lost: it can only

be transformed. The second-law efficiency, on the other hand, recognizes that some of

the energy of a fuel is not available for conversion to work in a heat engine and

therefore assesses the ability of the engine to convert only the available work into useful

work. This is a reason why some regard the second-law efficiency as more significant

than the more commonly used first-law efficiency.

1. Van Wylen, Gordon J., and Sonntag, Richard E., Fundamentals of Classical

Thermodynamics, 3rd ed. New York: Wiley, 1986.

3. Cengel, Yunus A., and Boles, Michael A., Thermodynamics. New York: McGraw-

Hill, 1989.

30

4. Faires, Virgil Moring, Thermodynamics, 5th ed. New York: Macmillan, 1970.

Minneapolis: West, 1977.

6. Bathie, William W., Fundamentals of Gas Turbines. New York: Wiley, 1984

7. Wilson, David Gordon, The Design of High Efficiency Turbomachinery and Gas

Turbines. Boston: MIT Press, 1984.

8. Anderson, John D., Modern Compressible Flow. New York: McGraw-Hill, 1982.

10. Chapman, Alan J. and Walker, William F., Introductory Gas Dynamics. New York:

Holt, Rinehart, and Winston, 1971.

Historical Bibliography

1. Barnard, William N., Ellenwood, Frank E., and Hirshfeld, Clarence F., Heat-Power

Engineering. Wiley, 1926.

3. Cummins, C. Lyle, Jr., Internal Fire, rev. ed. Warrendale, Penna.: Society of

Automotive Engineers, 1989.

4. Tann, Jennifer, The Selected Papers of Boulton and Watt. Boston: MIT Press, 1981.

6. Potter, J. H., “The Gas Turbine Cycle.” ASME Paper presented at the Gas Turbine

Forum Dinner, ASME Annual Meeting, New York, Nov. 27, 1972.

7. Grosser, Morton, Diesel: The Man and the Machine. New York: Atheneum, 1978.

8. Nitske, W. Robert, and Wilson, Charles Morrow, Rudolph Diesel: Pioneer of the

Age of Power. Norman, Okla: University of Oklahoma Press, 1965.

9. Rolt, L.T. C., and Allen, J. S., The Steam Engine of Thomas Newcomen. New York:

Moorland Publishing Co., 1977.

10. Briggs, Asa, The Power of Steam. Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 1982.

31

11. Thurston, Robert H., A History of the Growth of the Steam Engine. 1878; rpr.

Ithaca, N.Y.: Cornell University Press, 1939.

EXERCISES

1.1 Determine the entropy of steam at 1000 psia and a quality of 50%.

1.2 Show that the moisture fraction for a liquid water-steam mixture, defined as the

ratio of liquid mass to mixture mass, can be written as 1 - x, where x is steam quality.

1.3 Write expressions for the specific entropy, specific enthalpy, and specific volume as

functions of the moisture fraction. Determine the values of these properties for steam at

500°F and a moisture fraction of 0.4.

1.5 During a cyclic process, 75kJ of heat flow into a system and 25kJ are rejected from

the system later in the cycle. What is the net work of the cycle.

1.6 Seventy-five kJ of heat flow into a rigid system and 25 kJ are rejected later. What

are the magnitude and sign of the change in internal energy? What does the sign

indicate?

1.7 The mass contained between an insulated piston and an insulated cylinder

decreases in internal energy by 50 Btu. How much work is involved, and what is the

sign of the work term? What does the sign indicate?

1.9 Use Equation (1.8) to derive an expression for the finite enthalpy change of an

incompressible fluid in an isentropic process. If the process is the pressurization of

saturated water initially at 250 psia, what is the enthalpy rise, in Btu /lbm and in

ft-lbf / lbm, if the final pressure is 4000 psia? What is the enthalpy rise if the initial

pressure is 100 kPa and the final pressure is 950 kPa?

1.10 Sixty kg /s of brine flows into a device with an enthalpy of 200 kJ/kg. Brine flows

out of the other port at a flow rate of 20 kg /s. What is the net inflow? Is the system in

steady flow? Explain.

1.11 Use the steam tables in Appendices B and C to compare the heats of vaporization

at 0.01, 10, and 1000 psia. Compare the saturated liquid specific volumes at these

pressures. What do you conclude about the influence of pressure on these properties?

32

where cp is in Btu / lb-mole and T is in degrees Rankine (From Gordon J. Van Wylen

and Richard E. Sonntag, Fundamentals of Classical Thermodynamics, 3rd ed. New

York: Wiley, 1986). Compare the enthalpy change per mole of nitrogen between

540°R and 2000°R for nitrogen as a thermally perfect gas and as a calorically perfect

gas.

1.13 Use Equation (1.7) to derive Equation (1.20) for a calorically perfect gas.

1.14 Use Equation (1.7) to derive a relation for the entropy change as a function of

temperature ratio for a constant-volume process in a calorically perfect gas.

1.15 Use Equation (1.8) to derive a relation for the entropy change as a function of

temperature for an isobaric process in a calorically perfect gas.

1.16 A convergent nozzle is a flow passage in which area decreases in the streamwise

direction (the direction of the flow). It is used for accelerating the flow from a low

velocity to a higher velocity. Use the generalized form of the steady-flow First Law

given in Equation (1.26a) to derive an equation for the exit velocity for an adiabatic

nozzle.

1.17 Derive an equation for the pressure drop for a loss-free incompressible flow in a

varying-area duct as a function of area ratio.

1.18 Two units of work are required to transfer 10 units of heat from a refrigerator to

the environment. What is the COP of the refrigerator? Suppose that the same amount

of heat transfer instead is by a heat pump into a house. What is the heat pump COP?

1.19 A power plant delivers 100 units of work at 30% thermal efficiency. How many

heat units are supplied to operate the plant? How many units of heat are rejected to the

surroundings?

1.20 A steam turbine has an efficiency of 90% and a theoretical isentropic power of'

100 kW. What is the actual power output?

1.21 Thomas Newcomen used the fact that the specific volume of saturated liquid is

much smaller than the specific volume of saturated steam at the same pressure in his

famous "atmospheric engine." Calculate the work done on the piston by the atmosphere

if steam is condensed at an average pressure of 6 psia by cooling in a tightly fitted

piston-cylinder enclosure if the piston area is 1 ft2 and the piston stroke is 1 ft. If the

process takes place 10 times a minute, what is the power delivered? Discuss what can

33

Newcomen engine that would theoretically deliver 20 horsepower.

1.23 Twenty pounds of compressed air is stored in a tank at 200 psia and 80/F. The

tank is heated to bring the temperature to 155/F. What is the final tank pressure, and

how much heat was added?

1.24 Ten kilograms of compressed air is stored in a tank at 250 kPa and 50/C. The

tank is heated to bring the air temperature to 200 °C. What is the final tank pressure,

and how much heat was added?

3

1.25 An 85-ft tank contains air at 30 psia and 100/ F. What mass of air must be added

to bring the pressure to 50 psia and the temperature to 150/F?

1.26 A 20-L tank contains air at 2 bar and 300K. What mass of air must be added to

bring the pressure to 2 bar and the temperature to 375K?

1.27 Air enters a wind tunnel nozzle at 160/F, 10 atm, and a velocity of 50 ft/s. The

entrance area is 5ft2. If the heat loss per unit mass is 10 Btu/lbm and the exit pressure

and velocity are, respectively, 1.5 atm and 675 ft/s, what are the exit temperature and

area?

1.28 Air enters a wind tunnel nozzle at 90°C, 250 kPa, and a velocity of 40 m/s. The

entrance area is 3 m2. If the heat loss per unit mass is 7 kJ/kg and the exit pressure and

velocity are, respectively, 105 kPa and 250 m/s, what are the exit temperature and

area?

1.29 Air enters a wind tunnel nozzle at 160/F, 10 atm, and a velocity of 50 ft/s. The

entrance area is 5ft2. If the heat loss per unit mass is 8 Btu/lbm and the exit pressure and

temperature are, respectively, 1.25 atm and 120/F, what are the exit velocity and area?

1.30 Air enters a wind tunnel nozzle at 90/C, 250 kPa, and a velocity of 40 m/s. The

entrance area is 3 m2. If the heat loss per unit mass is 5 kJ/kg and the exit pressure and

temperature are, respectively, 120 kPa and 43°C, what are the exit velocity and area?

1.31 Sketch a Mollier diagram showing the character of three isotherms and three

isobars for a calorically perfect gas. Label each curve with a value in SI units to show

the directions of increasing temperature and pressure. Explain how the diagram would

differ if the gas were not calorically perfect.

35

CHAPTER TWO

Fundamentals of

Steam Power

2.1 Introduction

Much of the electricity used in the United States is produced in steam power plants.

Despite efforts to develop alternative energy converters, electricity from steam will

continue, for many years, to provide the power that energizes the United States and

world economies. We therefore begin the study of energy conversion systems with this

important element of industrial society.

Steam cycles used in electrical power plants and in the production of shaft power

in industry are based on the familiar Rankine cycle, studied briefly in most courses in

thermodynamics. In this chapter we review the basic Rankine cycle and examine

modifications of the cycle that make modern power plants efficient and reliable.

The most prominent physical feature of a modern steam power plant (other than its

smokestack) is the steam generator, or boiler, as seen in Figure 2.1. There the

combustion, in air, of a fossil fuel such as oil, natural gas, or coal produces hot

combustion gases that transfer heat to water passing through tubes in the steam

generator. The heat transfer to the incoming water (feedwater) first increases its

temperature until it becomes a saturated liquid, then evaporates it to form saturated

vapor, and usually then further raises its temperature to create superheated steam.

Steam power plants such as that shown in Figure 2.1, operate on sophisticated

variants of the Rankine cycle. These are considered later. First, let’s examine the

simple Rankine cycle shown in Figure 2.2, from which the cycles of large steam power

plants are derived.

In the simple Rankine cycle, steam flows to a turbine, where part of its energy is

converted to mechanical energy that is transmitted by rotating shaft to drive an

electrical generator. The reduced-energy steam flowing out of the turbine condenses to

liuid water in the condenser. A feedwater pump returns the condensed liquid

(condensate) to the steam generator. The heat rejected from the steam entering the

condenser is transferred to a separate cooling water loop that in turn delivers the

rejected energy to a neighboring lake or river or to the atmosphere.

36

As a result of the conversion of much of its thermal energy into mechanical energy,

or work, steam leaves the turbine at a pressure and temperature well below the turbine

entrance (throttle) values. At this point the steam could be released into the

atmosphere. But since water resources are seldom adequate to allow the luxury of one-

time use, and because water purification of a continuous supply of fresh feedwater is

costly, steam power plants normally utilize the same pure water over and over again.

We usually say that the working fluid (water) in the plant operates in a cycle or

undergoes of cyclic process, as indicated in Figure 2.2. In order to return the steam to

the high-pressure of the steam generator to continue the cycle, the low- pressure steam

leaving the turbine at state 2 is first condensed to a liquid at state 3 and then

pressurized in a pump to state 4. The high pressure liquid water is then ready for its

next pass through the steam generator to state 1 and around the Rankine cycle again.

The steam generator and condenser both may be thought of as types of heat

exchangers, the former with hot combustion gases flowing on the outside of water-

37

filled tubes, and the latter with external cooling water passing through tubes on which

the low- pressure turbine exhaust steam condenses. In a well-designed heat exchanger,

both fluids pass through with little pressure loss. Therefore, as an ideal, it is common

to think of steam generators and condensers as operating with their fluids at

unchanging pressures.

It is useful to think of the Rankine cycle as operating between two fixed pressure

levels, the pressure in the steam generator and pressure in the condenser. A pump

provides the pressure increase, and a turbine provides the controlled pressure drop

between these levels.

Looking at the overall Rankine cycle as a system (Figure 2.2), we see that work is

delivered to the surroundings (the electrical generator and distribution system) by the

turbine and extracted from the surroundings by a pump (driven by an electric motor or

a small steam turbine). Similarly, heat is received from the surroundings (combustion

gas) in the steam generator and rejected to cooling water in the condenser.

38

At the start of the twentieth century reciprocating steam engines extracted thermal

energy from steam and converted linear reciprocating motion to rotary motion, to

provide shaft power for industry. Today, highly efficient steam turbines, such as shown

in Figure 2.3, convert thermal energy of steam directly to rotary motion. Eliminating

the intermediate step of conversion of thermal energy into the linear motion of a piston

was an important factor in the success of the steam turbine in electric power

generation. The resulting high rotational speed, reliability, and power output of the

turbine and the development of electrical distribution systems allowed the centralization

of power production in a few large plants capable of serving many industrial and

residential customers over a wide geographic area.

The final link in the conversion of chemical energy to thermal energy to mechanical

energy to electricity is the electrical generator. The rotating shaft of the electrical

generator usually is directly coupled to the turbine drive shaft. Electrical windings

attached to the rotating shaft of the generator cut the lines of force of the stator

windings, inducing a flow of alternating electrical current in accordance with Faraday's

Law. In the United States, electrical generators turn at a multiple of the generation

frequency of 60 cycles per second, usually 1800 or 3600 rpm. Elsewhere, where 50

cycles per second is the standard frequency, the speed of 3000 rpm is common.

Through transformers at the power plant, the voltage is increased to several hundred

thousand volts for transmission to distant distribution centers. At the distribution

centers as well as neighborhood electrical transformers, the electrical potential is

reduced, ultimately to the 110- and 220-volt levels used in homes and industry.

39

electricity produced by a power plant, the generating system must adapt, from moment

to moment, to the varying demands for electricity from its customers. It is therefore

important that a power company have both sufficient generation capacity to reliably

satisfy the maximum demand and generation equipment capable of adapting to varying

load.

In analyses of heat engine cycles it is usually assumed that the components of the

engine are joined by conduits that allow transport of the working fluid from the exit of

one component to the entrance of the next, with no intervening state change. It will be

seen later that this simplification can be removed when necessary.

It is also assumed that all flows of mass and energy are steady, so that the steady

state conservation equations are applicable. This is appropriate to most situations

because power plants usually operate at steady conditions for significant lengths of

time. Thus, transients at startup and shutdown are special cases that will not be

considered here.

Consider again the Rankine cycle shown in Figure 2.2. Control of the flow can be

exercised by a throttle valve placed at the entrance to the turbine (state 1). Partial valve

closure would reduce both the steam flow to the turbine and the resulting power

output. We usually refer to the temperature and pressure at the entrance to the turbine

as throttle conditions. In the ideal Rankine cycle shown, steam expands adiabatically

and reversibly, or isentropically, through the turbine to a lower temperature and

pressure at the condenser entrance. Applying the steady-flow form of the First Law of

Thermodynamics [Equation (1.10)] for an isentropic turbine we obtain:

q = 0 = h2 – h1 + wt [Btu/lbm | kJ/kg]

where we neglect the usually small kinetic and potential energy differences between the

inlet and outlet. This equation shows that the turbine work per unit mass passing

through the turbine is simply the difference between the entrance enthalpy and the

lower exit enthalpy:

The power delivered by the turbine to an external load, such as an electrical generator,

is given by the following:

where ms [lbm /hr | kg/s] is the mass flow of steam though the power plant.

40

we see that shaft work is zero and thus that the steam generator heat transfer is

adjacent to the turbine in order to directly receive the large flow rate of low-pressure

turbine exit steam and convert it to liquid water. External cooling water is pumped

through thousands of tubes in the condenser to transport the heat of condensation of

the steam away from the plant. On leaving the condenser, the condensed liquid (called

condensate) is at a low temperature and pressure compared with throttle conditions.

Continued removal of low-specific-volume liquid formed by condensation of the high-

specific-volume steam may be thought of as creating and maintaining the low pressure

in the condenser. The phase change in turn depends on the transfer of heat released to

the external cooling water. Thus the rejection of heat to the surroundings by the

cooling water is essential to maintaining the low pressure in the condenser. Applying

the steady-flow First Law of Thermodynamics to the condensing steam yields:

The condenser heat transfer qc is negative because h2 > h3. Thus, consistent with sign

convention, qc represents an outflow of heat from the condensing steam. This heat is

absorbed by the cooling water passing through the condenser tubes. The condenser-

cooling-water temperature rise and mass-flow rate mc are related to the rejected heat

by:

ms|qc| = mc cwater(Tout - Tin) [Btu/hr | kW]

where cwater is the heat capacity of the cooling water [Btu/lbm-R | kJ/kg-K]. The

condenser cooling water may be drawn from a river or a lake at the temperature Tin and

returned downstream at Tout, or it may be circulated through cooling towers where heat

is rejected from the cooling water to the atmosphere.

We can express the condenser heat transfer in terms of an overall heat transfer

coefficient, U, the mean cooling water temperature, Tm = (Tout + Tin)/2, and the

condensing temperature T3:

It is seen for given heat rejection rate, the condenser size represented by the tube

surface area A depends inversely on (a) the temperature difference between the

condensing steam and the cooling water, and (b) the overall heat-transfer coefficient.

For a fixed average temperature difference between the two fluids on opposite

sides of the condenser tube walls, the temperature of the available cooling water

controls the condensing temperature and hence the pressure of the condensing steam.

41

Therefore, the colder the cooling water, the lower the minimum temperature and

pressure of the cycle and the higher the thermal efficiency of the cycle.

A pump is a device that moves a liquid from a region of low pressure to one of

high pressure. In the Rankine cycle the condenser condensate is raised to the pressure

of the steam generator by boiler feed pumps, BFP. The high-pressure liquid water

entering the steam generator is called feedwater. From the steady-flow First Law of

Thermodynamics, the work and power required to drive the pump are:

and

where the negative values resulting from the fact that h4 > h3 are in accordance with the

thermodynamic sign convention, which indicates that work and power must be supplied

to operate the pump.

The net power delivered by the Rankine cycle is the difference between the turbine

power and the magnitude of the pump power. One of the significant advantages of the

Rankine cycle is that the pump power is usually quite small compared with the turbine

power. This is indicated by the work ratio, wt / wp, which is large compared with one

for Rankine cycle. As a result, the pumping power is sometimes neglected in

approximating the Rankine cycle net power output.

It is normally assumed that the liquid at a pump entrance is saturated liquid. This

is usually the case for power-plant feedwater pumps, because on the one hand

subcooling would increase the heat edition required in the steam generator, and on the

other the introduction of steam into the pump would cause poor performance and

destructive, unsteady operation. The properties of the pump inlet or condenser exit

(state 3 in Figure 2.2) therefore may be obtained directly from the saturated-liquid

curve at the (usually) known condenser pressure.

The properties for an isentropic pump discharge at state 4 could be obtained from

a subcooled-water property table at the known inlet entropy and the throttle pressure.

However, such tables are not widely available and usually are not needed. The

enthalpy of a subcooled state is commonly approximated by the enthalpy of the

saturated-liquid evaluated at the temperature of the subcooled liquid. This is usually

quite accurate because the enthalpy of a liquid is almost independent of pressure. An

accurate method for estimating the pump enthalpy rise and the pump work is given later

(in Example 2.3).

A measure of the effectiveness of an energy conversion device is its thermal

efficiency, which is defined as the ratio of the cycle net work to the heat supplied from

external sources. Thus, by using Equations (2.1), (2.2), and (2.4) we can express the

ideal Rankine-cycle thermal efficiency in terms of cycle enthalpies as:

42

efficiency must be less than the efficiency of a Carnot engine operating between the

same temperature extremes. As with the Carnot-cycle efficiency, Rankine-cycle

efficiency improves when the average heat-addition temperature increases and the heat-

rejection temperature decreases. Thus cycle efficiency may be improved by increasing

turbine inlet temperature and decreasing the condenser pressure (and thus the

condenser temperature).

Another measure of efficiency commonly employed by power plant engineers is the

heat rate, that is, the ratio of the rate of heat addition in conventional heat units to the

net power output in conventional power units. Because the rate of heat addition is

proportional to the fuel consumption rate, the heat rate is a measure of fuel utilization

rate per unit of power output. In the United States, the rate of heat addition is usually

stated in Btu/hr, and electrical power output in kilowatts, resulting in heat rates being

expressed in Btu/kW-hr. The reader should verify that the heat rate in English units is

given by the conversion factor, 3413 Btu/kW-hr, divided by the cycle thermal efficiency

as a decimal fraction, and that its value has a magnitude of the order of 10,000

Btu/kW-hr. In the SI system of units, the heat rate is usually expressed in kJ/kW-hr, is

given by 3600 divided by the cycle efficiency as a decimal fraction, and is of the same

order of magnitude as in the English system. It is evident that a low value of heat rate

represents high thermal efficiency and is therefore desirable.

EXAMPLE 2.1

An ideal Rankine cycle (see Figure 2.2) has a throttle state of 2000 psia/1000°F and

condenser pressure of 1 psia. Determine the temperatures, pressures, entropies, and

enthalpies at the inlets of all components, and compare the thermal efficiency of the

cycle with the relevant Carnot efficiency. Neglect pump work. What is the quality of

the steam at the turbine exit?

Solution

The states at the inlets and exits of the components, following the notation of

Figure 2.2, are listed in the following table. The enthalpy and entropy of state 1 may be

obtained directly from tables or charts for superheated steam (such as those in

Appendices B and C) at the throttle conditions. A Mollier chart is usually more

convenient than tables in dealing with turbine inlet and exit conditions.

For an ideal isentropic turbine, the entropy is the same at state 2 as at state 1. Thus

state 2 may be obtained from the throttle entropy (s2 = s1 = 1.5603 Btu/lbm-R) and the

condenser pressure (1 psia). In general, this state may be in either the superheated-

steam region or the mixed-steam-and-liquid region of the Mollier and T-s diagrams. In

the present case it is well into the mixed region, with a temperature of 101.74°F and an

enthalpy of 871 Btu/lbm.

43

The enthalpy, h3 = 69.73 Btu/lbm, and other properties at the pump inlet are obtained

from saturated-liquid tables, at the condenser pressure. The steady-flow First Law of

Thermodynamics, in the form of Equation (2.4), indicates that neglecting isentropic

pump work is equivalent to neglecting the pump enthalpy rise. Thus in this case

Equation (2.4) implies that h3 and h4 shown in Figure (2.2) are almost equal. Thus we

take h4 = h3 as a convenient approximation.

(°F) (psia) (Btu/lbm-°R) (Btu/lbm)

The thermal efficiency is the net work per heat added = 603.1/1404.37 = 0.4294

(42.94%). This corresponds to a heat rate of 3413/0.4294 = 7946 Btu/kW-hr. As

expected, the efficiency is significantly below the value of the Carnot efficiency

of 1 – (460 + 101.74)/(460 + 1000) = 0.6152 (61.52%), based on a source

temperature of T1 and a sink temperature of T3.

The quality of the steam at the turbine exit is

Here v and l indicate saturated vapor and liquid states, respectively, at pressure p2.

Note that the quality could also have been obtained from the Mollier chart for steam as

1 - M, where M is the steam moisture fraction at entropy s2 and pressure p2.

__________________________________________________________________

Example 2-2

If the throttle mass-flow is 2,000,000 lbm/hr and the cooling water enters the condenser

at 60°F, what is the power plant output in Example 2.1? Estimate the cooling-water

mass-flow rate.

44

Solution: The power output is the product of the throttle mass-flow rate and the power

plant net work. Thus

or

The condensing temperature, T3 = 101.74 °F, is the upper bound on the cooling

water exit temperature. Assuming that the cooling water enters at 60°F and leaves at

95°F, the cooling-water flow rate is given by

A higher mass-flow rate of cooling water would allow a smaller condenser cooling-

water temperature rise and reduce the required condenser-heat-transfer area at the

expense of increased pumping power.

____________________________________________________________________

In a power plant analysis it is sometimes necessary to account for non-ideal effects such

as fluid friction, turbulence, and flow separation in components otherwise assumed to

be reversible. Decisions regarding the necessity of accounting for these effects are

largely a matter of experience built on familiarity with the magnitudes of the effects,

engineering practices, and the uses of the calculated results.

Turbine

In the case of an adiabatic turbine with flow irreversibilities, the steady-flow First Law

of Thermodynamics gives the same symbolic result as for the isentropic turbine in

Equation (2.1), i.e.,

except that here h2 represents the actual exit enthalpy and wt is the actual work of an

adiabatic turbine where real effects such as flow separation, turbulence, irreversible

internal heat transfers, and fluid friction exist.

45

the ratio of the actual shaft work to the shaft work for an isentropic expansion between

the same inlet state and exit pressure level. Based on the notation of Figure 2.4, we see

that the turbine efficiency is:

where h2s, the isentropic turbine-exit enthalpy, is the enthalpy evaluated at the turbine

inlet entropy and the exit pressure. For the special case of an isentropic turbine,

h2 = h2s and the efficiency becomes 1. Note how state 2 and the turbine work change

in Figure 2.4 as the efficiency increases toward 1. The diagram shows that the

difference between the isentropic and actual work, h2 – h2s, represents work lost due to

irreversibility. Turbine isentropic efficiencies in the low 90% range are currently

achievable in well-designed machines.

Normally in solving problems involving turbines, the turbine efficiency is known

from manufacturers’ tests, and the inlet state and the exhaust pressure are specified.

State 1 and p2 determine the isentropic discharge state 2s using the steam tables. The

actual turbine-exit enthalpy can then be calculated from Equation (2.7). Knowing both

p2 and h2, we can then fully identify state 2 and account for real turbine behavior in any

cycle analysis.

Pump

Work must be supplied to a pump to move liquid from a low pressure to a high

pressure. Some of the work supplied is lost due to irreversibilities. Ideally the remaining

effective work to raise the pressure is necessarily less than that supplied. In order for

46

turbine efficiency. That is, pump efficiency is the ratio of the isentropic work to the

actual work input when operating between two given pressures. Applying Equation

(2.4) and the notation of Figure (2.5), the isentropic pump work, wps = h3 – h4s, and the

pump isentropic efficiency is

Note the progression of exit states that would occur in Figure 2.5 as pump efficiency

increases for a fixed inlet state and exit pressure. It is seen that the pump lost work,

given by h4 – h4s decreases and that the actual discharge state approaches the isentropic

discharge state.

States 4 and 4s are usually subcooled liquid states. As a first approximation their

enthalpies may be taken to be the saturated liquid enthalpy at T3. More accurate

approximations for these enthalpies may be obtained by applying the First Law for a

closed system undergoing a reversible process, Equation (1.8): Tds = dh - vdp. For an

isentropic process it follows that dh = vdp. Because a liquid is almost incompressible,

its specific volume, v, is almost independent of pressure. Thus, using the notation of

Figure 2.5, integration with constant specific volume yields

47

Using Equation (2.8), and without consulting tables for subcooled water, we can

then calculate the pump work from

Note that the appropriate conversion factors must be applied for dimensional

consistency in Equation (2.9).

EXAMPLE 2.3

Calculate the actual work and the isentropic and actual discharge enthalpies for an 80%

efficient pump with an 80°F saturated-liquid inlet and an exit pressure of 3000 psia.

Solution

From the saturated-liquid tables, for 80°F, the pump inlet conditions are 0.5068 psia,

48.037 Btu/lbm, and 0.016072 ft3/lbm.

Using Equation (2.9), we find that the pump work is

or

wp = – 8677/778 = – 11.15 Btu/lbm.

The actual discharge enthalpy is

____________________________________________________________________

EXAMPLE 2.4

What is the turbine work, the net work, the work ratio, and the cycle thermal efficiency

for the conditions of Example 2.1 if the turbine efficiency is 90% and the pump

efficiency is 85%? What is the turbine exit quality?

Solution

By the definition of isentropic efficiency, the turbine work is 90% of the isentropic

turbine work = (0.9)(603.1) = 542.8 Btu/lbm.

By using Equation (2.9), the isentropic pump work is

[(0.01614)(1 – 2000)(144)] / 778 = – 5.97 Btu/lbm.

48

The actual pump work is then – 5.97/.85 = – 7.03 Btu/lbm and the work ratio is

542.8/| – 7.03| = 77.2

The cycle net work is wt + wp = 542.8 – 7.03 = 535.8 Btu/lbm..

Applying the steady-flow First Law of Thermodynamics to the pump, we get the

enthalpy entering the steam generator to be

Btu/lbm. and the cycle efficiency is 535.8/1397.3 = 0.383. Study of these examples

shows that the sizable reduction in cycle efficiency from that in Example 2.1 is largely

due to the turbine inefficiency, not to the neglect of pump work.

From Equation (2.6), the true turbine exit enthalpy is the difference between the

throttle enthalpy and actual turbine work = 1474.1 - 542.8 = 931.3 Btu/lbm.

The quality is then x = (h2 – hl)/(hv – hl) = (931.3 – 69.73)/(1105.8 – 69.73) =

0.832.

Thus the turbine inefficiency increases the turbine exhaust quality over the

isentropic turbine value of 0.774.

____________________________________________________________________

interrupting the steam expansion in the turbine to add more heat to the steam before

completing the turbine expansion, a process known as reheat. As shown in Figure 2.6,

steam from the high-pressure (HP) turbine is returned to the reheat section of the steam

generator through the "cold reheat" line. There the steam passes through heated tubes

which restore it to a temperature comparable to the throttle temperature of the high

pressure turbine. The reenergized steam then is routed through the "hot reheat" line to

a low-pressure turbine for completion of the expansion to the condenser pressure.

Examination of the T-s diagram shows that reheat increases the area enclosed by

the cycle and thus increases the net work of the cycle by virtue of the cyclic integral,

Equation (1.3). This is significant, because for a given design power output higher net

work implies lower steam flow rate. This, in turn, implies that smaller plant components

may be used, which tends to reduce the initial plant cost and to compensate for added

costs due to the increased complexity of the cycle.

Observe from Figure 2.6 that the use of reheat also tends to increase the average

temperature at which heat is added. If the low-pressure turbine exhaust state is

superheated, the use of reheat may also increase the average temperature at which heat

is rejected. The thermal efficiency may therefore increase or decrease, depending on

specific cycle conditions. Thus the major benefits of reheat are increased net work,

49

drying of the turbine exhaust (discussed further later), and the possibility of improved

cycle efficiency.

Note that the net work of the reheat cycle is the algebraic sum of the work of the

two turbines and the pump work. Note also that the total heat addition is the sum of the

heat added in the feedwater and reheat passes through the steam generator. Thus the

50

th = ----------------------------------- [dl] (2.10)

(h1 – h6) + (h3 – h2)

Relations such as this illustrate the wisdom of learning to analyze cycles using

definitions and applying fundamentals to components rather than memorizing equations

for special cases such as Equation (2.5) for the efficiency of the simple Rankine cycle.

Note that the inclusion of reheat introduces a third pressure level to the Rankine

cycle. Determination of a suitable reheat pressure level is a significant design problem

that entails a number of considerations. The cycle efficiency, the net work, and other

parameters will vary with reheat pressure level for given throttle and condenser

conditions. One of these may be numerically optimized by varying reheat pressure level

while holding all other design conditions constant.

Reheat offers the ability to limit or eliminate moisture at the turbine exit. The

presence of more than about 10% moisture in the turbine exhaust can cause erosion of

blades near the turbine exit and reduce energy conversion efficiency. Study of Figure

2.6 shows that reheat shifts the turbine expansion process away from the two-phase

region and toward the superheat region of the T-s diagram, thus drying the turbine

exhaust.

EXAMPLE 2.5

Reanalyze the cycle of Example 2.1 (2000 psia/1000°F/1 psia) with reheat at 200 psia

included. Determine the quality or degree of superheat at the exits of both turbines.

Assume that reheat is to the HP turbine throttle temperature.

Solution

Referring to Figure 2.6, we see that the properties of significant states are the

following:

(°F) (psia) (Btu/lbm-°R) (Btu/lbm)

51

Properties here are obtained from the steam tables and the Mollier chart as follows:

1. The enthalpy and entropy at state 1 are read from the superheated-steam tables

at the given throttle temperature and pressure.

2. State 2 is evaluated from the Mollier diagram at the given reheat pressure and

the same entropy as in state 1 for the isentropic turbine expansion.

gives s3 and h3. Normally, T3 is assumed equal to T1 unless otherwise specified.

to the known condenser pressure p4.

the known condenser pressure.

6. Pump work is neglected here. The steady-flow First Law then implies that

h6 = h5, which in turn implies the T6 = T5.

(1474.1 - 1210) + (1527 - 1028) = 763.1 Btu/lbm.

The heat added in the steam generator feedwater and reheat passes is

(1474.1 - 69.73) + (1527 - 1210) = 1721.4 Btu/lbm.

Both the net work and the cycle efficiency are higher than in the simple Rankine

cycle case of Example 2.1. From the Mollier chart in Appendix B it is readily seen that

state 2 is superheated, with 400 - 381.8 = 18.2 Fahrenheit degrees of superheat; and

state 4 is wet steam, with 7.4% moisture, or 0.926 (92.6%) quality. Thus the first

turbine has no moisture and the second is substantially drier than 0.774 quality value in

Example 2.1.

____________________________________________________________________

Reheat is an important feature of all large, modern fossil-fueled steam power plants.

We now consider another key feature of these plants, but temporarily omit reheat, for

the purpose of clarity.

The significant efficiency advantage of the Carnot cycle over the Rankine cycle is due

to the fact that in the Carnot cycle all external heat addition is at a single high

52

temperature and all external heat rejection at a single low temperature. Examination of

Figures 2.2 and 2.6 shows that heat addition in the steam generator takes place over a

wide range of water temperature in both the simple and reheat Rankine cycles.

Presumably, the Rankine-cycle thermal efficiency could be improved by increasing the

average water temperature at which heat is received. This could be accomplished by an

internal transfer of heat from higher-temperature steam to low-temperature feedwater.

An internal transfer of heat that reduces or eliminates low-temperature additions of

external heat to the working fluid is known as regeneration.

Regeneration is accomplished in all large-scale, modern power plants through the use

of feedwater heaters. A feedwater heater (FWH) is a heat exchanger in which the latent

heat (and sometimes superheat) of small amounts of steam is used to increase the

temperature of liquid water (feedwater) flowing to the steam generator. This provides

the internal transfer of heat mentioned above.

An open feedwater heater is a FWH in which a small amount of steam mixes

directly with the feedwater to raise its temperature. Steam drawn from a turbine for

feedwater heating or other purposes is called extraction steam. Feedwater heaters in

which extraction steam heats feedwater without fluid contact will be discussed later.

Consider the regenerative Rankine-cycle presented in Figure 2.7. The steam

leaving the high-pressure (HP) turbine is split with a small part of the mass flow

extracted to an open FWH and the major part of the flow passing to a low pressure

(LP) turbine. The T-s diagram shows that steam entering the FWH at state 2 is at a

higher temperature than the subcooled feedwater leaving the pump at state 5. When the

two fluids mix in the FWH, the superheat and the heat of vaporization of the extraction

steam are transferred to the feedwater, which emerges with the condensed extraction

steam at a higher temperature, T6.. It is assumed that all streams entering and leaving

the FWH are the same pressure so that the mixing process occurs at constant pressure.

The T-s and flow diagrams show that heat from combustion gases in the steam

generator need only raise the water temperature from T7 to T1 rather than from T5 when

extraction steam is used to heat the feedwater. The average temperature for external

heat addition must therefore increase. Despite the reduced flow rate through the low-

pressure turbine, we will see by example that the thermal efficiency of the steam cycle is

improved by the transfer of energy from the turbine extraction flow to the feedwater.

The analysis of cycles with feedwater heaters involves branching of steam flows.

In Figure 2.7, for example, conservation of mass must be satisfied at the flow junction

downstream of the high-pressure-turbine exit. Thus, assuming a mass flow of 1 at the

HP turbine throttle and a steam mass-flow fraction, m1, through the feedwater heater,

the low-pressure-turbine mass-fraction must be 1 - m1. Note that the latter flow passes

through the condenser and pump and is reunited with the extraction flow, m1, in the

FWH at state 6, where the exit-flow-rate fraction is again unity.

53

It will be seen later that it is common for more than one FWH to be used in a

single power plant. When more than one FWH is present, mass flows m1, m2...mn are

defined for each of the n FWHs. Conservation of mass is used to relate these flows to

54

condenser flow rate and the reference throttle flow rate. This is accomplished by taking

a mass flow of 1 at the high-pressure-turbine throttle as a reference, as in the case of a

single FWH discussed above. After solving for each of the thermodynamic states and

FWH mass fractions, actual mass flow rates are obtained as the products of the known

(or assumed) throttle flow rate and FWH mass-flow fractions.

The function of feedwater heaters is to use the energy of extraction steam to

reduce the addition of low-temperature external heat by raising the temperature of the

feedwater before it arrives at the steam generator. Feedwater heaters are therefore

insulated to avoid heat loss to the surroundings. Because the resulting heat loss is

negligible compared with the energy throughflow, feedwater heaters are usually treated

as adiabatic devices.

In order to avoid irreversibility associated with unrestrained expansion, constant

pressure mixing of the streams entering the FWH is necessary. Returning to Figure 2.7,

this implies that the pressures of the feedwater at state 5 and at the FWH exit state 6

are chosen to be the same as that of the extraction steam at state 2.

Note that, as with reheat, the inclusion of a FWH also introduces an additional

pressure level into the Rankine cycle as seen in the T-s diagram. In the figure, the

extraction pressure level, p2, is another parameter under the control of the designer.

The extraction mass flow rate, m1, is in turn controlled by the designer’s choice of p2.

The mass-flow rate is determined by the physical requirement that the feedwater

entering the FWH at state 5 increase in temperature to T6 through absorption of the

heat released by the condensing extraction steam. This is accomplished by applying the

steady-flow First Law of Thermodynamics, using appropriate mass fractions, to the

insulated open FWH:

Every term in this equation has dimensions of energy per unit throttle mass, thus

referring all energy terms to the mass-flow rate at the throttle of the high-pressure

turbine. For example, the second term on the right is of the form:

-------------------------- × -------------------------- = ----------------------

Throttle mass FWH Extraction mass Throttle mass

Similarly, the structure of the third term on the right has the significance of

---------------- × --------------------- = ----------------------

Throttle mass Pump mass Throttle mass

55

For low extraction pressures, the numerator is usually small relative to the

denominator, indicating a small extraction flow. The T-s diagram of Figure 2.7 shows

that increasing the extraction pressure level increases both h6 and h2. Thus, because the

small numerator increases faster than the large denominator, we may reason, from

Equation (2.11), that the extraction mass-flow fraction must increase as the extraction

pressure level increases. This conforms to the physical notion that suggests the need

for more and hotter steam to increase the feedwater temperature rise. While such

intuitions are valuable, care should be exercised in accepting them without proof.

The total turbine work per unit throttle mass flow rate is the sum of the work of

the turbines referenced to the throttle mass-flow rate. Remembering that 1 - m1 is the

ratio of the low-pressure turbine mass flow to the throttle mass flow, we obtain:

The reader should examine the structure of each term of Equation (2.12) in the light of

the previous discussion. Note that it is not important to remember these specific

equations, but it is important to understand, and be able to apply, the reasoning by

which they are obtained.

For a given throttle mass flow rate, mthr [lbm/s | kg/s], the total turbine power

output is given by mthrwt [Btu/s | kW].

We see in Figure 2.7 that the heat addition in the steam generator is reduced, due

to extraction at pressure p6 = p2, by about h7 – h5 to

At the same time, the net work also decreases, but more slowly, so that the net effect is

that the cycle efficiency increases with increased extraction.

EXAMPLE 2.6

Solve Example 2.1 (2000 psia /1000°F/1 psia) operating with an open feedwater heater

at 200 psia.

Solution

Referring to Figure 2.7, we find that the properties of significant states are:

56

(°F) (psia) (Btu/lbm-°R) (Btu/lbm)

States 1 through 4 are obtained in the same way as in earlier examples. Constant

pressure mixing requires that p5 = p6 = p2, the extraction pressure level. State 6, a

pump entrance state, is assumed to be a saturated-liquid state as usual. Subcooled-

liquid states are approximated, as before, consistent with the neglect of pump work.

The extraction mass fraction obtained by applying the steady-flow First Law of

Thermodynamics to the FWH, Equation (2.11), is

This may be compared with the simple-cycle net work of 603.1 Btu/lbm.

The heat added in the steam generator by Equation (2.13) is

significantly higher value than the 42.94% for the corresponding simple Rankine cycle.

Note, however, that the LP-turbine exhaust quality is the same as for the simple

Rankine cycle, an unacceptable 77.4%. This suggests that a combination of reheat and

regeneration through feedwater heating may be desirable. We will investigate this

possibility later after looking at closed feedwater heaters.

_____________________________________________________________________

We have seen that feedwater heating in open feedwater heaters occurs by mixing of

extraction steam and feedwater. Feedwater heating also is accomplished in shell-and-

57

tube-type heat exchangers, where extraction steam does not mix with the feedwater.

Normally, feedwater passes through banks of tubes whereas steam condenses on the

outside of the tube surfaces in these heaters. Such heat exchangers are called closed

feedwater heaters.

configurations in power plants. In the configuration shown in figure 2.8, condensate is

pumped from the condenser through the FWH and the steam generator directly to the

turbine along the path 4-5-8-9-1. Ideally, p5 = p1 assuming no pressure drop in the

FWH and steam generator.

Note that if m1 mass units of steam are extracted from the turbine for use in the

FWH, only 1 - m1 units of feedwater pass throught the condenser, pump, and the tubes

of the FWH. The condensed extraction steam (condensate) emerging from the FWH at

state 6 is pumped separately from p6 = p2 to throttle pressure p7 = p1, where it becomes

part of the steam generator feedwater. The pumped condensate at state 7 thus mixes

with the heated feedwater at state 8 to form the total feedwater flow at state 9.

Constant pressure mixing ( p7 = p8 = p9) is required at this junction to avoid losses

associated with uncontrolled flow expansion.

The enthalpy of the feedwater entering the steam generator can be determined by

applying the steady-flow First Law of Thermodynamics to the junction of the feedwater

and FWH streams:

As in the open FWH analysis, the extraction mass fraction depends on the choice

of intermediate pressure p2 and is obtained by applying the steady-flow First Law of

Thermodynamics to the feedwater heater.

2.9 where the FWH condensate drops in pressure from p6 = p2 through a trap into the

condenser at pressure p7 = p3 = p4. The trap allows liquid only to pass from the FWH at

state 6 in a throttling process to state 7. As usual, it is assumed that the throttling

process is adiabatic. The T-s diagram shows that the saturated liquid at state 6 flashes

into a mixture of liquid and vapor in the condenser with no change in enthalpy, h7 = h6.

For this configuration, the closed FWH condensate mass-flow rate is equal to the

extraction mass-flow rate. As a result, conservation of mass applied to the condenser

shows that the mass-flow rate leaving the condenser and passing through the pump and

FWH tubes is the same as the throttle mass-flow rate. The throttled-condensate, closed

feedwater heater is the preferred configuration in power plants, because it is

unnecessary for each FWH to have a condensate pump.

58

59

60

EXAMPLE 2.7

Rework Example 2.1 (2000 psia/1000°F/1 psia) with reheat and a closed feedwater

heater with extraction from the cold reheat line and FWH condensate throttled to the

condenser. Both reheat and extraction are at 200 psia. Assume that the feedwater

leaving the FWH is at the temperature of the condensing extraction stream. Draw

appropriate T-s and flow diagrams.

Solution

Referring to the notation of Figure 2.10, verify that the significant the

thermodynamic state properties are:

(°F) (psia) (Btu/lbm-°R) (Btu/lbm)

8 101.74 1 __ 355.5

0 = h9 + m1h7 – m1h2 – h6 + 0

The total net work per unit of mass flow at the throttle of the HP turbine is the sum of

the specific work of each of the turbines adjusted for the HP turbine throttle mass flow:

wn = h1 – h2 + (1 – m1)( h3 – h4 )

61

62

As in the earlier examples in this series, pump work has been neglected.

The heat addition per unit HP-turbine-throttle mass is the sum of the heat addition

in the main pass and reheat pass through the steam generator, the latter as adjusted for

the reduced mass flow. Thus the steady-flow First Law of Thermodynamics yields

qa = h1 – h9 + (1 – m1 )( h3 – h2 )

The Mollier chart shows that the discharge of the first turbine (state 2) has 20

degrees of superheat and the second turbine (state 4) 7.4% moisture, or a quality of

0.926.

___________________________________________________________________

In the above calculation it was assumed that the feedwater temperature leaving the

FWH had risen to the temperature of the condensing extraction steam. Since the FWH

is a heat exchanger of finite area, the feedwater temperature T9 usually differs from the

condensing temperature of the extraction steam T7. If the surface area of the FWH is

small, the feedwater will emerge at a temperature well below the extraction-steam

condensing temperature. If the area were increased, the feedwater temperature would

approach the condensing temperature. This aspect of FWH design is reflected in the

parameter known as the terminal temperature difference, TTD, defined as

where Tfw is the temperature of the feedwater leaving the tubes and Tsat is the

condensing temperature of the extraction steam in the closed FWH. In Figure 2.10, for

instance, Tfw = T9 and Tsat = T7. Thus, if the TTD and the extraction pressure are

known, the true FWH exit temperature may be determined. An application of the TTD

will be considered in a later example.

Table 2.1 summarizes, for comparison, the results of the calculations for the

several plant configurations that we have considered. The reader is cautioned that since

these calculations have not accounted for turbine inefficiency, the thermal efficiencies

are unusually high. While the efficiency differences with respect to the simple cycle may

seem insignificant, they are of great economic importance. It must be realized that

hundreds of millions of dollars may be spent on fuel each year in a power plant and that

capital costs are equally impressive. As a result, the choice of cycle and design

characteristics are of great significance. Some further improvement in net work and

efficiency could be shown by selecting extraction and reheat pressure levels to

maximize these parameters.

63

Net Work Efficiency Heat Rate Turbine Exit

(Btu/lbm) % (Btu/kW-hr) Quality

and reheat

Multistage Extraction

It has been shown that increases in cycle efficiency may be accomplished in a steam

power plant through regeneration via the feedwater heater. Large steam power plants

typically employ large numbers of feedwater heaters for this purpose. Multistage

extraction refers to the use of multiple extractions to supply steam to these feedwater

heaters. Earlier discussions of examples involved extractions taken only from the flows

between turbines. However, the number of extractions is not limited by the number of

turbines. In fact, large turbines are designed with several extraction points through

which steam may be withdrawn for feedwater heating and other purposes.

assign values to the n associated extraction pressures. For preliminary design purposes,

the extraction-pressure levels assigned may be those that give equal feedwater

temperature rises through each heater and through the steam generator to the boiling

point. Thus, for n heaters the appropriate temperature rise is given by

where Tsl is the temperature the saturated liquid at the throttle pressure and Tcond is the

temperature the feedwater leaving the condenser. The corresponding steam condensing

temperature in the ith heater is then

Ti = Tcond + ( i )Topt

where i = 1, 2..., n. Steam tables may then be used to evaluate the corresponding

extraction-pressure levels. It is, of course, possible and sometimes necessary to assign

extraction-pressure levels in other ways.

64

EXAMPLE 2.8

Evaluate the recommended extraction-pressure levels for single heater for the

1000° F/2000 psia throttle and one psia condenser that have been used throughout this

chapter.

Solution

The feedwater temperature rise to establish an appropriate extraction-pressure

level for a single heater for a plant such as that shown in Figures 2.7 through 2.9 is

(Tsl – T4 )/2 = (635.8 – 101.74)/2 = 267.05°F where Tsl was evaluated at p1 = 2000

psia. This would make T6 = 101.74 + 267.05 = 368.79°F and the corresponding

extraction pressure level p6 = p2 = 171 psia, using the saturated-steam tables.

____________________________________________________________________

At this point we have the tools necessary to evaluate the performance and penalties

associated with a given configuration. The following example examines the gains that

follow from the use a single feedwater heater and the sensitivity of the thermal

efficiency to the assigned feedwater temperature rise.

EXAMPLE 2.9

Consider a single open feedwater heater operating in a Rankine cycle with a 2000 psia

saturated-vapor throttle and a 1 psia condenser. Evaluate the thermal efficiency as a

function of feedwater temperature rise. Compare the temperature rise that maximizes

the thermal efficiency with the results of Equation (2.14).

Solution

Utilizing the notation of Figure 2.7 and taking the throttle state as a saturated vapor,

we get the results that are summarized in spreadsheet format in Table 2.2. (This table is

a direct reproduction of a Quattro Pro spreadsheet used in the analysis. Care should be

taken if this spreadsheet is used for "what if" studies, because it is dependent on manual

entry of thermodynamic properties. To explore other cases, appropriate properties must

be obtained from steam tables or charts and inserted in the spreadsheet. Despite this

drawback, the spreadsheet provides a convenient means of organizing, performing, and

displaying calculations.) Details of the methodology are given in the right-most column.

It is seen that the net work drops, as expected, as more extraction steam is used to heat

the feedwater. Figure 2.11 shows the percentage increase in thermal efficiency as a

function of the feedwater temperature rise for this case. Over a 9% increase in thermal

efficiency is achieved with feedwater temperature rises between 200/F and 300°F.

Thus the prediction of Topt = 267°F using Equation (2.14) in Example 2.8 is clearly in

this range.

_____________________________________________________________________

65

Example 2.9 shows that improved thermal efficiency is achieved over a broad range of

feedwater temperature rise and therefore extraction pressure. This gives the designer

freedom to assign extraction-pressure levels so as to make use of existing designs for

feedwater heaters and turbines without severely compromising the efficiency of the

plant design.

established for a cycle with multistage extraction, and once throttle and condenser

conditions, turbomachine efficiencies, and FWH terminal temperature differences are

known, significant state properties should be determined. Symbols for extraction

mass-fraction variables should be assigned for each heater and related to other

unknown flows using mass conservation assuming unit mass flow at the high-

pressure-turbine throttle. The steady-flow First Law of Thermodynamics should then

be applied to each of the FWHs, starting with the highest extraction pressure and

progressing to the lowest-pressure FWH. Analyzing the heaters in this order allows

each equation to be solved immediately for a mass fraction rather than solving all of

the equations simultaneously. Important performance parameters such as thermal

efficiency, net work, and work ratio may then be evaluated taking care to account

properly for component mass flows. The following example illustrates this

methodology.

66

67

EXAMPLE 2.10

Consider a power plant with 1000/F/2000-psia throttle, reheat at 200 psia back to

1000/F, and 1-psia condenser pressure. The plant has two closed feedwater heaters,

both with terminal temperature differences of 8/F. The high-pressure (HP) heater

condensate is throttled into the low-pressure (LP) heater, which in turn drains into the

condenser. Turbomachine efficiencies are 0.88, 0.9, and 0.8 for the HP turbine, the LP

turbine, and the boiler feed pump, respectively. Draw relevant T-s and flow diagrams

and evaluate FWH mass fractions, thermal efficiency, net work, and work ratio.

Solution

The notation used to study this plant is shown in Figure 2.12. The pertinent

thermodynamic properties and part of the analysis are presented in the spreadsheet

given in Table 2.3. The earlier-stated caution (Example 2.9) about using spreadsheets

that incorporate external data applies here as well, because changing parameters may

require changes in steam-table lookup values.

To start the analysis we first determine the extraction-pressure levels. The ideal

FWH temperature rise is given by

2000 psia. The corresponding extraction condensing temperatures and extraction-

pressure levels are

and

where the extraction pressures have been evaluated using the saturated-steam tables.

After the entropy and enthalpy at state 1 are evaluated, the enthalpy h3s at the HP-

turbine isentropic discharge state 3s is determined from s1 and p3. The HP-turbine

efficiency then yields h3 and the steam tables give s3. The entropy and enthalpy at the

HP-turbine extraction state 2 may be approximated by drawing a straight line on the

steam Mollier diagram connecting states 1 and 3 and finding the intersection with the

HP-extraction pressure P2. This technique may be used for any number of extraction

points in a turbine.

Once the hot reheat properties at state 4 are determined from the steam tables, the

LP-turbine exit and extraction states at 6 and 5 may be obtained by the same method

used for the HP turbine.

68

69

and 12 have already been discussed. The temperatures of the heated feedwater leaving

the FWHs may be determined from the terminal temperature differences:

note that the enthalpies h11 and h14 may be found in the saturated-liquid tables at T11 and

T14, respectively.

70

approximated in the same way as in Examples 2.3 and 2.4. Thus

h8s = h7 + ( p8 – p7 )v7

and

The extraction mass-flow fractions designated m1 and m2 relate other flows to the

unit mass flow at the high-pressure-turbine throttle. For example, the condensate flow

rate from the LP heater at state 10 is given by m1 + m2.

The steady-flow First Law of Thermodynamics may now be applied to the heaters.

For the HP FWH:

may be rewritten as

This and the T-s diagram show that the HP extraction-flow enthalpy drop from

state 2 to state 12 provides the heat to raise the enthalpy in the feedwater from state 11

to state 14. Also, for the LP FWH:

becomes

This and the T-s diagram show that the discharge from the HP FWH at state 13 aids

the mass flow m2 in heating the LP FWH flow from state 8 to state 11. The values of

m1 and m2 are evaluated at the bottom of spreadsheet in Table 2.3.

71

With all states and flows known, we may now determine some plant performance

parameters. The turbine work referenced to the throttle mass-flow rate is easily

obtained by summing the flow contributions through each section of the turbines:

wt = h1 – h2 + (1 – ml )( h2 – h3) + (1 – ml )( h4 – h5)

+ (1 – ml – m2 )( h5 – h6) [Btu/lbm | kJ /kg]

The net work is then wt + wp, and the heat added in the steam generator is the sum of

heat additions in the feedwater pass and the reheat pass:

These parameters and the work ratio are evaluated in Table 2.3.

____________________________________________________________________

Example 2.10 shows that a good thermal efficiency and net work output are

possible with the use of two feedwater heaters despite taking into account realistic

turbomachine inefficiencies. The high work ratio clearly demonstrates the low-

compression work requirements of Rankine cycles.

Modern steam power plants incorporate both reheat and feedwater heating. A

flowsheet for the Public Service Company of Oklahoma (PSO) Riverside Station Unit

#1, south of Tulsa, is shown in Figure 2.13. This natural-gas-burning plant was sized

for two nominal 500-megawatt units. Several other plants in the PSO system have

similar unit flowsheets, including a coal-burning plant. Note the flowsheet coding W, H,

F, and A for flow rate in lbm/hr, enthalpy in Btu/lbm, temperature in °F, and pressure in

psia, respectively.

The steam generator, not shown on the flowsheet, interacts through the feedwater

and steam lines on the right-hand side of the diagram. The high pressure turbine throttle

is at 1000°F and 3349 psia and has a mass-flow rate of 2,922,139 lbm/hr. This type of

unit is called supercritical, because the pressure in the main steam line to the HP-

turbine throttle exceeds the 3208.2-psia critical pressure of steam. Note that a large

fraction of the HP-turbine mass-flow rate enters the cold reheat line at 630 psia and is

reheated to the intermediate-pressure (IP) turbine throttle conditions of 1000°F and

567 psia.

Most of the steam flow through the IP turbine passes through the crossover at 186

psia to the double-flow low-pressure (DFLP) turbine. The term double-flow refers to

the fact that the incoming flow enters at the middle, splits, and flows axially in opposite

72

73

directions through the turbine. This causes the large axial force components on the

blades and shaft to oppose each other so that the resultant axial thrust is small and does

not necessitate heavy thrust bearings. The combined HP and IP turbines are similarly

configured.

The plant is equipped with six closed FWHs and one open FWH (the deaerator).

Note that the condensate of each of the closed feedwater heaters is throttled to the next

lowest pressure FWH or, in the case of the lowest-pressure heater, to the condenser.

The extraction steam for the four lowest-pressure FWHs flows from the DFLP turbine.

Extraction steam for the highest pressure FWH is provided by the HP turbine, and the

IP turbine supplies heater HTR1-6 and the open feedwater heater identified as the

deaerator. The deaerator is specially designed to remove non-condensable gases from

the system, in addition to performing its feedwater heating duties.

The feedwater starts at the "hot well" of the condenser on the left of the diagram,

enters the condensate pump at 101.1°F and 2"Hg abs., and starts its passage through

the FWHs. Note that the feedwater increases in temperature from 102.1° to 180°,

227.2°, 282.7°, and 314.4° in passing through the 4 lowest pressure FWHs. The

feedwater from the deaerator is pumped to 405 psia by the booster pump and

subsequently to 3933 psia by the boiler feed pump (BFP). The BFP exit pressure

exceeds the HP-turbine throttle pressure of 3349 psia in order to overcome flow losses

in the high pressure heater, the boiler feed line, the steam generator main steam pass,

and the main steam line, all of which operate at supercritical pressure.

The boiler feed pump turbine (BFPT) shown in the upper left of the diagram

supplies the shaft power to drive the BFP at the lower right. The BFPT receives steam

from an extraction line of the DFLP turbine and exhausts directly to the condenser.

The reader should study Figure 2.13 thoroughly in the light of the preceding

discussions of reheat and feedwater heating. It is particularly useful to consider the flow

rates with respect to mass and energy conservation. Mastery of this flow sheet will

make it possible to quickly understand flowsheets of other major power plants.

Example 2.11

Verify that the steam generator feedwater flow rate satisfies the conservation of mass

into all the feedwater heaters shown for the Riverside Unit #1 in Figure 2.13. You may

neglect all flows of less than 2000 lbm/hr.

Solution

The shell side of the low pressure heater, labeled HTR1-1, receives condensate

from heaters 2, 3 and 4 as well as steam entering from the LP turbine. The total

condensate from the low-pressure heaters into the condenser are:

74

_______________________________________________

Condensate from HTR1-4 75,005

----------

Total condensate into HTR1-1 303,314

---------

Total condensate leaving HTR1-1 460,425

The feedwater flow rate through the four low-pressure heaters (the condenser

condensate pump flow rate) is the sum of the flows into the condenser:

around the entire left side of the diagram that cuts it in two parts between the deaerator

and HTR1-4 and through the crossover steam line. Because these are the only points

where the control volume is penetrated by large mass flows, the two flows must be

equal. Consequently the crossover mass-flow rate of 2,434,357 lbm/hr agrees very well

with our above calculation of the feedwater flow rate into the deaerator.

Now, observing that the boiler feedwater all flows from the deaerator through the

booster pump, we sum all of the flows into the deaerator:

-----------

Total feedwater into HTR1-7 2,913,215 lbm/hr

This compares well with the tabulated value of 2,922,139 lbm /hr to the steam

generator. Accounting for the small flows should improve the agreement.

______________________________________________________________

75

It is evident from study of Figure 2.13 that there are significant pressure drops in the

flows through the steam generator between the HP FWH and the HP-turbine throttle

and in the reheat line between the HP and IP turbines. While we have neglected such

losses in our calculations, final design analysis requires their consideration. A first

attempt at this may be made by applying a fractional pressure drop based on

experience. Two per cent pressure drops through the main steam and feedwater lines

and a 3.7% loss through the steam generator would, for instance, account for the

indicated 14.8% loss from the boiler feed pump to the HP turbine.

In the final analysis, of course, when realistic values are available for flow rates and

properties, known fluid mechanic relations for pressure drop may be employed to

account for these losses.

1. Anon., Steam, Its Generation and Use. New York: Babcock and Wilcox, 1978.

Combustion Engineering, 1981.

Wesley, 1981.

4. Li, Kam W., and Priddy, A. Paul, Powerplant System Design. New York: Wiley,

1985.

New York: McGraw-Hill, 1960.

EXERCISES

2.1 An ideal Rankine-cycle steam power plant has 800-psia saturated steam at the

turbine throttle and 5-psia condenser pressure. What are the turbine work, pump work,

net work, steam generator heat addition, thermal efficiency, maximum cycle

temperature, and turbine exit quality? What is the Camot efficiency corresponding to

the temperature extremes for this cycle?

2.2 A Rankine-cycle steam power plant has an 800-psia/900/F throttle and 5-psia

condenser pressure. What are the net work, turbine work, pump work, steam generator

76

heat addition, thermal efficiency, and turbine exit quality? What is the Carnot efficiency

corresponding to the temperature extremes for this cycle?

2.3 Solve Exercise 2.2 for the cases of (a) an 85% efficient turbine, (b) an 85%

efficient pump, and (c) both together. Tabulate and discuss your results together with

those of Exercise 2.2.

2.4 Solve Exercise 2.2 for the case of (a) 1000/F throttle, (b) 2000-psia throttle,

(c) 2-psia condenser, and (d) all three changes simultaneously. Make a table comparing

net work, quality, and thermal efficiency, including the results of Exercise 2.2. What

conclusions can you draw from these calculations?

2.5 Sketch coordinated, labeled flow and T-s diagrams for the ideal Rankine cycle.

Tabulate the temperatures, entropies, pressures, enthalpies, and quality or degree of

superheat for each significant state shown on the diagram for a throttle at 1000 psia and

1000/F and a condenser at 5 psia. Determine the net work, heat added, thermal

efficiency, heat rate, and heat rejected in the condenser. If the power plant output is

100 megawatts and the condenser cooling-water temperature rise is 15 Rankine

degrees, what is the steam flow rate and cooling-water flow rate? Neglect pump work.

2.6 Consider a simple Rankine cycle with a 2000-psia/1100/F throttle and 1-psia

condenser. Compare the thermal efficiencies and net work for cycles with a perfect

turbine and one having 86% turbine isentropic efficiency. Assume isentropic pumping.

2.7 A boiling-water reactor operates with saturated vapor at 7500 kPa at the throttle

of the high-pressure turbine. What is the lowest turbine exit pressure that ensures that

the turbine exit moisture does not exceed 12% if the turbine is isentropic? What would

the lowest pressure be if the turbine isentropic efficiency were 85%?

2.8 Consider a steam plant with a single reheat and a single open feedwater heater that

takes extraction from the cold reheat line. Sketch carefully coordinated and labeled T-s

and flow diagrams. If the throttle is at 1000/F and 3000psia, the condenser is at 1 psia,

and reheat is to 1000/F at 400 psia, what is the extraction mass fraction, the heat rate,

and the thermal efficiency? The turbine efficiency is 89%. Neglect pump work.

2.9 A Rankine-cycle power plant condenses steam at 2 psia and has 1000/F and 500

psia at the turbine throttle. Assume an isentropic turbine.

(a) Tabulate the temperature, pressure, entropy, and enthalpy of all states. Determine

the quality and moisture fraction for all mixed states.

(b) Calculate the heat transferred in the condenser and the steam generator and the

turbine work, all per unit mass. What is the thermal efficiency?

(c) Calculate the pump work. What is the ratio of turbine to pump work?

77

(d) What is the turbine work and thermal efficiency if the turbine efficiency is 85%?

Include pump work.

2.10 For throttle conditions of 1000/F and 1000 psia and a condenser pressure of 2

psia, compare the net work, thermal efficiency, and turbine discharge quality or degree

of superheat for a simple cycle and two reheat cycles with reheat to 1000/F at 50 and

200 psia. Tabulate your results. Sketch a single large, labeled T-s diagram comparing

the cycles. Turbine isentropic efficiencies are 85%.

2.11 Consider a regenerative Rankine cycle with a 1000/F and 500-psia throttle, 2-psia

condenser, and an open feedwater heater operating between two turbines at 50 psia.

Turbine efficiencies are 85%. Neglect pump work.

(a) Draw labeled, coordinated T-s and flow diagrams.

(b) Determine the fraction of the throttle mass flow that passes through the extraction

line.

(c) Calculate the turbine work per unit mass at the throttle.

(d) Calculate the cycle efficiency, and compare it to the simple-cycle efficiency.

2.12 Consider a 1120°F, 2000-psia, 10-psia steam cycle with reheat at 200 psia to

1000/F and a closed feedwater heater taking extraction from a line between two

turbines at 100psia. The FWH condensate is throttled to the condenser, and the

feedwater in the FWH is raised to the condensing temperature of the extraction steam.

(a) Draw labeled T-s and flow diagrams for this plant.

(b) Tabulate the enthalpies for each significant state point.

(c) What is the extraction fraction to the FWH?

(d) What are the net work and work ratio?

(e) What are the thermal efficiency and the heat rate?

indicate that the discharge enthalpy is 1250 Btu/lbm at 100 psia. What is the isentropic

efficiency?

2.14 An ideal Rankine cycle has 1000-psia saturated steam at the turbine throttle. The

condenser pressure is 10psia. What are the turbine work, steam generator heat addition,

maximum cycle temperature, turbine exit quality, and Carnot efficiency corresponding

to the temperature extremes of the cycle? Neglect pump work.

2.15 Assume that the extraction mass-flow rate to FWH #7 in Figure 2.13 is not

known. Calculate the FWH extraction mass fraction (relative to the HP-turbine throttle

flow) and the extraction mass-flow rate. Compare the extraction-steam energy loss rate

with the feedwater energy gain rate.

78

2.16 Compare the inflow and outflow of steam of the DFLP turbine in Figure 2.13,

and calculate the percentage difference. Calculate the power output of the DFLP

turbine in Btu/hr and in kW.

2.17 Calculate the power delivered by the PSO Riverside Unit #1 boiler feed pump

turbine, BFPT. Based on the feedwater enthalpy rise across the BFP, determine its

power requirements, in kilowatts. What fraction of the plant gross output is used by the

BFPT?

2.18 Without performing a detailed analysis of the FWHs, determine the PSO

Riverside Unit #1 feedwater flow rate from heater number 4 to the deaerator. Explain

your methodology.

2.19 Total and compare the inflows and outflows of mass and energy to the PSO

Riverside Unit #1 deaerator.

2.20 Rework Example 2.4 neglecting pump work. Repeat your calculations for an 80%

efficient pump. Compare and comment on the significance of accounting for pump

work and turbomachine efficiency.

2.21 For a 1080/F, 2000-psia, 5-psia Rankine cycle with 85% turbine efficiency and

60% pump efficiency:

(a) Compare the actual net work and the isentropic turbine work and the isentropic net

work.

(b) Calculate the actual heat transfer and work for each component, and evaluate the

cyclic integrals of Q and W.

(c) Compare the real cycle efficiency with that for the ideal Rankine cycle.

2.22 For a 1080/F, 2000-psia, 5-psia Rankine cycle with 85% turbine efficiency and

60% pump efficiency, evaluate the effect of a single reheat to 1080/F at 500 psia on:

(a) Heat addition in the steam generator.

(b) Work of each turbine, total turbine work, and net work. Compare the net work

with the cyclic integral of the external transfers of heat.

(c) Cycle efficiency and heat rate.

(d) Quality or degree of superheat at the exit of the turbines.

Draw labeled flow and T-s diagrams.

2.23 Consider a 1080/F, 2000-psia, 5-psia Rankine cycle with 85% turbine efficiency

and 60% pump efficiency. Compare the simple cycle with the same cycle operating with

a single reheat to 1080/F at 1000 psia with respect to:

(a) Heat addition in the steam generator.

(b) Work of each turbine, total turbine work and net work, condenser heat rejection,

and cyclic integral of heat added.

79

(d) Quality or degree of superheat at the exit of the turbines.

Draw labeled flow and T-s diagrams.

2.24 For a 1080/F, 2000-psia, 5-psia Rankine cycle with 85% turbine efficiencies and

60% pump efficiencies and using a single open feedwater heater operating at 500 psia:

(a) Draw labeled and coordinated flow and T-s diagrams.

(b) Evaluate the feedwater heater mass fraction.

(c) Evaluate heat addition in the steam generator, work of each turbine, total turbine

work, and net work, all per pound of steam at the HP-turbine throttle.

(d) Evaluate condenser heat transfer per unit mass at the HP-turbine throttle.

(e) Evaluate cycle efficiency and heat rate. Compare with simple-cycle efficiency.

(f) Evaluate the cyclic integral of the differential heat addition, and compare it with

the net work.

perfect turbomachinery and a closed feedwater heater taking extraction from the cold

reheat line at 500 psia. FWH condensate is pumped into the feedwater line downstream

of the feedwater heater. Assume that the enthalpy of the feedwater entering the steam

generator is that of the saturated liquid leaving the FWH.

(a) Draw coordinated and labeled flow and T-s diagrams.

(b) Determine the extraction mass fraction, the net work, and the total heat addition.

(c) Determine the thermal efficiency and heat rate.

(d) Determine the superheat or quality at the turbine exhausts:

2.26 Taking the reheat-pressure level as a variable, plot net work, thermal efficiency,

and turbine exhaust superheat and/or moisture against reheat pressure for the

conditions of Example 2.5. Select a suitable design value based on your analysis.

2.27 Solve Example 2.6 for 1200/F throttle substituting a closed FWH for the open

heater. Consider two cases in which the FWH condensate is (a) throttled to the

condenser, and (b) pumped to throttle pressure.

2.28 Solve Example 2.6 using the method for assigning extraction-pressure levels

given in the subsection of Section 2.6 on multistage extraction systems.

2.29 Solve Example 2.7 using the method for assigning extraction-pressure levels

given in the section on multistage extraction systems, and determine by trial and error

the reheat-pressure level that maximizes the thermal efficiency.

2.30 Solve Example 2.7 with the extraction condensate from the closed FWH pumped

ahead to the feedwater-pressure level.

80

2.31 Solve Example 2.6 for 900/F throttle temperature with the open FWH replaced

by a closed FWH where the feedwater is (a) throttled to the condenser, and (b) pumped

into the feedwater line downstream of the FWH.

2.32 Compare the work and exhaust quality of 90% efficient turbines with 2500-psia

throttle pressure and 1000/F and 1200/F throttle temperatures exiting to a 2-psia

condenser.

2.33 Draw a large T-s diagram showing the states associated with the important flows

of the PSO Riverside Unit #1 (Figure 2.13).

2.34 A Rankine-cycle steam power plant has 5-MPa saturated steam at the turbine

throttle and 25-kPa condenser pressure. What are the net work, steam generator heat

addition, thermal efficiency, heat rate, maximum cycle temperature, and turbine exit

quality? What is the Carnot efficiency corresponding to the temperature extremes for

this cycle?

2.35 A Rankine-cycle steam power plant has a 5-MPa/450/C throttle and 10-kPa

condenser pressure. What are the net work, steam generator heat addition, thermal

efficiency, heat rate, and turbine exit quality? What is the Carnot efficiency

corresponding to the temperature extremes for this cycle?

2.36 Solve Exercise 2.35 for the cases of (a) an 85% efficient turbine, (b) an 85%

efficient pump, and (c) both together. What conclusions may be inferred from your

results?

2.37 Solve Exercise 2.35 for the case of (a) a 550/C throttle, (b) a 15-MPa throttle,

(c) a 5-kPa condenser, and (d) all three changes simultaneously. What conclusions can

you draw from these calculations?

2.38 Sketch coordinated, labeled flow and T-s diagrams for the following Rankine

cycle. Tabulate the temperatures, entropies, pressures, enthalpies, and quality or degree

of superheat for each significant state shown on the diagram for a throttle at 10 MPa

and 550/C and condenser at 5 kPa. Determine the net work, heat added, thermal

efficiency, and heat rejected in the condenser. If the power plant output is 100

megawatts and the condenser cooling water temperature rise is 15/Rankine, what is the

steam flow rate and cooling-water flow rate? Neglect pump work.

2.39 Consider a Rankine cycle with a 20MPa/600/C throttle and 3-kPa condenser.

Compare the thermal efficiencies and net work for cycles with a perfect turbine and one

having 86% turbine isentropic efficiency.

81

2.40 Consider a steam plant, with a single reheat and a single open feedwater heater,

that takes extraction from the cold reheat line. Sketch carefully coordinated and labeled

T-s and flow diagrams. If the throttle is at 550/C and 15 MPa, the condenser is at 5

kPa, and reheat is to 3 MPa and 550° C, what are the extraction mass fraction, work

ratio, and thermal efficiency? The pump and turbine efficiencies are 82% and 89%,

respectively.

2.41 A Rankine-cycle power plant condenses steam at 10 kPa and has 550/C and 5

MPa at the turbine throttle. Assume an isentropic turbine.

(a) Tabulate the temperature, pressure, entropy, and enthalpy of all states. Determine

the quality and moisture fraction for all mixed states.

(b) Calculate the heat transferred in the condenser and steam generator and the turbine

work, all per unit mass. What is the thermal efficiency?

(c) Calculate the pump work. What is the ratio of turbine to pump work?

(d) What is the turbine work and thermal efficiency if the turbine efficiency is 85%?

Include pump work.

2.42 For throttle conditions of 550°C and 5 MPa and a condenser pressure of 10 kPa,

compare the net work, thermal efficiency, and turbine discharge quality or degree of

superheat for a simple cycle and two reheat cycles. Consider reheat to 500/C at (a)

4MPa and (b) 1 MPa. Tabulate and compare your results. Sketch a large, labeled T-s

diagram for a reheat cycle. Turbine efficiencies are 85%.

2.43 Consider a regenerative Rankine cycle with a 600/C and 4-MPa throttle, a 5-kPa

condenser, and an open feedwater heater at 500 kPa. Turbine efficiencies are 85%.

Neglect pump work.

(a) Draw labeled, coordinated T-s and flow diagrams.

(b) Determine the fraction of the throttle mass flow that passes through the extraction

line.

(c) Calculate the turbine work per unit mass at the throttle.

(d) Calculate the cycle efficiency, and compare it with the simple-cycle efficiency.

(e) Calculate the heat rate.

2.44 Consider a 600/C, 15-MPa steam cycle with reheat at 2 MPa to 600/C and

extraction to a closed feedwater heater at 600 kPa. The FWH condensate is throttled to

the condenser at 5 kPa, and the feedwater in the FWH is raised to the condensing

temperature of the extraction steam. Neglecting pump work:

(a) Draw labeled T-s and flow diagrams for this plant.

(b) Tabulate the enthalpies for each significant state point.

(c) What is the extraction fraction to the FWH?

(d) What is the net work?

(e) What is the thermal efficiency?

82

indicate that the discharge enthalpy is 3050 kJ/kg at 0.8 MPa. What is the turbine

isentropic efficiency?

2.46 A pressurized water-reactor nuclear power plant steam generator has separate

turbine and reactor water loops. The steam generator receives high-pressure hot water

from the reactor vessel to heat the turbine feedwater. Steam is generated from the

feedwater in the turbine loop. The water pressure in the reactor is 15 MPa, and the

water temperature in and out of the reactor is 289°C and 325°C, respectively. The plant

has one turbine with a single extraction to a closed FWH with condensate throttled to

the condenser. Throttle conditions are 300/C and 8 MPa. The extraction and condenser

pressures are 100 kPa and 5 kPa, respectively. The reactor-coolant flow rate is 14,000

kg/s. Assume no heat losses in heat exchangers and isentropic turbomachines. Neglect

pump work.

(a) What is the rate of heat transfer from the reactor in MWt?

(b) Draw coordinated flow and T-s diagrams that show both loops.

(c) Determine the extraction mass fraction of the throttle flow rate.

(d) Determine the cycle net work, heat rate, and thermal efficiency.

(e) Calculate the steam flow rate.

(f) Assuming the electrical generator has 97% efficiency, calculate the power output,

in MWe (electric).

2000-psia saturated-vapor throttle, a 1-psia condenser with a single closed feedwater

heater, as in Example 2.9. Compare the optimum extraction temperature given by

Equation (2.14) with your results.

2.48 Prepare an optimization study of thermal efficiency with a table and plot of net

work and thermal efficiency as a function of reheat pressure level for Example 2.5.

Discuss the selection of reheat pressure for this case. How does the reheat pressure

used in Example 2.5 compare with your results?

2.49 Solve Exercise 2.25 for reheat and extraction at 200 psia. Compare the extraction

mass fraction, net work, thermal efficiency, heat rate, and turbine exit conditions with

those of Exercise 2.25.

2.50 Rework Exercise 2.25, accounting for 90% turbine efficiencies and a 10/F

terminal temperature difference.

line at 200 psia. Reheat is to 1000/F. The low-pressure turbine discharges into the

83

condenser at 0.5 inches of mercury absolute. Both turbines are 90% efficient. Design

the cycle for the use of three feedwater heaters. Draw coordinated T-s and flow

diagrams. State and discuss your decisions on the handling of the feedwater heater

design.

2.52 A steam turbine receives steam at 1050/F and 3000 psia and condenses at 5 psia.

Two feedwater heaters are supplied by extraction from the turbine at pressures of 1000

psia and 200 psia. The low-pressure heater is an open FWH, and the other is closed

with its condensate throttled to the open heater. Assuming isentropic flow in the turbine

and negligible pump work:

(a) Sketch accurately labeled and coordinated T-s and flow diagrams for the system,

and create a table of temperature, pressure, and enthalpy values for each state.

(b) What are the extraction flows to each feedwater heater if the throttle mass flow

rate is 250,000 pounds per hour?

(c) How much power, in kW, is produced by the turbine?

(d) Compare the thermal efficiency of the system with the efficiency if valves of both

extraction lines are closed.

(e) What is the heat rate of the system with both feedwater heaters operative?

2.53 Apply the steady-flow First Law of Thermodynamics to a single control volume

enclosing the two turbines in Example 2.7. Show that the same equation is obtained for

the turbine work as when the work of individual turbines is summed.

2.54 Apply the steady-flow First Law of Thermodynamics to a single control volume

enclosing the two turbines in Example 2.10. Show that the same equation is obtained

for the turbine work as when the work of individual turbines is summed.

2.55 Resolve Example 2.7 with 4% pressure drops in the main steam pass and reheat

pass through the steam generator. Make a table comparing your results with those of

the example to show the influence of the losses on plant performance. Calculate and

display the percentage differences for each parameter. Assume turbine throttle

conditions are unchanged.

2.56 Draw labeled and coordinated T-s and flow diagrams for a steam power plant

with 1000°F / 3000-psia / 2" Hg absolute conditions, assuming isentropic

turbomachinery. The plant has reheat at 500 psia to ll00/F. The plant has the following

feedwater heaters:

1. A closed FWH with extraction at 1000 psia and pumped condensate.

2. A closed FWH at 400 psia with condensate throttled into the next-lowest-

pressure FWH.

3. An open FWH at 20 psia.

Define mass fraction variables. Show mass-flow variable expressions, with arrows

indicating mass fractions along the various process paths on the T-s and flow diagrams.

84

Write equations for conservation of energy for the FWHs that allow you to solve easily

for the mass fractions in terms of known state enthalpies and other mass fractions.

Indicate a solution method for the mass fractions that involves simple substitution only.

reactor loops. The steam generator linking the two loops cools high-pressure hot water

from the reactor vessel and transfers the heat to the turbine feedwater producing steam.

The water pressure in the reactor is 2250 psia, and the water temperatures in and out of

the reactor are 559°F and 623°F, respectively. The plant has one turbine with a single

extraction to an open FWH. Throttle conditions are 555/F and 1100 psia. The

extraction and condenser pressures are 100 psia and 1 psia, respectively. The reactor-

coolant flow rate is 147,000,000 lbm/hr. Assume no heat losses in heat exchangers and

isentropic turbomachines.

(a) What is the rate of heat transfer from the reactor, in Btu/hr and in MWt?

(b) Draw coordinated flow and T-s diagrams that show both loops with states in their

proper relations with respect to each other.

(c) Determine the extraction mass fraction relative to the throttle flow rate.

(d) Determine the cycle net work.

(e) What are the cycle thermal efficiency and heat rate?

(f) Calculate the turbine-steam flow rate.

(g) Assuming the electrical generator has 100% efficiency, calculate the turbine power,

in Btu/hr and in MWe.

2.58 Determine the efficiencies of the boiler feed pump and boiler feed pump turbine of

the PSO Riverside Station Unit 4/1 (Figure 2.13).

2.59 A Rankine cycle with a single open feedwater heater has a 1040/F and 550-psia

throttle. Extraction from the exit of the first turbine (assumed isentropic) is at 40/F of

superheat. The second turbine has an efficiency of 85% and expands into the condenser

at 5 psia.

(a) Draw matched, labeled T-s and flow diagrams.

(b) Accurately calculate and tabulate the enthalpies of all significant states. Neglect

pump work.

(c) What is the feedwater-heater mass fraction relative to the mass flow at the first

throttle?

(d) What is the quality or degree of superheat at the condenser inlet?

(e) What are the net work, thermal efficiency, and heat rate?

(f) Estimate the feedwater-heater condensate pump work and its percentage of turbine

work.

85

CHAPTER 3

Combustion Basics

The last chapter set forth the basics of the Rankine cycle and the principles of operation

of steam cycles of modern steam power plants. An important aspect of power

generation involves the supply of heat to the working fluid, which in the case of steam

power usually means turning liquid water into superheated steam. This heat comes from

an energy source. With the exception of nuclear and solar power and a few other exotic

sources, most power plants are driven by a chemical reaction called combustion, which

usually involves sources that are compounds of hydrogen and carbon. Process

industries, businesses, homes, and transportation systems have vast heat requirements

that are also satisfied by combustion reactions. The subject matter of this chapter

therefore has wide applicability to a variety of heating processes.

known as products of combustion by combination with an oxidizer. The combustion

process is an exothermic chemical reaction, i.e., a reaction that releases energy as it

occurs. Thus combustion may be represented symbolically by:

Here the fuel and the oxidizer are reactants, i.e., the substances present before the

reaction takes place. This relation indicates that the reactants produce combustion

products and energy. Either the chemical energy released is transferred to the

surroundings as it is produced, or it remains in the combustion products in the form of

elevated internal energy (temperature), or some combination thereof.

Fuels are evaluated, in part, based on the amount of energy or heat that they

release per unit mass or per mole during combustion of the fuel. Such a quantity is

known as the fuel's heat of reaction or heating value.

Heats of reaction may be measured in a calorimeter, a device in which chemical

energy release is determined by transferring the released heat to a surrounding fluid.

The amount of heat transferred to the fluid in returning the products of combustion to

their initial temperature yields the heat of reaction.

86

In combustion processes the oxidizer is usually air but could be pure oxygen, an

oxygen mixture, or a substance involving some other oxidizing element such as

fluorine. Here we will limit our attention to combustion of a fuel with air or pure

oxygen.

Chemical fuels exist in gaseous, liquid, or solid form. Natural gas, gasoline, and

coal, perhaps the most widely used examples of these three forms, are each a complex

mixture of reacting and inert compounds. We will consider each more closely later in

the chapter. First let's review some important fundamentals of mixtures of gases, such

as those involved in combustion reactions.

The amount of a substance present in a sample may be indicated by its mass or by the

number of moles of the substance. A mole is defined as the mass of a substance equal to

its molecular mass or molecular weight. A few molecular weights commonly used in

combustion analysis are tabulated below. For most combustion calculations, it is

sufficiently accurate to use integer molecular weights. The error incurred may easily be

evaluated for a given reaction and should usually not be of concern. Thus a gram-mole

of water is 18 grams, a kg-mole of nitrogen is 28 kg, and a pound-mole of sulfur is 32

lbm.

_____________________________________________________________________

Molecule Molecular Weight

-------------------------------------------

C 12

N2 28

O2 32

S 32

H2 2

_____________________________________________________________________

The composition of a mixture may be given as a list of the fractions of each of the

substances present. Thus we define the mass fraction, of a component i, mfi, as the

ratio of the mass of the component, mi, to the mass of the mixture, m:

mfi = mi /m

It is evident that the sum of the mass fractions of all the components must be 1. Thus

Analogous to the mass fraction, we define the mole fraction of component i, xi, as

the ratio of the number of moles of i, ni, to the total number of moles in the mixture, n:

xi = ni /n

87

The total number of moles, n, is the sum of the number of moles of all the components

of the mixture:

n = n1 + n2 + ...

It follows that the sum of all the mole fractions of the mixture must also equal 1.

x1 + x2 + ... = 1

The mass of component i in a mixture is the product of the number of moles of i and its

molecular weight, Mi. The mass of the mixture is therefore the sum, m = n1M1 + n2M2 +

..., over all components of the mixture. Substituting xin for ni, the total mass becomes

But the average molecular weight of the mixture is the ratio of the total mass to the

total number of moles. Thus the average molecular weight is

EXAMPLE 3.1

Express the mass fraction of component 1 of a mixture in terms of: (a) the number of

moles of the three components of the mixture, n1, n2, and n3, and (b) the mole fractions

of the three components. (c) If the mole fractions of carbon dioxide and nitrogen in a

three component gas containing water vapor are 0.07 and 0.38, respectively, what are

the mass fractions of the three components?

Solution

(a) Because the mass of i can be written as mi = niMi , the mass fraction of component

i can be written as:

88

obtain for the mass fractions:

(c) Identifying the subscripts 1, 2, and 3 with carbon dioxide, nitrogen, and water

vapor, respectively, we have x1 = 0.07, x2 = 0.38 and x3 = 1 – 0.07 – 0.038 = 0.55.

Then:

= (0.07)(44)/(23.62) = 0.1304

________________________________________________________________

For a mixture of gases at a given temperature and pressure, the ideal gas law

shows that pVi = niúT holds for any component, and pV = núT for the mixture as a

whole. Forming the ratio of the two equations we observe that the mole fractions have

the same values as the volume fraction:

xi = Vi /V = ni /n [dl]

Similarly, for a given volume of a mixture of gases at a given temperature, piV = niúT

for each component and pV = núT for the mixture. The ratio of the two equations

shows that the partial pressure of any component i is the product of the mole fraction

of i and the pressure of the mixture:

pi = pni /n = pxi

EXAMPLE 3.2

What is the partial pressure of water vapor in Example 3.1 if the mixture pressure is

two atmospheres?

89

Solution

The mole fraction of water vapor in the mixture of Example 3.1 is 0.55. The partial

pressure of the water vapor is therefore (0.55)(2) = 1.1 atm.

_____________________________________________________________________

Air is a mixture of about 21% oxygen, 78% nitrogen, and 1% other constituents by

volume. For combustion calculations it is usually satisfactory to represent air as a 21%

oxygen, 79% nitrogen mixture, by volume. Thus for every 21 moles of oxygen that

react when air oxidizes a fuel, there are also 79 moles of nitrogen involved. Therefore,

79/21 = 3.76 moles of nitrogen are present for every mole of oxygen in the air.

At room temperature both oxygen and nitrogen exist as diatomic molecules, O2

and N2, respectively. It is usually assumed that the nitrogen in the air is nonreacting at

combustion temperatures; that is, there are as many moles of pure nitrogen in the

products as there were in the reactants. At very high temperatures small amounts of

nitrogen react with oxygen to form oxides of nitrogen, usually termed NOx. These small

quantities are important in pollution analysis because of the major role of even small

traces of NOx in the formation of smog. However, since these NOx levels are

insignificant in energy analysis applications, nitrogen is treated as inert here.

The molecular weight of a compound or mixture is the mass of 1 mole of the

substance. The average molecular weight, M, of a mixture, as seen earlier, is the linear

combination of the products of the mole fractions of the components and their

respective molecular weights. Thus the molecular weight for air, Mair, is given by the

sum of the products of the molecular weights of oxygen and nitrogen and their

respective mole fractions in air. Expressed in words:

or

and

90

Methane, CH4, is a common fuel that is a major constituent of most natural gases.

Consider the complete combustion of methane in pure oxygen. The chemical reaction

equation for the complete combustion of methane in oxygen may be written as:

Because atoms are neither created nor destroyed, Equation (3.1) states that methane

(consisting of one atom of carbon and four atoms of hydrogen) reacts with four atoms

of oxygen to yield carbon dioxide and water products with the same number of atoms

of each element as in the reactants. This is the basic principle involved in balancing all

chemical reaction equations.

Carbon dioxide is the product formed by complete combustion of carbon through

the reaction C + O2 Y CO2. Carbon dioxide has only one carbon atom per molecule.

Since in Equation (3.1) there is only one carbon atom on the left side of the equation,

there can be only one carbon atom and therefore one CO2 molecule on the right.

Similarly, water is the product of the complete combustion of hydrogen. It has two

atoms of hydrogen per molecule. Because there are four hydrogen atoms in the

reactants of Equation (3.1), there must be four in the products, implying that two

molecules of water formed. These observations require four atoms of oxygen on the

right, which implies the presence of two molecules (four atoms) of oxygen on the left.

The coefficients in chemical equations such as Equation (3.1) may be interpreted as

the number of moles of the substance required for the reaction to occur as written.

Thus another way of interpreting Equation (3.1) is that one mole of methane reacts

with two moles of oxygen to form one mole of carbon dioxide and two moles of water.

While not evident in this case, it is not necessary that there be the same number of

moles of products as reactants. It will be seen in numerous other cases that a different

number of moles of products is produced from a given number of moles of reactants.

Thus although the numbers of atoms of each element must be conserved during a

reaction, the total number of moles need not. Because the number of atoms of each

element cannot change, it follows that the mass of each element and the total mass must

be conserved during the reaction. Thus, using the atomic weights (masses) of each

element, the sums of the masses of the reactants and products in Equation (3.1) are

both 80:

[12 + 4(1)] + 4(16) Y [12 + 2(16)] + 2[2(1) + 16] = 80

Other observations may be made with respect to Equation (3.1). There are 2 moles of

water in the 3 moles of combustion products, and therefore a mole fraction of water in

the combustion products of xwater = 2/3 = 0.667. Similarly, xCarbon dioxide = 1/3 = 0.333

moles of CO2 in the products.

There are 44 mass units of CO2 in the 80 mass units of products for a mass

91

We also observe that there are 12 mass units of carbon in the products and

therefore a carbon mass fraction of 12/80 = 0.15. Note that because the mass of any

element and the total mass are conserved in a chemical reaction, the mass fraction of

any element is also conserved in the reaction. Thus the mass fraction of carbon in the

reactants is 0.15, as in the products.

Combustion in Air

Let us now consider the complete combustion of methane in air. The same combustion

products are expected as with combustion in oxygen; the only additional reactant

present is nitrogen, and it is considered inert. Moreover, because we know that in air

every mole of oxygen is accompanied by 3.76 moles of nitrogen, the reaction equation

can be written as

It is seen that the reaction equation for combustion in air may be obtained from the

combustion equation for the reaction in oxygen by adding the appropriate number of

moles of nitrogen to both sides of the equation.

Note that both Equations (3.1) and (3.2) describe reactions of one mole of

methane fuel. Because the same amount of fuel is present in both cases, both reactions

release the same amount of energy. We can therefore compare combustion reactions in

air and in oxygen. It will be seen that the presence of nitrogen acts to dilute the

reaction, both chemically and thermally. With air as oxidizer, there are 2 moles of water

vapor per 10.52 moles of combustion products, compared with 2 moles of water per 3

moles of products for combustion in oxygen. Similarly, with air, there is a mass fraction

of CO2 of 0.1514 and a carbon mass fraction of 0.0413 in the combustion products,

compared with 0.55 and 0.15, respectively, for combustion in oxygen.

The diluting energetic effect of nitrogen when combustion is in air may be reasoned

as follows: The same amount of energy is released in both reactions, because the same

amount of fuel is completely consumed. However, the nonreacting nitrogen molecules

in the air have heat capacity. This added heat capacity of the additional nitrogen

molecules absorbs much of the energy released, resulting in a lower internal energy per

unit mass of products and hence a lower temperature of the products. Thus the energy

released by the reaction is shared by a greater mass of combustion products when the

combustion is in air.

Often, products of combustion are released to the atmosphere through a chimney,

stack, or flue. These are therefore sometimes referred to as flue gases. The flue gas

composition may be stated in terms of wet flue gas (wfg) or dry flue gas (dfg), because

92

under some circumstances the water vapor in the gas condenses and then escapes as a

liquid rather than remaining as a gaseous component of the flue gas. When liquid water

is present in combustion products, the combustion product gaseous mass fractions may

be taken with respect to the mass of flue gas products, with the product water present

or omitted. Thus, for Equation (3.2), the mass of dry combustion products is 254.56.

Hence the mass fraction of carbon dioxide is 44/254.56 = 0.1728 with respect to dry

flue gas, and 44/290.56 = 0.1514 with respect to wet flue gas.

In combustion discussions reference is frequently made to higher and lower heating

values. The term higher heating value, HHV, refers to a heating value measurement in

which the product water vapor is allowed to condense. As a consequence, the heat of

vaporization of the water is released and becomes part of the heating value. The lower

heating value, LHV, corresponds to a heating value in which the water remains a

vapor and does not yield its heat of vaporization. Thus the energy difference between

the two values is due to the heat of vaporization of water, and

where mwater is the mass of liquid water in the combustion products, and hfg is the latent

heat of vaporization of water.

Air-Fuel Ratio

It is important to know how much oxygen or air must be supplied for complete

combustion of a given quantity of fuel. This information is required in sizing fans and

ducts that supply oxidizer to combustion chambers or burners and for numerous other

design purposes. The mass air-fuel ratio, A/F, or oxygen-fuel ratio, O/F, for complete

combustion may be determined by calculating the masses of oxidizer and fuel from the

appropriate reaction equation. Let’s return to Equation (3.2):

The A/F for methane is [(2)(32) + (2)(3.76)(28)]/(12 + 4) = 17.16 and the O/F is

2(32)/(12 + 4) = 4. Thus 4 kg of O2 or 17.16 kg of air must be supplied for each

kilogram of methane completely consumed.

Of course it is possible, within limits, to supply an arbitrary amount of air to a

burner to burn the fuel. The terms stoichiometric or theoretical are applied to the

situation just described, in which just enough oxidizer is supplied to completely convert

the fuel to CO2 and H2O. Thus the stoichiometric O/F and A/F ratios for methane are

4.0 and 17.16, respectively. If less than the theoretical amount of air is supplied, the

products will contain unburned fuel. Regardless of the magnitude of A/F, when

unburned fuel remains in the products (including carbon, carbon monoxide, or

hydrogen), combustion is said to be incomplete. Because air is virtually free and fuel is

expensive, it is usually important to burn all of the fuel by using more air than the

theoretical air-fuel ratio indicates is needed. Thus most burners operate with excess air.

93

the theoretical air-fuel ratio

Thus, for methane, 120% of theoretical air implies an actual mass air-fuel ratio of

(120/100)(17.16) = 20.59.

Excess air is defined as the difference between the actual and the theoretical air

supplied. Accordingly, the percentage of excess air is

Note also that combining Equations (3.4) and (3.3) yields the following general result:

Again, the excess air percentage is 120% – 100% = 20%. Table 3.1 shows examples of

ranges of excess air used with certain fuels and combustion systems.

The air/fuel parameters just discussed emphasize the amount of air supplied to burn

a given amount of fuel relative to the theoretical requirement. An alternate approach

considers a given amount of air and indicates the mass of fuel supplied , the fuel-air

ratio, F/A, which is the inverse of the air-fuel ratio. A measure of how much fuel is

actually supplied, called the equivalence ratio, is the ratio of the actual fuel-air ratio to

the theoretical fuel-air ratio:

Thus 100% theoretical air corresponds to an equivalence ratio of 1, and 20% excess air

to M = 100/120 = 0.833. When the equivalence ratio is less than 1, the mixture is called

lean; when greater than 1, it is called rich.

This section has dealt with the application of combustion chemistry or

stoichiometry applied to methane gas. Other fuels for which a reaction equation such as

Equation (3.1) or (3.2) is available may be treated in a similar way. Before considering

more complex combustion problems, it is appropriate to investigate the nature and

description of the various types of fossil fuels.

94

Most chemical fuels are found in nature in the form of crude oil, natural gas, and coal.

These fuels are called fossil fuels because they are believed to have been formed by the

decay of vegetable and animal matter over many thousands of years under conditions of

high pressure and temperature and with a deficiency or absence of oxygen. Other fuels

such as gasoline, syngas (synthetic gas), and coke may be derived from fossil fuels by

some form of industrial or chemical processing. These derived fuels are also called

fossil fuels.

Coal

Coal is an abundant solid fuel found in many locations around the world in a variety of

forms. The American Society for Testing Materials, ASTM, has established a ranking

system (ref. 3) that classifies coals as anthracite (I), bituminous (II), subbituminous

(III), and lignite (IV), according to their physical characteristics. Table 3.2 lists

95

seventeen of the many United States coals according to this class ranking.

Coal is formed over long periods of time, in a progression shown from left to right

in Figure 3.1. The bars on the ordinate show the division of the combustibles between

fixed carbon and volatile matter in the fuels. “Fixed carbon” and “volatile matter”

indicate roughly how much of the fuel burns as a solid and as a thermally generated gas,

respectively. It is seen that the volatile matter and oxygen contained in the fuels

decrease with increasing age.

Peat is a moist fuel, at the geologically young end of the scale, that has a relatively

low heating value. It is not considered a coal but, nevertheless, follows the patterns of

characteristics shown in the figure. Peat is regarded as an early stage or precursor of

coal. At the other extreme, anthracite is a geologically old, very hard, shiny coal with

high carbon content and high heating value. Bituminous is much more abundant than

anthracite, has a slightly lower carbon content, but also has a high heating value.

Subbituminous coal, lignite, and peat have successively poorer heating values and

higher volatile matter than bituminous.

Coal is a highly inhomogeneous material, of widely varying composition, found in

seams (layers) of varying thickness at varying depths below the earth's surface. The

wide geographic distribution of coal in the United States is shown in Figure 3.2.

96

According to reference 1, the average seam in the United States is about 5.5 ft. thick.

The largest known seam is 425 ft. thick and is found in Manchuria.

Coal Analyses

variations from location to location even within a given seam. As a result there are

limits on the accuracy and adequacy of coal analyses in assessing coal behavior in a

given application. Before discussing the nature of these analyses, it is important to

establish the basis on which they are conducted.

Coal contains varying amounts of loosely held moisture and noncombustible

materials or mineral matter (ash), which are of little or no use. The basis of an analysis

helps to specify the conditions under which the coal is tested. The coal sample may be

freshly taken from the mine, the as-mined basis. It may have resided in a coal pile for

months, and be analyzed just before burning, the as-fired basis. It may be examined

immediately after transport from the mine, the as-received basis. Exposure to rain or

dry periods, weathering, and separation and loss of noncombustible mineral matter

through abrasion and the shifting of loads during transport and storage may cause the

same load of coal to have changing mineral matter and moisture content over time. It is

therefore important to specify the basis for any test that is conducted. Published

tabulations of coal properties are frequently presented on a dry, ash-free, or dry and

ash-free basis, that is, in the absence of water and/or noncombustible mineral matter.

Coal ranking and analysis of combustion processes rely on two types of analysis of

coal composition: the proximate analysis and the ultimate analysis. The proximate

analysis starts with a representative sample of coal. The sample is first weighed, then

raised to a temperature high enough to drive off water, and then reweighed. The weight

97

loss divided by the initial weight gives the coal moisture content, M. The remaining

material is then heated at a much higher temperature, in the absence of oxygen, for a

time long enough to drive off gases. The resulting weight-loss fraction gives the

volatile matter content, VM, of the coal. The remainder of the sample is then burned in

air until only noncombustibles remain. The weight loss gives the fixed carbon, FC, and

the remaining material is identified as non-combustible mineral matter or ash, A.

The proximate analysis may be reported as percentages (or fractions) of the four

quantities moisture, ash, volatile matter, and fixed carbon, as in Table 3.2, or without

ash and moisture and with the FC and VM normalized to 100%. Sulfur, as a fraction of

the coal mass, is sometimes reported with the proximate analysis. The proximate

analysis, while providing very limited information, can be performed with limited

laboratory resources.

A more sophisticated and useful analysis is the ultimate analysis, a chemical

analysis that provides the elemental mass fractions of carbon, hydrogen, nitrogen,

oxygen, and sulfur, usually on a dry, ash-free basis. The ash content of the coal and

heating value are sometimes provided also.

Data from a dry, ash-free analysis can be converted to another basis by using the

basis adjustment factor, 1 - A - M, as follows. The mass of coal is the mass of ultimate

or proximate analysis components plus the masses of water (moisture) and ash:

98

Dividing through by the total mass m and rearranging, we get the following as the ratio

of the mass of components to the total mass:

mcomp / m = 1 – A – M [dl]

where A is the ash fraction and M is the moisture fraction of the total coal mass. A

component of a coal analysis may be converted from the dry, ash-free basis to some

other basis by forming the product of the component fraction and the basis adjustment

factor. Thus an equation for the wet and ashy volatile matter fraction in the proximate

analysis may be determined from the dry, ash-free proximate analysis by using

= ( 1 - A - M ) VMdry,ash-free (3.6)

where A and M are, respectively, the ash and moisture fractions for the as-fired coal.

Here the as-fired (wet, ashy) mass fraction of volatile matter is the product of the dry,

ash-free mass fraction and the basis adjustment factor. Fixed carbon, heating values,

and components of the ultimate analysis may be dealt with in a similar way.

Table 3.3 gives proximate and ultimate analyses for a number of United States

coals on a dry basis. Another extensive tabulation of the characteristics of American

and world coals is given in Appendix E.

EXAMPLE 3.3

If the as-fired moisture fraction for Schuylkill, Pa. anthracite culm characterized in

Table 3.3 is 4.5%, determine the as-fired proximate and ultimate analysis and heating

value of the coal. (Culm is the fine coal refuse remaining from anthracite mining.)

Solution

The FC, VM, and ash contents are given in Table 3.3. Because ash is already present in

the analysis, the appropriate adjustment factor is 1 - A - M = 1 – 0.0 – 0.045 = 0.955.

Using Equation (3.6) and the data from Table 3.3, we get

FCas-fired = (0.955)(32.6) = 31.133

Aas-fired = (0.955)(59.1) = 56.411

Mas-fired = 4.500

Check Sum = 99.971

Heating valueas-fired = (0.955)(4918) = 4697 Btu/lbm

Similarly, the as-fired ultimate analysis is 32% C, 1.15% H2, 4.87% O2, 0.57% N2,

0.48% S, 56.44% ash, and 4.5% moisture, with a checksum of 100.01.

_____________________________________________________________________

99

100

101

102

As a solid fuel, coal may be burned in a number of ways. Starting with the smallest

of installations, coal may be burned in a furnace, in chunk form on a stationary or

moving grate. Air is usually supplied from below with combustion gases passing

upward and ash falling through a stationary grate or dropping off the end of a moving

grate into an ash pit. A wide variety of solid fuels can be burned in this way.

Though all furnaces were onced fired manually, today many are fired by or with the

assistance of mechanical devices called stokers. Figure 3.3 shows a spreader stoker,

which scatters coal in a uniform pattern in the furnace, the finer particles burning in

suspension in the rising combustion air stream while the heavier particles drop to the

grate as they burn. The particles that reach the grate burn rapidly in a thin layer, and the

remaining ash drops off the end into the ash pit. This type of combustion system has

been in use for over fifty years for hot water heating and steam generation.

In large installations, coal is crushed to a particular size, and sometimes pulverized

to powder immediately before firing, to provide greater surface exposure to the

103

oxidizer and to ensure rapid removal of combustion gases. Because of the wide

variation in the characteristics of coals, specialized types of combustion systems

tailored to a specific coal or range of coal characteristics are used.

Natural Gas

Natural gas is a mixture of hydrocarbons and nitrogen, with other gases appearing in

small quantities. Table 3.4 shows the composition of samples of natural gases found in

several regions of the United States. For these samples, it is seen that the gases contain

83-94% methane (CH4), 0-16% ethane (C2H6), 0.5-8.4% nitrogen and small quantities

of other components, by volume. The ultimate analysis shows that the gases contain

about 65-75% carbon, 20-24% hydrogen, 0.75-13% nitrogen, and small amounts of

oxygen and sulfur in some cases. The higher heating values are in the neighborhood of

1000 Btu/ft3 on a volume basis and 22,000 Btu/lbm on a mass basis. In regions where it

is abundant, natural gas is frequently the fuel of choice because of its low sulfur and ash

content and ease of use.

104

EXAMPLE 3.4

Determine the molecular weight and stoichiometric mole and mass air-fuel ratios for the

Oklahoma gas mole composition given in Table 3.4.

Solution

Equation (3.2),

shows that there are 2 + 2(3.76) = 9.52 moles of air required for complete combustion

of each mole of methane. Similarly for ethane, the stoichiometric reaction equation is:

where 2 carbon and 6 hydrogen atoms in ethane require 2 CO2 molecules and 3 H2O

molecules, respectively, in the products. There are then 7 oxygen atoms in the

products, which implies 3.5 oxygen molecules in the reactants. This in turn dictates the

presence of (3.5)(3.76) = 13.16 nitrogen molecules in both the reactants and products.

The reaction equation then indicates that 3.5(1 + 3.76) = 16.66 moles of air are

required for complete combustion of one mole of ethane.

In Table 3.5, the molecular weight of the gas mixture, 18.169, is found in the

fourth column by summing the products of the mole fractions of the fuel components

and the component molecular weights. This is analogous to the earlier determination of

the average air molecular weight from the nitrogen and oxygen mixture mole fractions.

The products of the mole fractions of fuel components and the moles of air

required per mole of fuel component (as determined earlier and tabulated in the fifth

column of Table 3.5) then yield the moles of air required for each combustible per mole

of fuel (in the sixth column). Summing these, the number of moles of air required per

mole of fuel yields the stoichiometric mole air-fuel ratio, 9.114.

The stoichiometric mass A/F is then given by the mole A/F times the ratio of air

molecular weight to fuel molecular weight: (9.114)(28.9)/18.169 = 14.5.

i Mi xi xiMi Moles air per Moles air per mole fuel

mole i

105

Liquid Fuels

Liquid fuels are primarily derived from crude oil through cracking and fractional

distillation. Cracking is a process by which long-chain hydrocarbons are broken up into

smaller molecules. Fractional distillation separates high-boiling-point hydrocarbons

from those with lower boiling points. Liquid fuels satisfy a wide range of combustion

requirements and are particularly attractive for transportation applications because of

their compactness and fluidity. Table 3.6 gives representative analyses of some of these

liquid fuels. Compositions of liquid and solid fuels, unlike gaseous fuels, are usually

stated as mass fractions.

Mechanism of Combustion

Details of the mechanics of combustion depend to a great extent on the fuel and the

nature of the combustion system. They are sometimes not well understood and are

largely beyond the scope of this book. There are, however, certain fundamentals that

are useful in dealing with combustion systems.

The chemical reaction equations presented here do not portray the actual

mechanism of combustion; they merely indicate the initial and final chemical

compositions of a reaction. In most cases the reactions involve a sequence of steps,

leading from the reactants to the products, the nature of which depends on the

temperature, pressure, and other conditions of combustion. Fuel molecules, for

instance, may undergo thermal cracking, producing more numerous and smaller fuel

molecules and perhaps breaking the molecules down completely into carbon and

hydrogen atoms before oxidation is completed.

In the case of solid fuels, combustion may be governed by the rate at which

oxidizer diffuses from the surrounding gases to the surface and by the release of

combustible gases near the surface. Combustion of solids may be enhanced by

increasing the fuel surface area exposed to the oxidizer by reducing fuel particle size.

106

Example 3.5 is, of course, an idealized example. In reality, the reacting surface area of

solid fuels is usually much larger than the spherical surface area implied by their size.

We have seen that, for combustion to occur, molecules of oxidizer must affiliate

with fuel molecules, an action enhanced by the three T’s of combustion: turbulence,

time, and temperature. Chemical reactions take place more rapidly at high temperatures

but nevertheless require finite time for completion. It is therefore important that burners

be long enough to retain the fuel-air mixture for a sufficiently long time so that

combustion is completed before the mixture leaves. Turbulence, or mixing, enhances

the opportunities for contact of oxidizer and fuel molecules and removal of products of

combustion.

A flame propagates at a given speed through a flammable mixture. It will

propagate upstream in a flow of a combustible mixture if its flame speed exceeds the

flow velocity. If a fixed flame front is to exist at a fixed location in a duct flow in which

the velocity of the combustion gas stream exceeds the propagation speed, some form of

flame stabilization is required. Otherwise the flame front is swept downstream and

flameout occurs. Stabilization may be achieved by using fixed flameholders (partial

107

flow obstructions that create local regions of separated flow in their bases where the

flame speed is greater than the local flow velocity) or by directing a portion of the flow

upstream to provide a low-speed region where stable combustion may occur.

Each combination of oxidizer and fuel has been seen to have a particular

stoichiometric oxidizer-fuel ratio for which the fuel is completely burned with a

minimum of oxidizer. It has also been pointed out that it is usually desirable to operate

burners at greater than the theoretical air-fuel ratio to assure complete combustion of

the fuel and that this is sometimes referred to as a lean mixture. Occasionally it may be

desirable to have incomplete combustion, perhaps to produce a stream of products in

which carbon monoxide exists or to assure that all the oxidizer in the mixture is

consumed. In that case a burner is operated at less than the stoichiometric air-fuel ratio

with what is called a rich mixture.

There are limits to the range of air-fuel ratios for which combustion will occur

called limits of flammability. Here the density of the mixture is important. The limits of

flammability around the stoichiometric A/F are reduced at low densities. If combustion

is to occur reliably in mixtures at low densities, it is necessary to closely control the

air-fuel ratio.

In the determination of the air-fuel ratio and flue gas composition for the combustion of

solid fuels, it is important to account for the ash and moisture in the fuel in the as-fired

condition. In the following analyses, all of the elements of the reactants in the fuel and

oxidizer are assumed to be present in the flue gas products except for the ash, which is

assumed to fall as a solid or flow as molten slag to the furnace bottom. Nitrogen and

oxygen are present in many solid fuels and should be accounted for in predicting the

flue gas composition. While both carbon monoxide and oxygen may be present in

combustion products at the same time because of imperfect mixing of combustibles and

oxygen in some instances, we will assume for prediction of the flue gas composition

that perfect mixing occurs such that no carbon monoxide is present when excess air is

supplied.

EXAMPLE 3.6

A coal with a dry, ash-free composition of 0.87 C, 0.09 H2, 0.02 S, and 0.02 O2 is

burned with 25% excess air. The as-fired ash and moisture contents are 6% and 4%,

respectively.

(a) What are the stoichiometric and actual air-fuel ratios?

(b) What is the flue gas composition?

Solution

(a) Before performing combustion calculations, it is necessary to convert coal

composition data to an as-fired basis. The ratio of as-fired to dry, ash-free

108

109

110

111

112

113

114

115

(Note: The reference conditions of the 1985 JANAF Thermochemical tables used differ

slightly from those of preceding editions.) Heats of formation are usually determined

based on statistical thermodynamics and spectroscopic measurements.

By definition, heats of formation are zero for all elements in the standard state.

Hence, from the steady-flow First Law of Thermodynamics, the heat transferred in a

formation reaction of a compound created from elements in the standard state is the

heat of formation for the compound, as in the hydrogen-to-water example just

mentioned.

Consider now the combustion problem in which fuel and oxidizer flow into a control

volume and combustion products flow out. The steady-flow First Law of Thermo-

dynamics applied to the control volume may be written as

where Q is heat flow into the control volume, Ws is the shaft work delivered by the

control volume, and the enthalpies, H, include chemical as well as thermal energy. The

subscripts r and p refer to the reactants entering and products leaving the control

volume, respectively. The enthalpy Hp is the sum of the enthalpies of all product

streams leaving the control volume. A similar statement applies to Hr for the entering

reactant streams.

116

The individual enthalpies may each be written as the product of the number of

moles of the component in the reaction equation and its respective enthalpy per mole of

the component. For example, for k products:

where the n’s are the stoichiometric coefficients of the chemical equation for the

combustion reaction, and the enthalpies are on a per-mole bases.

EXAMPLE 3.9

Write an equation for the enthalpy of the products of complete combustion of octane in

oxygen.

The mole coefficients, 8 and 9, of the products are stoichiometric coefficients that yield

___________________________________________________________________

The enthalpy of any component of the reactants or products may be written as the

sum of (1) its enthalpy of formation at the standard temperature, To, and standard

pressure, and (2) its enthalpy difference between the actual state and the standard state

of the components. Thus, for each component:

where it is assumed that the sensible gas enthalpy difference is independent of pressure.

Sensible enthalpies (those that depend on temperature but do not involve reactions or

phase change) relative to the standard reference state are given in Appendix D.

Thus, returning to the formation reaction for the combustion of hydrogen in

oxygen at the standard state to produce water, as discussed in the preceding section,

we see that the steady-flow First Law of Thermodynamics becomes

with water in the vapor phase as the product of combustion of one mole of H2. Here

the sensible enthalpy differences are zero, because both the products and the reactants

are at the standard state. Note that because the stoichiometric coefficients of both

117

hydrogen and water are the same in this reaction, the resulting heat transfer may be

interpreted as either per mole of water formed or per mole of hydrogen consumed.

If, instead, liquid water is the combustion product, the heat transfer is given by

of H2O. The difference between the two cases, 18,919 Btu/lb-mole H2O, is equivalent

to 18,935/18 = 1,051.9 Btu/lbm of water, the enthalpy of vaporization of water. This

result compares with the enthalpy or latent heat of vaporization of water at 77°F,

1050.1 Btu/lbm, given in the steam tables.

With either liquid or gaseous water as the product, the heat transfer term for the

control volume is negative, indicating, in accordance with the usual sign convention,

that the heat flows from the control volume to the surroundings. The two calculations

above illustrate the fact that the heat transfer in a formation reaction at the standard

state is the heat of formation of the compound created.

EXAMPLE 3.10

What is the enthalpy of water vapor at 1800°R and 1 bar? What is the heat transfer in

the formation reaction of water from hydrogen and oxygen if the products are at

1800°R and the reactants are (a) at the standard state, and (b) at 900°R?

Solution

The heat of formation of water vapor at the standard state of 298.15K. (536.7°R)

and one bar is – 103,966 Btu/lb-mole. The enthalpy of water vapor at 1800°R is the

sum of the heat of formation at the standard state and the sensible enthalpy difference

of water vapor between 536.7°R and 1800°R. Thus:

(a) In this case, the reactants, oxygen and hydrogen, have zero enthalpies because they

are in the standard state and, as elements, their heats of formation are zero. Thus the

heat transferred is – 92,781 Btu/lb-mole, or 5154.5 Btu/lbm of water.

(b) For reactants at 900°R , Appendix D gives hH2(900) – hH2(536.7) = 2530 Btu/mole

of H2 and hO2(900) – hO2(536.7) = 2617 Btu/mole of O2. The enthalpy of the reactants

is then Hr = (1.0)(2530) + (0.5)(2617) = 3838.5 Btu/lb-mole H2O. The heat transferred

is then:

or

Q = – 96,619.5 / 18 = – 5,367.8 Btu/lbm of water.

118

Thus more heat must be transferred from the control volume to form water vapor at

1800°R if the reactants are at 900°R than if they are in the 536.7°R standard state.

In many combustion problems, the reactants enter the combustor near room tempera-

ture and products emerge at an elevated temperature. The temperature of the products

flowing from the control volume depends on the energy released in the combustion

reaction and heat gain or loss through the boundary of the control volume. The

resulting combustion product temperature is sometimes called the flame temperature.

EXAMPLE 3.11

Methane and stoichiometric air enter a combustor at the standard state. Using a spread-

sheet, calculate the heat transfer as a function of the exit (flame) temperature of the

products of complete combustion. Assume the water in the products remains a vapor.

Solution

The reaction equation for complete combustion of methane in air is:

The enthalpy of the products at temperature T and of the reactants at the standard state

is

+ (2)[hH2O (T) – hH2O (537)] + (7.52)[hN2 (T) – hN2 (537)]

of methane, where the heats of formation of elemental nitrogen and oxygen are zero

and the heat of formation of water is for the vapor phase. Writing the enthalpy

differences as )h’s and applying the steady-flow First Law of Thermodynamics, we get

+ (2) )hH2O(T) + 7.52 )hN2(T) – (– 32,189.6)

of methane. This function is tabulated in the spreadsheet in Table 3.10 and plotted in

Figure 3.4 using values of enthalpies at the temperature T from the the JANAF tables.

Negative values of Q indicate that heat must be rejected from the control volume to

maintain product effluent temperature below about 4200°R. Beyond 4200°R, the CO2,

119

N2, and H2O outflow carries more energy than is released in the control volume by

chemical reaction; hence, heat must flow into the control volume to achieve the

resulting high exit temperatures. Thus the final flame temperature clearly depends on

the chemical composition of the flow and on the consequent control volume heat

transfer.

____________________________________________________________________

120

transferred during a steady-flow process in which the fuel is completely burned and

where the products are returned to the temperature and pressure of the reactants. It will

be seen that the enthalpy of combustion evaluated at the standard state may be deter-

mined from the heats of formation. The heat of combustion of hydrogen has, in fact,

been determined in a preceding section that examined the formation reaction for water.

The negative of the enthalpy of combustion of a fuel burned in air is usually

referred to as the heating value of the fuel. When water in the combustion products is

condensed, the heat of vaporization of the water adds to the chemical energy released,

and the resulting heating value is called the higher heating value, HHV. Recall also

that the heating value obtained when the product water stays a vapor is called the lower

heating value, LHV. The difference between HHV and LHV has been illustrated in the

previous section for the formation reaction of water resulting from the combustion of

hydrogen.

For methane, note also that the heat of combustion, and thus the magnitude of the

lower heating value, appears in the value of Q in the top row of table 3.10, since there

the combustion products are at the reference temperature.

EXAMPLE 3.12

Illinois no. 6 raw coal has the following dry mass composition: 61.6% C, 4.2% H2,

9.7% O2, 1.3% N2, 4.6% S, and 18.5% ash. Using heats of formation, determine the

higher and lower heating values, in kJ / kg, of the as-fired coal with 10% moisture, and

compare them with the heating value in Table 3.3.

Solution

To adjust the composition for 10% moisture, the factor 1 – A – M becomes 1 – 0

– 0.1 = 0.9. The resulting moist coal composition is given in the following table.

It was seen earlier that the heat of reaction of hydrogen in its standard state, and

thus its heat of combustion, is the heat of formation of its product of combustion. The

reaction equation

H2 + 0.5O2 Y H2O

shows that one mole of hydrogen produces one mole of water. Thus, from Table 3.9,

the heat of formation of steam, – 241,826 kJ per kg-mole of water formed or per kg-

mole of hydrogen burned, is also the heat of combustion of hydrogen in the standard

state. Thus the hydrogen contributes 241,826/2 kJ per kg of hydrogen in the coal. The

total energy released by the hydrogen in the coal is then 241,826/2 times the mass

fraction of hydrogen in the coal, as shown in the following table. Similar arguments

may be made for hydrogen with product water in the liquid phase and the carbon and

sulfur components of the coal.

121

H2:

O2 0.097 0.0873

N2 0.013 0.0117

23,966.9 (l)

Thus the lower and higher heating values of the coal are 23,135.2 and 23,966.9 kJ/kg,

respectively. Table 3.3 lists a heating value of dry Illinois no. 6 raw coal of 11,345

Btu/lbm. The corresponding heating value for the wet coal is (0.9)(11,345) = 10,210.5

Btu/lbm. This corresponds to (10,210.5)/(0.43) = 23,745 kJ/kg.

____________________________________________________________________

The results of Example 3.11, tabulated in Figure 3.10, show that for a given air-fuel

mixture there is a unique product temperature for which the control volume is

adiabatic. This temperature is known as the adiabatic flame temperature. It can be

determined as in Example 3.11, or it may be calculated from the steady-flow First Law

of Thermodynamics by setting Q = 0. The resulting First Law equation for the adiabatic

flame temperature, designated T*, becomes:

where the reactants are at the temperature Tr . The enthalpy terms depend on the

individual enthalpies of the components as functions of temperature. Thus a trial-and-

error solution is required using data on heat of formation from Table 3.9 and the

enthalpy tables in Appendix D. Given a known Tr , the adiabatic flame temperature may

also be obtained as the intercept (Q = 0) on a graph of Q versus temperature, T, such as

Figure 3.4.

Adiabatic Flame Temperature for Solid Fuels

122

and adiabatic flame temperature for a solid fuel specified by its ultimate analysis. The

solution is presented in a spreadsheet in which enthalpies are tabulated as a function of

temperature for the relevant chemical components as given in the JANAF tables.

123

124

The number of moles of excess O2 in the flue gas per pound of coal may also be

obtained from the excess air-fuel ratio:

With the actual balanced reaction equation known, the mole coefficients may then be

used to write an equation for the enthalpy of the products per unit mass of coal.

Because all the reactants are assumed to be elements at the reference temperature, the

enthalpy of the reactants is zero. By setting Q = Hp = 0, we can solve this First Law

equation for the adiabatic flame temperature by trial and error. However, with a

spreadsheet, it is convenient to calculate the heat transfer at each temperature-enthalpy

data point and determine the adiabatic flame temperature by inspection and, if

additional precision is required, by explicit interpolation. The heat transfer equation is

shown on the spreadsheet, and the values of the flue gas mole coefficients and heats of

formation are shown above the appropriate JANAF enthalpies to which they relate.

It is seen that the adiabatic flame temperature for combustion with 30% excess air

is about 2110K, or 3800°R. Note also that the heat of combustion of the coal, 8506.7

Btu/lbm of coal, may be read from the spreadsheet at the JANAF table reference

temperature. This is possible because the heat of reaction is independent of the amount

of excess air employed in the reaction.

_____________________________________________________________________

The spreadsheet for Example 3.13 is easily modified to compute and plot the

composition of the flue gas as a function of the percentage of excess air. Figure 3.5

shows that the mole fractions of excess oxygen and of nitrogen increase while the

fractions of other products decrease. Excess oxygen measured from a flue gas sample

is commonly used as a measure of excess air in adjusting the air-fuel ratio of

combustion systems.

molecules. The simple kinetic theory of the heat capacity of a gas predicts heat

capacities that are independent of temperature and determined by the number of

degrees of freedom of the molecules. The kinetic theory is usually regarded as

applicable at low pressures and moderate and high temperatures, conditions at which

collisions between molecules are rare.

125

For monatomic gases, kinetic theory predicts an internal energy per atom of

u = 3kT/2

and an enthalpy of

h = u + pv = 3kT/2 + kT = 5kT/2

Here k, the Boltzmann constant, is the ideal-gas constant per molecule, which can be

calculated from the universal gas constant, ú, and Avogadro’s number of molecules

per mole. Thus

From their definitions, Equations (1.14) and (1.15), this leads to cv = 3k/2 and cp = 5k/2

per atom and to a heat capacity ratio of k = cp /cv = 5/3 = 1.667.

The concept of equipartition of energy assumes that the energy of a particle is

equally divided among its various degrees of freedom. Each mode of energy storage of

a molecule is assigned an energy kT/2. The theory then represents the internal energy

as nkT/2, the enthalpy as (n + 2)kT/2, and the heat capacity ratio as k = (n + 2)/n,

where n is the number of modes of energy storage, or degrees of freedom, of the

molecule. For atoms with three translational and no rotational degrees of freedom,

n = 3 (an atom is presumed to be a point and to have no rotational kinetic energy

126

because it has zero radius); and these relations reduce to the findings described in the

preceding paragraph.

The simple kinetic theory suggests that a diatomic molecule has five degrees of

freedom: three degrees of translational freedom and two modes having significant

rotational kinetic energy. For this case we obtain u = 5kT/2, h = 7kT/2, and

k = 7/5 = 1.4, in agreement with experiment for oxygen and nitrogen at moderate

temperatures and densities.

At higher temperatures, diatomic molecules start to vibrate, adding additional

degrees of freedom that reduce the heat capacity ratio k below 1.4. As the temperature

increases and the collisions between molecules become more vigorous, molecules not

only vibrate but they start to be torn apart, each forming separate atoms, the process

known as dissociation. The energy required to break the bonds between atoms in

molecules is called the dissociation energy. At low temperatures, few molecules have

sufficient kinetic energy to provide the energy needed to cause dissociation by collision.

At higher temperatures, when more molecules have energies exceeding the dissociation

energy, the chemical equilibrium shifts to a composition in which there are more atoms

and fewer molecules in the gas. This trend continues as temperature increases.

At still higher temperatures, when particle kinetic energies exceed the ionization

energy of the gas, outer electrons are separated from atoms, forming positively charged

ions, in a process known as the ionization. Particles lose kinetic energy when causing

dissociation and ionization. This lost energy is then not reflected in the temperature.

Thus, when vibration, dissociation, and ionization occur, the internal energy and

enthalpy increase more rapidly than the temperature. Then the simple linear relations

just given for u and T are no longer correct. Stated another way, the temperature of a

gas rises less rapidly with heat addition when it is at temperature levels where

significant vibration, dissociation, or ionization take place. The phenomenon may be

thought of as analogous to phase change, in which enthalpy increases with heat addition

while temperature does not.

As a result of these phenomena, high flame temperatures determined with ideal gas

enthalpies may be overestimated. At temperatures exceeding 2000K (3600°R), flame

temperature calculations based on the JANAF gas enthalpies may start to become

inaccurate. At these temperature levels, dissociation (and at still higher temperatures,

ionization) starts to influence the composition of the gases and hence their

thermodynamic properties. The progression of dissociation and ionization with

temperature is shown for air at sea level density in Figure 3.6. It is seen that, at this

density, little dissociation of nitrogen occurs below about 6000 K. but that oxygen

starts to dissociate significantly above 3000 K.. At lower densities, the onset of

dissociation occurs at progressively lower temperatures. In Figure 3.6, the number of

particles per initial atom of air may be obtained by multiplying the ordinates by 1.993.

Usually, dissociation does not seriously influence combustion calculations when the

oxidizer is air, but the high combustion temperatures resulting from use of pure oxygen

may be significantly influenced by dissociation. The reader is referred to advanced

thermodynamics, physical chemistry, and advanced engineering texts for methods of

predicting the effects of dissociation and ionization.

127

1. Anon, Steam, Its Generation and Use, 39th ed. New York,: Babcock and Wilcox,

1978.

Combustion Engineering Inc., 1981.

Society for Testing Materials, Section 5, Volume 05.05, 1983.

4. Chase, M. W. Jr., et.al., JANAF Thermochemical Tables, 3rd ed., J. Phys. Chem.

Ref. Data 14, Supplement No. 1, 1985.

5. Van Wylen, Gordon J., and Sonntag, Richard E., Fundamentals of Classical

Thermodynamics. New York: Wiley, 1986.

128

Wiley, 1979.

8. Culp, Archie W., Principles of Energy Conversion. New York: McGraw-Hill, 1979.

Wesley, 1982.

10. Lefebvre, Arthur H., Gas Turbine Combustion, New York: McGraw-Hill, 1983.

11. Baumeister, Theodore, and Marks, Lionel S. (Eds.), Standard Handbook for

Mechanical Engineers, 7th ed. New York: McGraw-Hill, 1967.

12. Sorenson, Harry A., Energy Conversion Systems. New York: Wiley, 1983.

13. Hill, Phillip G., Power Generation. Cambridge, Mass.: MIT Press, 1977.

14. Anon., Coal Quality Information Book, CS-5421, Interim Report. Palo Alto:

Electric Power Research Institute, December 1987.

15. Moeckel, W. E., and Weston, Kenneth C., “Composition and Thermodynamic

Properties of Air in Chemical Equilibrium,” NACA TN 4265, April 1958.

EXERCISES

3.1 Determine the mass fractions of a mixture of six grams of carbon, three grams of

sulfur, and one gram of sodium chloride.

3.2 Determine the mole fractions of a gas consisting of a mole of oxygen, eight moles

of nitrogen, a mole of CO, and two moles of CO2. Determine also the mass fractions.

What is the average molecular weight of the gas?

3.3 Write the balanced reaction equation for the complete combustion of sulfur in

oxygen. What are the mass and mole fractions of oxygen in the reactants?

3.4 Write the balanced reaction equation for the complete combustion of carbon in

oxygen. What are the mass and mole fractions of oxygen in the reactants?

3.5 Write the balanced reaction equation for the complete combustion of carbon in air.

What are the mass and mole fractions of fuel, air, oxygen, and nitrogen in the reactants?

129

3.6 Write the balanced reaction equation for the complete combustion of ethane, C2H6,

in air. What are the mass and mole fractions of fuel, air, oxygen, and nitrogen in the

reactants? What are the mass and mole fractions of carbon dioxide and water vapor in

the combustion products?

3.7 Write the balanced reaction equation for the complete combustion of propane,

C3H8,, in air. What are the mass and mole fractions of fuel, air, oxygen, and nitrogen in

the reactants? What are the mass and mole fractions of carbon dioxide and water vapor

in the combustion products. What are the mass and mole air-fuel ratios?

3.8 Write the balanced reaction equation for the complete combustion of C8H18 in air.

What are the mass and mole fractions of fuel, air, oxygen, and nitrogen in the reactants?

What are the mass and mole fractions of carbon dioxide and water vapor in the

combustion products? What are the mass and mole air-fuel ratios?

3.9 Gasoline, sometimes represented as C8H18, is burned in 25% excess air mass. What

are the mass and mole stoichiometric and actual air-fuel ratios? Determine the mass

and mole fractions of the combustion products.

3.10 Determine the lower and higher heating values of methane using the JANAF table

of heats the formation.

3.11 Determine the as-fired stoichiometric and actual air-fuel ratios for Greene,

Pennsylvania raw coal (Table 3.3) with 5% moisture and the mass and mole flue gas

compositions for combustion with 20% excess air.

3.12 Compare the stoichiometric and actual air-fuel ratios and the mole flue gas

composition for combustion with 20% excess air for the following raw and clean

(process #1) coals (Table 3.3): (a) Freestone, Texas, big brown lignite; (b) Indiana,

Pennsylvania, Freeport (upper); (c) British Columbia, Hat Creek (A zone); (d) Perry,

Illinois no. 6; (e) Muhlenberg, Kentucky no. 9; (f) Nicholas, West Virginia, Kittanning;

(g) Belmont, Ohio, Pittsburgh; (h) Big Horn, Montana, Robinson; (i) Greene,

Pennsylvania, Sewickley; (j) Kanawha, West Virginia, Stockton-Lewiston; (k) Belmont,

Ohio, Waynesburg.

3.13 If Union, Kentucky no. 11 raw coal has 10% moisture, as mined, determine the as-

mined proximate and ultimate analyses for this coal.

3.14 If Big Horn, Montana, Robinson raw coal has 15% moisture, as-mined, what are

its as-mined proximate and ultimate analyses?

3.15 Determine the ultimate analyses of the raw coals listed in Exercise 3.12 (a-e)

assuming 10% as-mined moisture.

130

3.16 Write the balanced chemical equation for the combustion of methane in

stoichiometric air. Use the table of heats of formation to determine the heats of

reaction of methane (in Btu/lbm and Btu/lb-mole), with products and reactants all at the

standard state and product water as liquid. What are the values if the product water is

vapor? Would the heat of reaction be different if the combustion were in pure oxygen?

Compare your results with tabulated heating values for methane.

3.18 Calculate the heating values, in Btu/lbm and Btu/lb-mole, for the complete

combustion of hydrogen, with product water in liquid and in vapor phases. Compare

with tabulated heating values. Repeat the calculations in SI units.

3.19 Determine the heat transferred when ethane is burned (a) in stoichiometric air, and

(b) in 100% excess air. In both cases the reactants are in the standard state and

products at 1000K. Use a heat of formation of –36,420 Btu/lb-mole.

3.20 What is the adiabatic flame temperature for the combustion of ethane in air,

ignoring dissociation? Use a heat of formation of –36,420 Btu/lb-mole of ethane.

3.21 Compare the adiabatic flame temperatures for the stoichiometric combustion of

hydrogen in air and in pure oxygen, ignoring dissociation.

3.22 Determine the adiabatic flame temperature for the stoichiometric combustion in

air of Illinois no. 6 coal after the clean #2 process. Determine also its heat of

combustion, and compare with the tabulated value.

3.23* Develop a spreadsheet that determines the air-fuel ratio for coal characterized by

a dry ultimate analysis, such as given in Table 3.3. Apply it to several of the coals in

the table, as assigned by your instructor.

3.24* Develop a spreadsheet that determines the air-fuel ratio for a coal characterized

by a dry ultimate analysis, such as given in Table 3.3, and a given moisture content.

Apply it to a coal in the table and several different moisture contents, as assigned by

your instructor.

3.25* Develop a spreadsheet that determines the mass and mole, wet and dry flue gas

compositions for a coal characterized by a dry ultimate analysis, such as given in Table

3.3, and a given percentage of excess air. Apply it to several coals in the table for 20%

and 40% excess air.

______________________

*Exercise numbers with an asterisk involve computer usage.

131

3.26* Develop a spreadsheet that determines the average molecular weight, and the

mass and mole, wet and dry flue gas compositions for a coal characterized by a dry

ultimate analysis, such as given in Table 3.3, a given percentage of excess air, and a

given moisture content. Apply it to a coal in the table for 10% moisture and 10% and

20% excess air.

3.27* Develop a spreadsheet that determines the theoretical air-fuel ratio for a gas

characterized by any combination of the components of Table 3.4. Apply it to the

gases in the table, as assigned by your instructor.

3.28* Develop a spreadsheet that determines the average molecular weight, and the

mass and mole, wet and dry flue gas compositions for a gas characterized by any

combination of the components of Table 3.4 and a given percentage of excess air.

Apply it to several the gases in the table for 20% excess air.

3.29 What are the theoretical and actual air-fuel ratios and the wet and dry mole flue

gas compositions for 20% excess air for the Oklahoma natural gas in Table 3.4?

3.30 What are the theoretical and actual air-fuel ratios and the wet and dry mole flue

gas compositions for 15% excess air for the Ohio natural gas in Table 3.4?

3.31 An adiabatic gas turbine combustor burns methane at 77°F with air at 400°F. The

combustion products emerge from the combustion chamber at 3200°F. What is the air-

fuel ratio? What is the equivalent external heat transferred per lbm of air to produce this

temperature rise, assuming a mean heat capacity of 0.24 Btu/lbm-R?

3.32 An adiabatic gas turbine combustor burns methane at 25°C with air at 250°C. The

combustion products emerge from the combustion chamber at 2000K. What is the air-

fuel ratio? What is the equivalent external heat transferred per kilogram of air to

produce this temperature rise, assuming a mean heat capacity of 1.005 kJ/kg-K?

3.33 An adiabatic combustor burns methane with 400% excess air. Both air and

methane are initially at 298K. What is the exit temperature?

3.34 An adiabatic combustor burns methane with 500% theoretical air. Both air and

methane are initially at 77°F. What is the flame temperature?

3.35 An adiabatic combustor burns methane in 100% excess oxygen. Both fuel and

oxidizer enter at the JANAF tables reference temperature. What is the flame

temperature?

3.36 Calculate and tabulate the higher and lower heating values of methane, in kJ/kg-

mole and in kJ/kg.

132

3.37 Determine the theoretical air-fuel ratio and the air-fuel ratio for 20% excess air

for Muhlenberg, Kentucky, raw coal with 10% moisture.

3.38 Determine the air-fuel ratio and wet and dry flue gas mole and mass fractions for

dry Muhlenberg, Kentucky no. 9 raw coal with 20% excess air.

3.39 Solve Exercise 3.38 for the coal having 10% moisture in the as-fired condition.

change only one parameter for each of the latter cases.

3.42 Using the compound composition data of Table 3.4, calculate the ultimate

(elemental) analysis, and compare with the tabular results for the following natural

gases: (a) Pennsylvania, (b) Southern California, (c) Ohio, (d) Louisiana, (e) Oklahoma.

3.43* Develop an interactive computer program to solicit and receive ultimate analysis

data for an arbitrary coal, arbitrary as-fired ash and moisture fractions, an excess air

percentage, and output the appropriate air-fuel ratio and mass and mole, wet and dry

flue gas compositions.

3.44* Develop an interactive computer program to solicit and receive ultimate analysis

data for an arbitrary coal, arbitrary as-fired ash and moisture fractions, and Orsat CO,

CO2, and O2 data. The program should determine the actual operating air-fuel ratio.

3.45* Apply the spreadsheet of Example 3.13 to determine the adiabatic flame

temperature, heat of combustion, and wet flue gas composition for stoichiometric

combustion of the liquid fuels in Table 3.6.

3.46* Develop a well-organized spreadsheet in which the user may enter a coal

ultimate analysis for C, H, O, N, and S; dry flue gas mole compositions for CO, CO2,

and 02; and as-fired moisture and ash mass fractions to determine theoretical and actual

air-fuel ratios and percentage of excess air.

133

CHAPTER FOUR

ASPECTS of STEAM

POWER PLANT DESIGN

4.1 Introduction

After studying the fundamental thermodynamic cycles of steam power plants and con-

sidering the characteristics and thermochemistry of fuels, it is appropriate to consider

the design of the systems and flow processes that are operative in steam plants and

other large-scale power production facilities. This chapter will focus first on the

processing of several fundamental streams that play a major role in power plant

operation. Up to this point, a great deal of attention has been focused on the water path

from the point of view of the thermodynamics of the steam cycle. Additional aspects of

the water path related to plant design are considered here.

Another fundamental flow in the power plant, the gas stream, includes the intake

of combustion air, the introduction of fuel to the air stream, the combustion process,

combustion gas cooling in the furnace heat exchange sections, and processing and

delivery of the gas stream to the atmosphere through a chimney or stack. A third

important stream involves the transportation and preparation of fuel up to the point that

it becomes part of the combustion gas.

A major non-physical aspect of power production is the economics of power plant

design and operation. This is considered in conjunction with some preliminary design

analyses of a prototype plant. Environmental considerations also play an important part

in planning and design. The chapter concludes with back-of-the-envelope type

calculations that define the magnitudes of the flows in a large plant and identify major

design aspects of steam power plants.

Several pumps are employed in the feedwater path of a steam power plant to push the

working fluid through its cycle by progressively elevating the pressure of the water

from the condenser to above the turbine throttle pressure. These pumps are usually

driven by electric motors powered by electricity generated in the plant or by steam

turbines powered by steam extracted from the main power cycle.

134

The power requirement of a pump is proportional to the liquid mass-flow rate and the

pump work, as given by Equation 2.9, and inversely proportional to the pump

efficiency:

The pumps are required to overcome frictional pressure losses in water-flow and

steam-flow passages, to provide for the pressure differences across turbines, and to

elevate the liquid to its highest point in the steam generator. The pump power

requirements are typically a small percentage of the gross power output of the plant.

Thus condensate leaving the condenser passes through one or more pumps and

feedwater heaters on its way to the steam generator. A typical shell-and-tube closed

feedwater heater is shown in Figure 4.1. Normally, feedwater passes through the tubes

while extracton steam enters at the top and condenses as it flows over the tubes to the

bottom exit.

135

After passing through the chain of feedwater heaters and pumps, the feedwater

enters the steam generator through the economizer. An economizer is a combustion-

gas-to-feedwater tubular heat exchanger that shares the gas path in a steam generator,

as seen in Figure 4.2. The economizer heats the feedwater by transferring to it some of

the remaining energy from the cooled exhaust gas before the gas passes to the air

heater, the pollution control equipment, and the stack.

136

Steam Generators

Figures 4.3 and 4.4 show two-drum steam generators in which the design

vaporization pressure is below the critical pressure of water. Hot, subcooled liquid

feedwater passes from the economizer and through the boiler tube walls to the drum

loop located near the top of the steam generator. Liquid water circulates by free

convection through the many boiler tubes between the drums until it is vaporized by the

hot gas stream flowing over the tubes. A fixed liquid level is maintained in the upper

steam drum, where the steam separates from the liquid and passes to the superheater.

Solids settle in the bottom of the so-called “mud drum” below it.

A steam drum mounted on a railroad flat car en route to a construction site is

shown in Figure 4.5. The many stub tubes around the bottom and on top are to be

137

seen at the top of Figure 4.4. The large pipes on the bottom and the ends are for

connection to downcomers, which supply recirculated liquid water to various heating

circuits in the steam generator.

Steam produced in the steam drum, at a boiling temperature corresponding to the

vapor pressure in the drum, passes to superheater tube or plate heat-exchanger banks.

The superheater tube banks are located in the gas path upstream of the drum loop, as

seen in Figures 4.3 and 4.4, taking advantage of the highest gas temperatures there to

superheat the steam to throttle temperature. The hottest gases are used to heat the

138

hottest water-tube banks, to minimize the irreversibility associated with the heat

transfer through the large temperature differences between the combustion gas and the

steam or liquid water. The dry steam from the superheater then passes from the steam

generator through the main steam line to the HP turbine. The progression of tube

banks, with decreasing water temperatures exposed to successively cooler gas temp-

eratures from the secondary superheater to the economizer to the air heater are also

seen in the universal-pressure (supercritical pressure) steam generator in Figure 4.2.

As the design throttle steam pressure increases toward the critical pressure of

water, the density difference between liquid water and vapor decreases, finally

vanishing at the critical point (3208.2 psia, 705.47°F.). As a consequence, in steam-

generator boiling loops, natural convection water circulation—which is driven by the

density difference between liquid and steam—becomes impractical at pressures above

about 2500 psia. Thus modern high-throttle-pressure power plants use circulating

pumps to provide forced to circulation to augment or replace natural circulation of

water in the steam generator.

In single-drum steam generators, water flows downward from the steam drum

through large pipes called downcomers located outside the furnace wall, then through

circulating pumps to headers at the bottom of the steam generator. From the headers,

water flows upward in vertical tubes forming the inside of the furnace walls. The water

is heated by the furnace gases as it rises, and eventually boils and forms a two-phase

flow that returns to the steam drum. There, vapor separates and passes to the

superheater.

Steam generators may utilize natural convection flow through downcomers and

139

vapor-laden upward flow through the tube walls alone or may combine natural

convection with the use of booster pumps to provide adequate circulation for a wider

range of operating loads. It is important to recognize that at the same time steam is

being generated in the boiler, the tube walls are being cooled by the water. Adequate

water circulation must be ensured to provide waterside heat transfer rates high enough

to maintain tube wall temperatures below their limiting design values and thereby to

avoid tube failure.

A once-through supercritical steam generator, operates at a throttle pressure

above the critical pressure of water as in the Riverside station discussed in Chapter 2.

There are no drums and no water recirculation in a once-through steam generator.

Water from the economizer passes to the bottom of the furnace, where it starts its

upward flow through the furnace tube walls. Steam formed in the tubes flows upward

to be collected in headers and mixed to provide a unifrom feed to the superheater.

The feedwater passes directly from the liquid to the vapor phase as it is heated at a

pressure above the saturation pressure. It may be compared to a flow of water pumped

through a highly heated tube with a downstream valve. The state of the steam emerging

from the tube depends on the valve setting, the heat addition rate, and the feedwater

flow rate. In the same way, the steam conditions at the turbine throttle may be adjusted

by changing the turbine throttle valve setting, the fuel firing rate, and the feedwater

flow rate. If the flow rate is decreased by closing the throttle valve, it is necessary to

decrease the fuel firing rate to maintain the same thermodynamic conditions at the

throttle. On the other hand, if the rate of heat transfer is increased without changing the

flow rate, the steam discharge temperature will increase. Other adjustments, such as

increasing condenser cooling-water flow rate, may then be appropriate to avoid an

increase in condenser temperature and pressure. Similarly, an increase in fuel flow rate

must be accompanied by an increase in air flow rate to maintain a constant air-fuel

ratio.

In cycles with reheat, the reduced-pressure steam from the HP turbines passes

through the cold reheat line to the reheater section in the steam generator, where the

steam temperature is returned to approximately the original throttle temperature. The

steam then returns to the next turbine through the hot reheat steam line, as Figure 2.13

indicates.

After leaving the LP turbine, low-pressure steam then passes over the

water-cooled tubes in the condenser and returns to the feedwater heating system as

saturated liquid condensate. A condensate pump then raises the pressure of the liquid

and transports it to the first low-pressure feedwater heater, where it begins another trip

through the cycle.

In order to avoid corrosion, scaling and the deposits of solids along the water path

can result in losses of efficiency and unscheduled shutdowns, water of extreme purity is

required in the steam cycle. Chemical and filtration processes are employed to ensure

that high water quality is maintained, to avoid deterioration or clogging of water path

components. An example of the potential deposits when proper water treatment is

neglected is seen in Figure 4.6. The deaerator, an open feedwater heater mentioned in

140

from the working fluid. The deaerator allows noncondensable gases to escape to the

atmosphere through a vent condenser, while accompanying steam is retained by

condensing it on cool surfaces and returning it to the feedwater heater stream by

gravity flow.

The turbine room at the Bull Run coal-burning power plant of the Tennessee

Valley Authority (TVA) is shown in Figure 2.3. Electrical generators are seen in the

left and right foreground. Behind them, high-pressure turbines on the left are seen

joined to low-pressure turbines on the right by two large, vee-shaped crossover steam

lines. The side-by-side condensers are seen on either side of the low pressure turbines,

a departure from the usual practice of locating the condenser below the low-pressure

turbines. Figure 4.7 shows the turbogenerator room at TVA’s Brown’s Ferry nuclear

power plant with a turbine in the foreground.

The cooling loop, in which water passes through tubes in the condenser removing heat

from the condensing steam, is an important water path in large steam plants. This

cooling water, clearly separate from the working fluid, is usually discharged into a

nearby body of water (a river, or a natural or man-made lake) or into the atmosphere.

Figure 4.8 shows a typical wood-framed, induced-draft cooling tower used to

dissipate heat from the condenser cooling water into the atmosphere. The tower is

usually located a few hundred yards from a plant. Typically, the cooling water entering

the tower is exposed to a flow of air created by upward-blowing fans at the bases of the

funnels at the top of the towers. A fraction of the condenser cooling water, which

passes over extensive aerating surfaces in the tower, evaporates and exits to the

141

atmosphere, cooling the rest of the water. The remaining chilled water is then returned

to the condenser by a cooling-water circulating pump. A continuing supply of liquid

makeup water is required for these towers to compensate for vapor loss to the

atmosphere.

In areas where large structures associated with power plants are acceptable, large

natural-draft cooling towers may be used. Figure 4.9 shows two large natural-draft

hyperbolic cooling towers serving a large power plant. The height of these towers,

which may reach over 500 feet, creates an upward draft due to the difference in density

between the warm air in the tower and the cooler ambient air. Heat from the condenser

cooling water warms the air, inducing an upward air flow through the heat transfer

surfaces at the base. These towers offer long-term fan-power savings over mechanical

draft towers. Under some conditions, these power savings may offset high construction

costs of hyperbolic towers.

142

143

The supply and handling of fuel for a modern coal-burning power plant is a complex

and expensive undertaking. In contrast to the relatively simple steady flow of fluid fuels

in power plants that consume natural gas and fuel oil, solid-fuel-burning plants offer

major and continuing challenges to engineers. The discussion here focuses on these

operations and their challenges.

The source of coal for a plant may be a surface mine or a deep underground mine.

Power plants are sometimes located adjacent to mines, where conveyors may provide

the only transportation required. This significantly reduces coal transportation costs

which otherwise can be higher than the cost of the coal alone. Such plants are called

mine-mouth plants. A mine-mouth plant may be an attractive option if its selection

does not result in significant transmission costs to bring the electrical power to distant

load centers where the utilities’ customers are located.

Today the power plant and coal mines are likely to be a considerable distance

apart, perhaps a thousand miles or more. The most widely used modern transportation

link between mine and plant is the unit train, a railroad train of about a hundred cars

dedicated to transporting a bulk product such as coal. Although slurry pipelines (a

slurry is a fluid mixture of solid lumps and liquid, usually water, which can be pumped

through pipes by continuous motion) sometimes offer attractive technical solutions to

coal transport problems, economic and political forces frequently dictate against their

use. Dedicated truck transport is an occasional short-haul solution, and barges are

sometimes used for water transport. Here, we will focus on unit trains.

Several unit trains may operate continuously to supply a single plant. Trains

carrying low-sulfur coal from Wyoming, Montana, and the Dakotas supply coal to

plants as distant as Michigan, Illinois, and Oklahoma. This strange situation, in which

utilities located in states with large quantities of coal purchase coal from distant states,

was a response to pollution control requirements. It was preferred to purchase low-

sulfur coal from a distant state rather than pay a high price for sulfur removal

equipment (perhaps 10% of the cost of the plant construction), some of which has a

reputation for unreliability. In response to such choices, the Oklahoma legislature

passed a law requiring utilities to burn at least 10% Oklahoma coal in their

coal-burning steam generators. Such mixing of small quantities of high-sulfur coal with

low-sulfur coal is an expedient to protect local businesses and to spread out resource

utilization geographically.

New plants, however, no longer have the option to choose low-sulfur coal

or sulfur removal equipment. “Best available control technology,” BACT, has become

the rule. The Environmental Protection Agency now requires new plants to have

scrubbers (sulfur removal equipment) even if the plants use low-sulfur coal, and they

are required to employ the currently most effective pollution control technology.

144

On arrival at the plant, the unit train passes through an unloading station. Some coal

cars have doors on the bottom that open and dump their load to a conveyor below.

Others have couplings between cars that allow the rotation of individual cars about

their coupling-to-coupling axis, by a dumping machine, without detachment from the

train, as seen in Figure 4.10. The figure shows a breaker in the dumping facility that

reduces large coal chunks to a smaller, more uniform size for transport on a belt

conveyor. The under-track conveyor at the unloading station then carries the newly

arrived coal up and out to a bunker or to a stacker-reclaimer in the coal yard as seen in

Figure 4.11. The stacker-reclaimer either feeds the coal through a crusher to the plant

or adds it to the live storage pile.

A permanent coal storage pile sufficient to supply the plant for several months is

usually maintained. While the first-in-first-out approach common in handling perishable

goods seems logical, a first-in-last-out storage system is usually used. A primary

reason for this approach is the hazard and expense of coal pile fires, which can occur

due to spontaneous combustion. Once a stable storage pile is achieved by packing and

other treatment to restrict air acccess, it is usually not disturbed unless coal must be

withdrawn by the stacker-reclaimer to satisfy unusual demands caused by labor strikes,

extreme weather, rail accidents, or the like.

145

146

A conveyor transports coal from the reclaimer to a crusher house, where hammer

mills, ball crushers, or roller crushers break up large chunks to a more manageable

size. Another conveyor may then carry the crushed coal to one of several bunkers or

silos for temporary storage prior to firing. Some of these features may be seen in the

photograph of the PSO Northeastern Station in Figure 2.1.

The rate of feeding coal from the silos is controlled to maintain the desired steam

generator energy-release rate. In a pulverized-coal plant, the coal is fed from the silos

to pulverizers, where it is further reduced in size to a powdery form. Warm air drawn

through an air preheater in the steam generator by the primary air fan flows through

the pulverizer, where it picks up the fine coal particles and transports them pneumatic-

ally through piping to the steam generator burners. Several arrangements of silos,

feeders, pulverizers, and pneumatic transport systems are seen in Figures 4.2 to 4.4.

Fans

While natural or free convection may be used to provide combustion air to small boilers

and heaters, modern power plants employ large fans or blowers to circulate air to the

burners and to assist flue gas in escaping from the furnace. These fans are called

forced-draft fans and induced-draft fans, respectively. A common arrangement of

these fans is shown in Figure 4.4. Atmospheric air drawn into the steam generator by

one or more forced-draft fans is heated as it passes through the cold gas side of an air

heater on its way to the furnace. At the same time, combustion gases that have passed

through the furnace heat transfer sections are cooled as they passed through the hot

side of the air heater on their way to induced-draft fans and thence to the stack. In the

case of pulverized-coal-burning plants, primary air fans, as seen in Figures 4.3 and 4.4,

supply enough pre-heated air to pulverizers to transport coal pneumatically to the

burners. Primary air usually pre-heated to 300-600°F to dry the coal as it passes

through the pulverizer.

With a forced-draft fan alone, the furnace pressure is above atmospheric pressure,

causing large outward forces on the furnace walls and a tendency for leakage of

combustion gas from the furnace. On the other hand, the use of an induced-draft fan

alone would cause the furnace pressure to be below atmospheric pressure, producing

large inward forces on the walls and possible air leakage into the furnace. The forces

on the walls, which can be significant, can be minimized by keeping the furnace

pressure near atmospheric by using balanced draft, that is, the use of both forced- and

induced-draft fans, which produce a gas path pressure distribution such as shown by

the heavy line in Figure 4.12. In this design the forced-draft fan raises the pressure to

15 in. of water gauge entering the steam generator, and the induced-draft fan depresses

its inlet pressure about 21 in. of water below atmospheric. As a result, the furnace

inside-wall pressure is less than an inch of water below atmospheric. This substantially

reduces both the potential for furnace leakage and the forces on the furnace walls.

147

The power requirements for fans may be determined in much the same way that

pump power requirements are determined. Fans are primarily gas-moving devices that

produce small pressure rises. Pressure and density changes across fans are usually

small fractions of the fan inlet values. This justifies the approximation that the fan

process is incompressible. Fan power requirements then closely follow the pump

power prediction method discussed earlier. Thus, for a forced-draft fan, power may be

estimated by using

where Qair is the volume flow rate of air entering the forced-draft fan. The second

equation accounts for the additional fuel mass handled by the induced-draft fan and the

148

density of the gas leaving the furnace, assuming no leakage or diversion of air from that

leaving the forced-draft fan.

The drawing of a centrifugal forced-draft fan is shown in Figure 4.13; a

photograph of a rotor and open housing is presented in Figure 4.14. In a centrifugal

fan, air is spun by the rotor blades, producing tangential motion and pressure rise and

leaving behind a vacuum for air to flow in along the axis of the fan. It the fan entrance

is open to the atmosphere, its exhaust is pressurized; if its exhaust is atmospheric, its

entrance pressure is below atmospheric. Fans typically do not produce large pressure

rises but do produce large flows of gases.

A diagram of an axial-flow fan designed for induced-draft use is shown in Figure

4.15. Figure 4.16 presents a photo of the same type of fan. Induced-draft fans

must be able to withstand high-temperature service and erosion due to airborne

particulates. Large electrostatic precipitators located upstream of the induced-draft

fans remove most of the flyash by inducing a static charge on the flowing particles

and collecting them on plates of opposite charge. The plates are periodically rapped

mechanically to free ash deposits that drop to the bottom of the precipitator and are

collected and removed. Figure 2.1 shows electrostatic precipitators, to the right of the

steam generator. The large structure behind the fans, air heater, and ducting and below

the stack in Figure 4.4 is an electrostatic precipitator.

Air Preheaters

The air leaving the forced-draft fan usually flows through an air preheater to a windbox

around the furnace and then to the burners. A Ljungstrom rotary air preheater, used

149

150

in many large plants, is shown in Figures 4.17 and 4.18. The rotary air heater is a

slowly rotating wheel with many axial-flow passages, having large surface area and

heat capacity, through which air and flue gas pass in counterflow parallel to the wheel

axis. When the wheel surfaces heated by the flue gas rotate to the air side, they are

cooled by the air from the forced-draft fan. As result, the air temperature rises several

hundred degrees before passing to the furnace windbox.

Although the Ljungstrom rotary air heater is widely used in utility and industrial

power plants, heat-pipe air and process heaters are now being considered and applied

for use in power plants and industry. A heat pipe, shown in Figure 4.19, is a sealed

tube in which energy is transported from one end to the other by a thermally driven

vapor. The heat-pipe working fluid absorbs heat and vaporizes at the lower, hot end.

After rising to the higher, cold end, the vapor condenses, releasing its heat of

vaporization, which is carried away by conduction and convection through external fins

to the combustion air. The liquid then returns to the hot end by gravity and/or by

capillary action through wicking, to complete the cycle. The wicking may be spiral

grooves around the inside of the tube that ensure that the entire inside surface is wetted

for maximum heat transfer. The wicking in the cold section is particularly important,

because it provides increased surface area that increases inside-gas heat transfer rates.

The outside the tube is usually finned to provide adequate external heat transfer rates,

both from the flue gas and to the incoming air.

151

152

conductance many times that of a copper rod. Note that the energy transfer inside the

heat pipe is essentially isothermal, since the liquid and the vapor are in near

equilibrium. Although heat pipes will operate in a horizontal orientation, their

effectiveness is augmented by gravity by inclining them about 5°– 10° to assist in liquid

return to the hot end.

In power plant air heater applications (see Figures 4.19 and 4.20), finned heat

pipes supported by a central partition between the incoming air stream and the flue gas

153

stream are free to expand outward. This reduces thermal expansion problems and

virtually eliminates the possibility of leakage between the flows. Such heaters often

have been installed in process plants and have been retrofitted in power plants originally

built without air heaters, because of their ease of installation and compact size

compared with stationary tubular air heaters.

EXAMPLE 4.1

The heat-pipe air heater in Figure 4.20 has an air flow of 360,800 lbm/hr and a flue gas

flow rate of 319,000 lbm/hr. The flue gas enters at 705°F and leaves at 241°F; the

combustion air enters at 84°F. What is the rate of energy recovery from the flue gas,

and what is the air temperature entering the windbox? Assume a flue gas heat capacity

of 0.265 Btu/lbm-R.

Solution

The rate of heat recovery from the flue gas is

84 + 39,224,240/[(0.24)(360,800)] = 537°F

_____________________________________________________________________

An analysis of the gas flow through a steam generator must take into account the

streamwise pressure rise through the fans and pressure losses due to friction and losses

through flow restrictions and turns. These include losses due to flow through furnace

tube and plate heat exchanger banks and other passages, such as in both the air and the

gas passes through the air heater.

Burner design depends on the choice of fuel and the steam generator design. Figure

4.21 shows a burner designed for forced-draft applications burning natural gas and oil.

Oil and steam under pressure are mixed in the central feed rod to atomize the oil to a

fine mist coming out of the oil tip. The cone at the oil tip stabilizes the flame in the

surrounding air flow. The gas pilot next to the oil feed rod provides a continuous

ignition source. A separate duct for the natural gas supply feeds gas to the two types

of gas tip. Separate air registers control the flow of air to the gas and oil tips. Figure

4.22 shows an oil burner, with a water-cooled throat, installed in a furnace wall.

Registers that control the flow of air from the windbox are also visible.

154

In the case of the pulverized-coal plant, primary air flows through the pulverizer and

carries the fuel directly to the burners (Figure 4.23). Secondary (and sometimes

tertiary) air helps to control the temperature of the control nozzle and of the furnace

wall, and mixes with the combustion gases to provide for essentially complete

combustion of the fuel. Features of a burner designed for pulverized-coal firing in

planar furnace walls are shown in Figure 4.24. Note that the secondary air flow

through the windbox registers helps to cool the nozzle through which the coal and the

primary air flow.

Another approach to burning pulverized coal uses corner burners in tangentially

fired steam generators. A plan view of such a furnace is shown in Figure 4.25. The

burners induce a circular motion, in the horizontal plane, on the upward-rising

combustion gases, promoting vigorous mixing, which hastens completion of

combustion in the furnace. For control purposes, the corner burners can be tilted in the

vertical direction to adjust the furnace heat transfer distribution.

A cyclone furnace type of burner installation, used for burning slagging coals

(those that form liquid ash, or slag, at moderate temperatures) in steam generators, is

shown in Figure 4.2. The cyclone furnace is a cylindrical furnace with very large

155

156

volumetric heat release rates that lies adjacent to and opens onto the main furnace.

Details of a cyclone furnace are shown in Figures 4.26 and 4.27.

The coal supplied to cyclone furnaces, which is crushed but not pulverized, is fed

to the cyclone by a mechanical feeder. The coal and primary air entering the cyclone

157

move tangentially to the inside of the furnace cylinder. There the momentum of the

coal carried by the swirl flows forces the coal pieces toward the cylindrical burner wall.

The very high temperature and vigorous mixing produce a high rate of burning. As a

result, combustion is virtually complete by the time the combustion gas flow enters the

158

main furnace. The cooled walls stimulate formation of a protective slag layer on the

cylinder walls. Because the main furnace is only required for steam generation and to

cool the combustion gases, and not to provide time for completion of combustion, the

cyclone furnace steam generator can be significantly smaller than the pulverized-coal

steam generator. A steady flow of slag drains from the cyclone furnace into a slag tank

at the bottom of the main furnace.

In both cyclone and pulverized-coal steam generators the combustion gases flow

upward from the burners, transferring heat to the tube walls by radiation and

convection. The cooling gases then flow through superheater, reheat, and boiler tube or

plate sections. The combustion gas temperature drops as it passes through these steam

generator sections in essentially a counterflow arrangement with the water flow. The

combustion gases undergo their final cooling as they pass through the economizer and

then the air preheater. From there they pass through an electrostatic precipitator for

removal of airborne particles and through scrubbers for control of oxides of nitrogen

and sulfur (NOx and SOx) and through an induced-draft fan before entering the stack.

The serious degradation of the environment caused by oxides of sulfur and

nitrogen in the flue gas of power plants and from other sources has led to widespread

chemical processing of flue gases. Figure 4.28 shows a schematic diagram of the gas

flow path for removal of NOx and SOx after particulate removal in the precipitator and

passage through an induced-draft fan. In this scheme, gas-to-gas heat exchangers

(GGH) provide the proper temperatures for the flue gas desulfurization (FGD) unit and

the DENOX catalyst unit. This additional equipment increases the pressure drop

through the system, sometimes necessitating an additional fan.

With high smokestacks, the stack effect also influences the gas path and must be

taken into account.The stack effect is the upward movement of exhaust gas produced

by the density difference between the hot gases inside the stack and the surrounding

cooler atmospheric air. Because of hot gas buoyancy, a smaller pressure gradient along

the stack length is required to expel the combustion gases from the stack. This effect is

opposed by the usual viscous friction pressure losses. The diameter and height of the

stack control the relative influence of frictional forces in opposing the stack effect.

Other considerations, such as cost and a possible need to disperse the stack gas above a

particular height, also have a significant influence on these dimensions.

It is obvious that the air heater of the steam generator should extract as much

energy from the combustion gas as possible to maximize its regenerative heat transfer

effect. This implies cooling the gas to a low tempeature. However, practical limits exist

on the minimum combustion gas temperature, to avoid the condensation of water vapor

in the presence of sulfur and nitrogen compounds in the gas and to meet the temp-

erature requirements of the pollution control equipment. Condensation of water vapor

in the presence of gaseous oxides of sulfur and nitrogen leads to the formation of acids

that erode the materials on which the liquid condenses. The temperature at which the

vapor condenses is called the acid dew point. Typical acid dew points for coal range to

about 320°F. As a result, stack gas design temperatures may exceed that value,

depending on the coal and flue gas treatment.

159

to ensure that the proceeds of the activity will exceed the costs. The construction of a

new power plant or the upgrading of an old one involves a major financial investment

for any energy company. Financial planning therefore starts long before ground is

broken, detailed design is begun, and orders are placed for equipment. Cost analysis

and fiscal control activities continue throughout the construction project and the

operating life of the plant. This section briefly introduces fundamentals of engineering

economics, with a slant toward power plant cost analysis as well as issues of

maintenance and equipment replacement.

160

The cost to construct a power plant, waterworks, dam, bridge, factory, or other

major engineering work is called its capital cost. It is common to discuss the capital

cost of building a power plant in terms of dollars per kilowatt of plant power output. A

plant may cost $1100 per kilowatt of installed power generation capacity, for instance.

In addition to the cost of building the plant, there are many additional expenditures

required to sustain its operation. These are called operating costs. They may be

occasional, or they may occur regularly and continue throughout the life of the plant.

Often these costs are periodic, or are taken to be periodic for convenience of analysis.

There are, for instance, annual fuel costs, salary expenses, and administrative and

maintenance costs that are not associated with the initial cost of the plant but are the

continuing costs of generating and selling power. Operating costs are sometimes

related to the amount of electrical energy sold. Usually they are expressed in cents per

kilowatt-hour of energy distributed to customers.

Thus the expenses associated with power generation and other business endeavors

may be thought of as two types: (1) initial costs usually associated with the purchase of

land, building site preparation, construction, and the purchase of plant equipment; and

(2) recurring operating costs of a periodic or cyclic nature.

It is frequently desirable to express all costs on a common basis. The company and

its investors may wish to know what annual sum of money is equivalent to both the

capital and operating costs. The company may, for example, borrow money to finance

the capital cost of the plant and then pay the resulting debt over the expected useful life

of the plant, say, 30 or 40 years. On the other hand, they may wish to know what

present sum would be required to ensure the payment of all future expenses of the

enterprise.

It is clear that $100 in hand today is not the same as $100 in hand ten years from

now. One difference is that money can earn interest. One hundred dollars invested

today at 8% annual compound interest will become $215.89 in ten years. Clearly, an

important aspect of engineering economics is the time value of money.

Compound Interest

If Alice lends Betty $500, who agrees to pay $50 each year for five years for the use of

the money, together with the original $500, then at the end of the fifth year, Alice will

have earned $250 in simple interest and receive a total of $750 in return. The annual

interest rate is

If, however, Betty keeps the interest instead of paying it to Alice annually, and

eventually pays 10% on both the retained interest and the capital, the deal involves

compound interest. The total sum to be returned to Alice after 5 years is computed as

follows: At the end of the first year Alice has earned $50 in interest. The interest for the

161

next year should be paid on the original sum and on the $50 interest earned in the first

year, or $550. The interest on this sum for the second year is 0.1 × $550 = $55. The

following table shows the calculation of the annual debt for the five-year loan of $500

at 10% interest:

At the End The Accumulated Debt is: This Sum

of:

It is evident that the interest earned on the preceding interest accumulation causes

the annual indebtedness to grow at a increasing rate. It can be shown that the future

sum, S, is given by

S = P (1 + i)n

where P is the principal, the initial sum invested; i is the interest rate, and n is the

number of investment periods, in this case the number of years. Here the factor

multiplying the principal,

S / P = (1 + i)n

is called the compound amount factor, CAF. The difference between simple and

compound interest may not be spectacular for short investment periods but it is very

impressive for long periods of time such as the operating life of a power plant. For our

example, the CAF is (1 + 0.1)5 = 1.6105, and S = 500(1.6105) = $805.26. Now,

consider the following closely related problem.

EXAMPLE 4.2

What sum is required now, at 8% interest compunded annually, to produce one million

dollars in 25 years?

Solution

The future sum is

interest brings a return of almost over seven times the original investment here. The

162

same present sum invested at 8% simple interest for twenty-five years would produce a

future sum of less than half a million dollars.

_____________________________________________________________________

In the example, the inverse of the CAF was used to determine the present worth of

a future sum. The inverse of the CAF is called the present-worth factor, ( PWF):

PWF = P/ S = 1 / (1 + I)n

Thus we see that the time value of money is related to the compound interest that

can be earned, and that taking compounding into account can be important. To

recklessly adapt an old adage, “A dollar in the hand is worth two (or more) in the

future (if invested wisely).”

Capital Recovery

present sum of money and a regular series of uniform payments. Consider a series of

five annual payments of R dollars each, when the interest rate is i. What is the present

dollar equivalent of these payments? Applying the CAF as in the preceding example,

with R as the future sum, the present sum associated with the first payment is R/(1 + i).

The present sum associated with the second payment is R/(1 + i)2. Thus the present

worth of the five payments is

P = R [ (1 + i) – 1 + (1 + i) – 2 + (1 + i) – 3 + (1 + i) – 4 + (1 + i) – 5 ]

The factor multiplying the annual sum R is called the series present-worth factor,

SPWF, which for n years is:

Solving for R, we obtain an expression for the regular annual payment for n years

needed to fund a present expenditure of P dollars at an interest rate i. The resulting

factor is called the capital recovery factor, CRF, which is the reciprocal of the series

present worth factor:

163

EXAMPLE 4.3

What uniform annual payments are required for forty years at 12% interest to retire the

debt associated with the purchase of a $500,000,000 power plant?

Solution

Using equation (4.2), we get

= $60,651,813

This sum may be regarded as part of the annual operating expense of the plant. It must

be recovered annually by the returns from the sale of power.

_____________________________________________________________________

Consider the design of a 500-megawatt steam power plant with a heat rate of

10,000 Btu/kW-hr and a water-cooled condenser with a 20°F cooling-water

temperature rise produced by heat transfer from the condensing steam. The plant uses

coal with a heating value of 10,000 Btu/lbm. Let us estimate the magnitude of some of

the parameters that characterize the design of the plant. The reader should verify

carefully each of the following calculations.

A 500-megawatt plant operating at full load produces 500,000 kW and an annual

electrical energy generation of

With a heat rate of 10,000 Btu/kW-hr, this requires a heat addition rate of

Coal with an assumed heating value of 10,000 Btu/lbm must therefore be supplied at a

rate of 5 × 109 / 104 = 500,000 lbm/hr or 500,000 / 2000 = 250 tons/hr. A dedicated

coal car carries about 100 tons. Hence the plant requires 250 /100 = 2.5 cars per hour

of continuous operation. A coal unit train typically has about 100 cars. Then the plant

needs 2.5 ( 24 / 100 = 0.6 unit trains per day, or a unit train roughly every two days.

If coal costs $30 per ton, the annual cost of fuel will be

The cost of fuel alone per kW-hr, based on 100% annual plant capacity, will be

164

The annual plant factor, or annual capacity factor, expressed as a decimal fraction , is

the ratio of the actual annual generation to the annual generation at 100 % capacity.

If the coal has 10% ash, the plant will produce 250 ( 0.1 = 25 tons of ash per hour.

Under some circumstances the ash may be used in the production of cement or other

paving materials. If it is not marketable, it is stabilized and stored in nearby ash ponds

until it can be moved to a permanent disposal site.

Similarly, if 2% of the coal is sulfur and half of it is removed from the combustion

products, 2.5 tons per hour is produced for disposal. If the sulfur is of sufficient purity,

it may be sold as an industrial chemical.

With an air-fuel ratio of 14, an air flow rate of 14 ( 500,000 = 7,000,000 lbm/hr is

required for combustion. This information is important in determining the size of the

induced- and forced-draft fans, that of their driving motors or turbines, and of the

plant’s gas path flow passages.

The heat rate of 10,000 Btu/kW-hr corresponds to a thermal efficiency of

3413/10,000 = 0.3413 or 34.13%. If we approximate the heat of vaporization of water

as 1000 Btu/lbm, the throttle steam flow rate, with no superheat, would be about

This determines the required capacity of the feedwater pumps and is important in sizing

the passages for the water path. The above thermal efficiency implies that about 65% of

the energy of the fuel is rejected into the environment, mostly through the condenser

and the exiting stack-gas energy. As an upper limit, assume that all of the heat is

rejected in the condenser. Thus

must be rejected to condenser cooling water. With 20° water temperature rise in the

condenser, this rate of cooling requires a cooling-water flow rate to the condenser of

assuming a water heat capacity of 1.0 Btu/lbm-R. This gives information relevant to the

design sizing of cooling-water lines, cooling towers, and water pump capacities.

These back-of-the-envelope calculations should not be regarded as precise, but

they are reasonable estimates of the magnitudes of important power plant parameters.

Such estimates are useful in establishing a conceptual framework of the relationships

among design factors and of the magnitude of the design problem.

EXAMPLE 4.4

Relating to the above rough design of a 500-MW plant, and assuming the capital cost

information of Example 4.3, determine the capital cost per kW of generation capacity

and estimate the minimum cost of generation for the plant if it is predicted to have an

165

annual plant factor of 80% and maintenance and administrative costs of $0.007 /kW-hr.

Solution

The unit cost of the power plant is

of capacity. The capital cost part of the annual cost of power generation is

The cost of coal was determned to be 1.5 cents/kW-hr. The minimum cost of

producing electricity is then

_____________________________________________________________________

1. Singer, Joseph G., (Ed.), Combustion /Fossil Power Systems. Windsor, Conn.:

Combustion Engineering, Inc.,, 1981.

2. Anon., Steam, It’s Generation and Use. New York: Babcock and Wilcox, 1978.

3. Hensley, John C., Cooling Tower Fundamentals. Mission, Kan.: Marley Cooling

Tower Co., 1985.

4. Li, Kam W., and Priddy, A. Paul, Power Plant Systems Design. New York: Wiley,

1985.

EXERCISES

4.1 Derive an equation for the sum, S, resulting from P dollars invested at simple

interest rate i for a period of n years.

4.2 For the power plant design discussed in Section 4.6, estimate the horsepower of a

motor required to drive the fans used to overcome a steam generator gas-path pressure

drop of 1 psia. Assume a fan efficiency of 80%. What is the fractional and percentage

reduction in power plant output due to the fans?

4.3 Estimate the horsepower required by the feedwater pumps in the Section 4.6

design if the HP-turbine throttle pressure is 3200 psia. Assume a pump efficiency of

70%. What fractional and percentage reduction of the power plant output does this

represent?

166

4.4 What are the annual savings in fuel costs in the Section 4.6 plant design if the plant

heat rate can be reduced to 8500 Btu/kW-hr?

4.5 If the total capital cost of the Section 4.6 plant design is $600,000,000 and the

annual administrative and maintenance costs are one cent per kW-hr, what is the

minimum cost of electricity per kW-hr, assuming an annual interest rate of 9% and an

expected plant lifetime of thirty-five years?

4.6 What is the present worth of a sequence of five annual payments of $4500, $6500,

$3500, $7000, and $10,000 at an annual interest rate of 8%?

4.7 You have collected the following data on 1.5-MW steam turbines, as alternatives to

the purchase of utility power, for a new process plant to operate at 60% plant factor:

Turbine Number

1 2 3

Heat rate, Btu/kW-hr 12,000 10,600 9,500

Installed cost $124,000 $190,000 $245,000

Estimated annual $2,000 $1,800 $2,550

maintenance cost

Coal (14,000 Btu/lbm) is the fuel to be used, at a cost of $26 per ton. Assuming an

annual interest rate of 8%, compare the annual cost of of the turbines for thirty-year

turbine lifetimes. Which turbine would you select? What other factors would you

consider before making a decision?

4.8 Using the data of Exercise 4.7, compare the turbines on the basis of present worth

of all costs.

4.9 For the power plant design discussed in Section 4.6, estimate the motor horse-

power required to drive a 75% efficient fan that is used to overcome a steam generator

gas-path pressure drop of 50 kPa.

4.10 Estimate the total power required by 65% efficient feedwater pumps operating in

parallel in the Section 4.6 design for a throttle pressure of 20 MPa.

4.11 Work out a back-of-the-envelope analysis similar to that of Section 4.6 in SI units.

4.12* Develop an interactive computer program that implements a steam power plant

system analysis of the type presented in Section 4.6 at one of the following levels, to be

167

Level 1: User supplies parameters in response to screen prompts, and one or more

output screens display the resulting input and output parameters.

Level 2: Same as Level 1, but also provide a capability for the user to change the

design by varying one input while holding all others constant.

Level 3: Allow the user to select a dependent variable from a list of outputs, and a

parameter to be varied and its range from another list. Display a graph of the variation

of user-selected outputs over the range of the parameter.

4.13* Construct a spreadsheet that systematizes the computations for a steam power

plant along the lines presented in this chapter. Set up a version of the spreadsheet that

allows easy variation of input parameters. Use the spreadsheet to develop graphs that

show the influence of plant heat rate on fuel costs and sulfur byproduct production.

4.14 An electric utility, expecting to increase its system capacity by 400 megawatts,

must choose between a high-technology combined-cycle plant, at a cost of $1800 per

kW of installed capacity, and an oil-burning steam plant, at $1150 per kW. The

combined-cycle plant has a variable cost of 18 mills per kW-hr, while the oil-burning

plant variable cost is 39 mills per kW-hr. For an annual plant factor of 0.6 and fixed

charges of 15% of the capital cost, determine (a) the total annual cost of operation of

each plant, and (b) the cost of electricity, in cents per kW-hr, for each plant.

4.15 Estimate the mass-flow rate of makeup water required by an evaporative cooling

tower satisfying the cooling requirements of the example power plant of Section 4.6.

4.16 An 800-MW steam power plant operates at a heat rate of 8700 Btu/kW-hr. It has

a 16°F rise in condenser cooling-water temperature. Neglecting energy losses, estimate

the condenser cooling-water flow rate and the flow-rate of cooling-tower makeup

water. Estimate the amount of pump power required to circulate the cooling water to

the cooling tower.

4.17 Plot a curve of condenser cooling-water flow rate and makeup-water flow rate as

a function of condenser cooling-water temperature rise for Riverside Station Unit #1.

4.18 The average temperature in an 800 ft. high power plant exhaust gas stack is 350°F

and the ambient temperature is 60°F. Neglecting fluid friction and exhaust gas kinetic

energy, estimate the pressure inside the base of the stack.

4.19 The average temperature in a 200 meter power plant exhaust gas stack is 150°C,

and the ambient temperature is 20°C. Neglecting fluid friction and exhaust gas

momentum, estimate the pressure, in kPa, at the inside of the base of the stack.

168

4.20 Estimate the heat transfer rates in the Riverside Station Unit #1 in the air pre-

heater, an economizer that heats liquid water to saturation, the boiling surfaces, the re-

heater, and the superheater. Estimate the temperature drops in the combustion gas

across each of these, assuming that they are arranged in the same order as just listed.

4.21 After completing Exercise 4.20, estimate the flow area of combustion gas through

a crossflow economizer in the Riverside Station Unit #1, and define a suitable design.

4.22 After completing Exercise 4.20, estimate the flow area of combustion gas through

a pendant superheater consisting of parallel U-tubes in cross flow, and define a suitable

design.

4.23 The following is a list of ten air and gas path components of a steam power plant.

Number the components so as to put them in order, starting with the air into the plant

as number 1 and concluding with the flue gas out as number 10.

_________ superheater __________ boiler tubewall

_________ economizer __________ windbox

_________ induced-draft fan __________ air heater, gas side

_________ burner __________ electrostatic precipitator

_________ forced-draft fan __________ air heater, air side

4.24 Upon hiring on with Hot Stuff Engineering Company after graduation, you

purchase a $30,000 automobile to establish an image as a prosperous engineer. You

pay no money down, but 1% interest per month, compounded monthly, for four years.

What are your monthly payments? What will your payments be if you are paying

simple interest?

4.25 A forced-draft fan with an efficiency of 70% supplies 1,000,000 ft3 per minute of

air to a furnace that produces a pressure drop of 0.7 psia. What is the fan power

requirement, in horsepower and in kilowatts?

169

CHAPTER FIVE

5.1 Introduction

History records over a century and a half of interest in and work on the gas turbine.

However, the history of the gas turbine as a viable energy conversion device began

with Frank Whittle's patent award on the jet engine in 1930 and his static test of a jet

engine in 1937. Shortly thereafter, in 1939, Hans von Ohain led a German

demonstration of jet-engine-powered flight, and the Brown Boveri company intro-

duced a 4-MW gas-turbine-driven electrical power system in Neuchatel, Switzerland.

The success of the gas turbine in replacing the reciprocating engine as a power plant for

high-speed aircraft is well known. The development of the gas turbine was less rapid as

a stationary power plant in competition with steam for the generation of electricity and

with the spark-ignition and diesel engines in transportation and stationary applications.

Nevertheless, applications of gas turbines are now growing at a rapid pace as research

and development produces performance and reliability increases and economic benefits.

The fundamental thermodynamic cycle on which gas turbine engines are based is called

the Brayton Cycle or Joule cycle. A temperature-entropy diagram for this ideal cycle

and its implementation as a closed-cycle gas turbine is shown in Figure 5.1. The cycle

consists of an isentropic compression of the gas from state 1 to state 2; a constant

pressure heat addition to state 3; an isentropic expansion to state 4, in which work is

done; and an isobaric closure of the cycle back to state 1.

As Figure 5.1(a) shows, a compressor is connected to a turbine by a rotating shaft.

The shaft transmits the power necessary to drive the compressor and delivers the

balance to a power-utilizing load, such as an electrical generator. The turbine is similar

in concept and in many features to the steam turbines discusssed earlier, except that it is

designed to extract power from a flowing hot gas rather than from water vapor. It is

important to recognize at the outset that the term "gas turbine" has a dual usage: It

designates both the entire engine and the device that drives the compressor and the

load. It should be clear from the context which meaning is intended. The equivalent

term “combustion turbine” is also used occasionally, with the same ambiguity.

170

Like the simple Rankine-cycle power plant, the gas turbine may be thought of as a

device that operates between two pressure levels, as shown in Figure 5.1(b). The

compressor raises the pressure and temperature of the incoming gas to the levels of p2

and T2. Expansion of the gas through the turbine back to the lower pressure at this

point would be useless, because all the work produced in the expansion would be

required to drive the compressor.

171

Instead, it is necessary to add heat and thus raise the temperature of the gas before

expanding it in the turbine. This is achieved in the heater by heat transfer from an

external source that raises the gas temperature to T3, the turbine inlet temperature.

Expansion of the hot gas through the turbine then delivers work in excess of that

needed to drive the compressor. The turbine work exceeds the compressor requirement

because the enthalpy differences, and hence the temperature differences, along

isentropes connecting lines of constant pressure increase with increasing entropy (and

temperature), as the figure suggests.

The difference between the turbine work, Wt, and the magnitude of the compressor

work, |Wc|, is the net work of the cycle. The net work delivered at the output shaft may

be used to drive an electric generator, to power a process compressor, turn an airplane

propeller, or to provide mechanical power for some other useful activity.

In the closed-cycle gas turbine, the heater is a furnace in which combustion gases

or a nuclear source transfer heat to the working fluid through thermally conducting

tubes. It is sometimes useful to distinguish between internal and external combustion

engines by whether combustion occurs in the working fluid or in an area separate from

the working fluid, but in thermal contact with it. The combustion-heated, closed-cycle

gas turbine is an example, like the steam power plant, of an external combustion

engine. This is in contrast to internal combustion engines, such as automotive engines,

in which combustion takes place in the working fluid confined between a cylinder and a

piston, and in open-cycle gas turbines.

The Air Standard cycle analysis is used here to review analytical techniques and to

provide quantitative insights into the performance of an ideal-cycle engine. Air

Standard cycle analysis treats the working fluid as a calorically perfect gas, that is, a

perfect gas with constant specific heats evaluated at room temperature. In Air Standard

cycle analysis the heat capacities used are those for air.

A gas turbine cycle is usually defined in terms of the compressor inlet pressure and

temperature, p1 and T1, the compressor pressure ratio, r = p2/p1, and the turbine inlet

temperature, T3, where the subscripts correspond to states identified in Figure 5.1.

Starting with the compressor, its exit pressure is determined as the product of p1 and

the compressor pressure ratio. The compressor exit temperature may then be deter-

mined by the familiar relation for an isentropic process in an ideal gas, Equation (1.19):

For the two isobaric processes, p2 = p3 and p4 = p1. Thus the turbine pressure ratio,

p3/p4, is equal to the compressor pressure ratio, r = p2 /p1. With the turbine inlet

temperature T3 known, the turbine discharge temperature can be determined from

172

and the temperatures and pressures are then known at all the significant states.

Next, taking a control volume around the compressor, we determine the shaft

work required by the compressor, wc, assuming negligible heat losses, by applying the

steady-flow energy equation:

0 = h2 – h1 + wc

or

Now taking the control volume about the heater, we find that the heat addition per

unit mass is

The cycle thermal efficiency is the ratio of the net work to the heat supplied to the

heater:

which by substitution of Equations (5.1), (5.2), (5.5), and (5.6) may be simplified to

It is evident from Equation (5.8) that increasing the compressor pressure ratio increases

thermal efficiency.

Another parameter of great importance to the gas turbine is the work ratio, wt /|wc|.

This parameter should be as large as possible, because a large amount of the power

delivered by the turbine is required to drive the compressor, and because the engine net

work depends on the excess of the turbine work over the compressor work. A little

algebra will show that the work ratio wt /|wc| can be written as:

173

Note that, for the ideal cycle, the thermal efficiency and the work ratio depend on only

two independent parameters, the compressor pressure ratio and the ratio of the turbine

and compressor inlet temperatures. It will be seen that these two design parameters are

of utmost importance for all gas turbine engines.

Equation (5.9) shows that the work ratio increases in direct proportion to the ratio

T3 /T1 and inversely with a power of the pressure ratio. On the other hand, Equation

(5.8) shows that thermal efficiency increases with increased pressure ratio. Thus, the

desirability of high turbine inlet temperature and the necessity of a tradeoff involving

pressure ratio is clear. Equation (5.9) also suggests that increases in the ratio T3 /T1

allow the compressor pressure ratio to be increased without reducing the work ratio.

This is indicative of the historic trend by which advances in materials allow higher

turbine inlet temperatures and therefore higher compressor pressure ratios.

It was shown in Chapter 1 that the area of a reversible cycle plotted on a T–s

diagram gives the net work of the cycle. With this in mind, it is interesting to consider a

family of cycles in which the compressor inlet state, a, and turbine inlet temperatures

are fixed, as shown in Figure 5.2. As the compressor pressure ratio pb/pa approaches 1,

the cycle area and hence the net work approach 0, as suggested by the shaded cycle

labeled with single primes. At the other extreme, as the compressor pressure ratio

approaches its maximum value, the net work also approaches 0, as in the cycle denoted

by double primes. For intermediate pressure ratios, the net work is large and positive,

indicating that there is a unique value of compressor pressure ratio that maximizes the

net work. Such information is of great significance in gas turbine design,

174

because it indicates the pressure ratio that yields the highest power output for given

turbomachine inlet temperatures and mass flow rate. This is an important approach to

the pressure ratio tradeoff mentioned earlier. It will be considered from an analytic

viewpoint for a more realistic gas turbine model in a later section.

Up to this point the discussion has focused on the closed-cycle gas turbine, an

external combustion or nuclear-heated machine that operates with a circulating fixed

mass of working fluid in a true cyclic process. In fact, the same Air Standard cycle

analysis may be applied to the open-cycle gas turbine. The open cycle operates with

atmospheric air that is pressurized by the compressor and then flows into a combustion

chamber, where it oxidizes a hydrocarbon fuel to produce a hot gas that drives the

turbine. The turbine delivers work as in the closed cycle, but the exiting combustion

gases pass into the atmosphere, as they must in all combustion processes.

A diagram of the cycle implementation is shown in Figure 5.3. Clearly, the open-

cycle gas turbine is an internal combustion engine, like the automotive engine. Note

that the diagram is consistent with Figure 5.1 and all the preceding equations in this

chapter. This is true because (1) the atmosphere serves as an almost infinite source and

sink that may be thought of as closing the cycle, and (2) the energy released by

combustion has the same effect as the addition of external heat in raising the

temperature of the gas to the turbine inlet temperature. A cutaway of an open-cycle

utility gas turbine is presented in Figure 5.4.

175

The preceding analysis of the Air Standard cycle assumes perfect turbomachinery, an

unachievable but meaningful ideal, and room-temperature heat capacities. Realistic

quantitative performance information can be obtained by taking into account

efficiencies of the compressor and the turbine, significant pressure losses, and more

realistic thermal properties.

It is pointed out in reference 1 that accurate gas turbine analyses may be performed

using constant heat capacities for both air and combustion gases. This appears to be a

specialization of a method devised by Whittle (ref. 4). The following properties are

therefore adopted for all gas turbine analyses in this book:

Air:

cp = 0.24 Btu/lbm-R or 1.004 kJ /kg-K

Combustion gas:

cp,g = 0.2744 Btu/lbm-R or 1.148 kJ /kg-K

properties. Because of the high air-fuel ratio required by gas turbines, the

176

thermodynamic properties of gas turbine combustion gases usually differ little from

those of high-temperature air. Thus the results given below apply equally well to

closed-cycle machines using air as the working fluid and to open-cycle engines.

A simple-cycle gas turbine has one turbine driving one compressor and a

power-consuming load. More complex configurations are discussed later. It is assumed

that the compressor inlet state, the compressor pressure ratio, and the turbine inlet

temperature are known, as before. The turbine inlet temperature is usually determined

by the limitations of the high-temperature turbine blade material. Special metals or

ceramics are usually selected for their ability to withstand both high stress at elevated

temperature and erosion and corrosion caused by undesirable components of the fuel.

As shown in Figure 5.3, air enters the compressor at a state defined by T1 and p1.

The compressor exit pressure, p2, is given by

where r is the compressor pressure ratio. The ideal compressor discharge temperature,

T2s is given by the isentropic relation

The compressor isentropic efficiency, defined as the ratio of the compressor isentropic

work to the actual compressor work with both starting at the same initial state and

ending at the same pressure level, may be written as

Here the steady-flow energy equation has been applied to obtain expressions for the

work for an irreversible adiabatic compressor in the denominator and for an isentropic

compressor in the numerator. Solving Equation (5.12) for T2, we get as the actual

compressor discharge temperature:

T2 = T1 + ( T2s – T1 ) / c [R | K] (5.13)

Equation (5.3) then gives the work needed by the compressor, wc:

Note that the compressor work is negative, as required by the sign convention that

defines work as positive if it is produced by the control volume. The compressor power

requirement is, of course, then given by mawc [Btu/hr | kW], where ma is the

177

After leaving the compressor at an elevated pressure and temperature, the air then

enters the combustion chamber, where it completely oxidizes a liquid or a gaseous fuel

injected under pressure. The combustion process raises the combustion gas temperature

to the turbine inlet temperature T3. One of the goals of combustion chamber design is

to minimize the pressure loss from the compressor to the turbine. Ideally, then, p3 = p2,

as assumed by the Air Standard analysis. More realistically, a fixed value of the

combustor fractional pressure loss, fpl, (perhaps about 0.05 or 5%) may be used to

account for burner losses:

Rather than deal with its complexities, we may view the combustion process simply as

one in which heat released by exothermic chemical reaction raises the temperature of

combustion gas (with hot-air properties) to the turbine inlet temperature. The rate of

heat released by the combustion process may then be expressed as:

where f is the mass fuel-air ratio. The term ma(1 + f) is seen to be the sum of the air and

fuel mass flow rates, which also equals the mass flow rate of combustion gas. For gas

turbines it will be seen later that f is usually much less than the stoichiometric fuel-air

ratio and is often neglected with respect to 1 in preliminary analyses.

The turbine in the open-cycle engine operates between the pressure p3 and

atmospheric pressure, p4 = p1, with an inlet temperature of T3. If the turbine were

isentropic, the discharge temperature would be

From the steady-flow energy equation, the turbine work can be written as

referenced to unit mass of combustion gas, and where t is the turbine isentropic

efficiency. The turbine power output is then ma(1 + f)wt, where, as seen earlier, ma(1 +

f) is the mass flow rate of combustion gas flowing through the turbine. The net work

based on the mass of air processed and the net power output of the gas turbine, Pn, are

then given by

178

and

EXAMPLE 5.1

A simple-cycle gas turbine has 86% and 89% compressor and turbine efficiencies,

respectively, a compressor pressure ratio of 6, a 4% fractional pressure drop in the

combustor, and a turbine inlet temperature of 1400°F. Ambient conditions are 60°F and

one atmosphere. Determine the net work, thermal efficiency, and work ratio for the

engine. Assume that the fuel-mass flow rate is negligible compared with the air flow

rate.

Solution

The notation for the solution is that of Figure 5.3. The solution details are given in

Table 5.1 in a step-by-step spreadsheet format. Each line presents the parameter name,

symbol, and units of measure; its value; and the right-hand side of its specific

determining equation.

179

When an entire cycle is to be analyzed, it is best to start at the compressor with the

inlet conditions and proceed to calculate successive data in the clockwise direction on

the T-s diagram. The compressor isentropic and actual discharge temperatures and

work are determined first using Equations (5.11), (5.13), and (5.14). The turbine

pressure ratio is determined next, accounting for the combustor pressure loss, using

Equation (5.16). The isentropic relation, Equation (5.18), gives the isentropic turbine

exit temperature, and the turbine efficiency and Equation (5.19) yields the true turbine

exit temperature and work. Once all the turbomachine inlet and exit temperatures are

known, other cycle parameters are easily determined, such as the combustor heat

transfer, net work, thermal efficiency, and work ratio.

_____________________________________________________________________

An important observation may be made on the basis of this analysis regarding the

magnitude of the compressor work with respect to the turbine work. Much of the

turbine work is required to drive the compressor. Compare the work ratio of 1.66, for

example, with the much higher values for the steam cycles of Chapter 2 (the Rankine-

cycle pumps have the same function there as the compressor here). Example 2.4 for the

Rankine cycle with a 90% turbine efficiency has a work ratio of 77.2. Thus the gas

turbine’s pressurization handicap relative to the Rankine cycle is substantial.

The unimpressive value of the thermal efficiency of the example gas turbine, 25%

(not typical of the current state of the art) compares with a Carnot efficiency for the

same cycle temperature extremes of 72% The large amount of compressor work requi-

red clearly contributes to this weak performance. Nevertheless, current gas turbines are

competitive with many other engines on an efficiency basis, and have advantages such

as compactness and quick-start capability relative to Rankine cycle power plants. One

approach to the improvement of thermal efficiency of the gas turbine will be addressed

later in Section 5.5. First let’s look at what can be done about gas turbine work.

Using Equations (5.14) and (5.19), we can rewrite the cycle net work as

where the fuel-air ratio has been neglected with respect to 1. In the following, the

combustor pressure losses and the distinction between hot-gas and air heat capacities

will be neglected but the very important turbomachine efficiencies are retained.

Nondimensionalizing the net work with the constant cpT1 we get:

By differentiating wn with respect to the compressor pressure ratio r and setting the

180

result equal to 0, we obtain an equation for r*, the value of r that maximizes the net

work with fixed turbomachine efficiencies and with a constant ratio of the temperatures

of the turbomachine inlets, T3 /T1. For constant gas properties throughout, the result is

This relation gives a specific value for the compressor pressure ratio that defines an

optimum cycle, in the sense of the discussion of Figure 5.2. There it was established

qualitatively that a cycle with maximum net work exists for a given value of T3/T1.

Equation (5.25) defines the condition for this maximum and generalizes it to include

turbomachine inefficiency.

The pressure ratio r* given by Equation (5.25) increases with increasing

turbomachine efficiencies and with T3/T1. This is a clear indicator that increasing

turbine inlet temperature favors designs with higher compressor pressure ratios. This

information is important to the gas turbine designer but does not tell the whole design

story. There are other important considerations; for example, (1) compressors and

turbines become more expensive with increasing pressure ratios, and (2) the pressure

ratio that maximizes thermal efficiency is different from that given by Equation (5.25).

Figure 5.5 shows the influence of compressor pressure ratio on both efficiency and net

work and the position of the value given by Equation (5.25). Thus, when all factors are

taken into account, the final design pressure ratio is likely to be in the vicinity of, but

not necessarily identical to, r*.

181

It was shown in Chapter 2 that the efficiency of the Rankine cycle could be improved

by an internal transfer of heat that reduces the magnitude of external heat addition, a

feature known as regeneration. It was also seen in Chapter 2 that this is accomplished

conveniently in a steam power plant by using a heat exchanger known as a feedwater

heater.

Examination of Example 5.1 shows that a similar opportunity exists for the gas

turbine cycle. The results show that the combustion process heats the incoming air from

924°R to 1860°R and that the gas turbine exhausts to the atmosphere at 1273°R. Thus

a maximum temperature potential of 1273 – 924 = 349°F exists for heat transfer. As in

the Rankine cycle, this potential for regeneration can be exploited by incorporation of a

heat exchanger. Figure 5.6 shows a gas turbine with a counterflow heat exchanger that

extracts heat from the turbine exhaust gas to preheat the compressor discharge air to Tc

ahead of the combustor. As a result, the temperature rise in the combustor is reduced to

T3 – Tc, a reduction reflected in a direct decrease in fuel consumed.

Note that the compressor and turbine inlet and exit states can be the same as for a

simple cycle. In this case the compressor, turbine, and net work as well as the work

ratio are unchanged by incorporating a heat exchanger.

The effectiveness of the heat exchanger, or regenerator, is a measure of how well

it uses the available temperature potential to raise the temperature of the compressor

discharge air. Specifically, it is the actual rate of heat transferred to the air divided by

the maximum possible heat transfer rate that would exist if the heat exchanger had

infinite heat transfer surface area. The actual heat transfer rate to the air is mcp(Tc – T2),

and the maximum possible rate is mcp(T4 – T2). Thus the regenerator effectiveness can

be written as

Tc = T2 + reg( T4 – T2 ) [R | K] (5.27)

regenerator effectiveness varies from 0 to 1. The regenerator effectiveness increases as

its heat transfer area increases. Increased heat transfer area allows the cold fluid to

absorb more heat from the hot fluid and therefore leave the exchanger with a higher Tc.

On the other hand, increased heat transfer area implies increased pressure losses

on both air and gas sides of the heat exchanger, which in turn reduces the turbine

pressure ratio and therefore the turbine work. Thus, increased regenerator effectiveness

implies a tradeoff, not only with pressure losses but with increased heat exchanger size

and complexity and, therefore, increased cost.

182

The exhaust gas temperature at the exit of the heat exchanger may be determined

by applying the steady-flow energy equation to the regenerator. Assuming that the heat

exchanger is adiabatic and that the mass flow of fuel is negligible compared with the air

flow, and noting that no shaft work is involved, we may write the steady-flow energy

equation for two inlets and two exits as

Te = T4 – (cp/cp,g)( Tc – T2 ) [R | K] (5.28)

While the regenerator effectiveness does not appear explicitly in Equation (5.28),

the engine exhaust temperature is reduced in proportion to the air temperature rise in

the regenerator, which is in turn proportional to the effectiveness. The dependence of

the exhaust temperature on reg may be seen directly by eliminating Tc from Equation

(5.28), using Equation (5.27) to obtain

183

proportional to the effectiveness and to the maximum temperature potential, T4 – T2.

The regenerator, like other heat exchangers, is designed to have minimal pressure

losses on both air and gas sides. These may be taken into account by the fractional

pressure drop approach discussed in connection with the combustor.

EXAMPLE 5.2

Let’s say we are adding a heat exchanger with an effectiveness of 75% to the engine

studied in Example 5.1. Assume that the same frictional pressure loss factor applies to

both the heat exchanger air-side and combustor as a unit, and that gas-side pressure

loss in the heat exchanger is negligible. Evaluate the performance of the modified

engine.

Solution

The solution in spreadsheet format, expressed in terms of the notation of Figures

5.6 and 5.7, is shown in Table 5.2. Examination of the spreadsheet and of the T-s

diagram in Figure 5.7 shows that the entry and exit states of the turbomachines are not

influenced by the addition of the heat exchanger, as expected. (There would have been

a slight influence if a different pressure loss model had been assumed.)

With the heat exchanger, it is seen that the combustor inlet temperature has

increased about 262° and the exhaust temperature reduced 229°. The net work and

184

work ratio are clearly unchanged. Most importantly, however, the thermal efficiency

has increased 10 percentage counts over the simple cycle case in Example 5.1. Such a

gain must be traded off against the added volume, weight, and expense of the

regenerator. The efficiency gain and the associated penalties may be acceptable in

stationary power and ground and marine transportation applications, but are seldom

feasible in aerospace applications. Each case, of course, must be judged on its own

merits.

_____________________________________________________________________

Figure 5.8 shows the influence of regenerator effectiveness and turbine inlet

temperature on the performance of the gas turbine, all other conditions being the same

as in the example. The values for reg = 0 correspond to a gas turbine without

regenerator. The abscissa is arbitrarily truncated at reg = 0.8 because gas turbine heat

exchanger effectivenesses usually do not exceed that value. The impressive influence of

both design parameters is a strong motivator for research in heat exchangers and high-

temperature materials. The use of regeneration in automotive gas turbines is virtually

mandated because good fuel economy is so important.

185

Figure 5.9 shows the layout of a regenerative gas turbine serving a pipeline

compressor station. Gas drawn from the pipeline may be used to provide the fuel for

remotely located gas-turbine-powered compressor stations. (A later figure, Figure 5.12,

shows details of the turbomachinery of this gas turbine.)

186

Problems in the design of turbomachinery for gas turbines and in poor part-load or

off-design performance are sometimes avoided by employing a two-shaft gas turbine, in

which the compressor is driven by one turbine and the load by a second turbine. Both

shafts may be contained in a single structure, or the turbines may be separately

packaged. Figure 5.10 shows the flow and T-s diagrams for such a configuration. The

turbine that drives the compressor is called the compressor turbine. The compressor,

combustor, compressor-turbine combination is called the gas generator, or gasifier,

because its function is to provide hot, high-pressure gas to drive the second turbine, the

power turbine. The compressor-turbine is sometimes also referred to as the gasifier

turbine or gas-generator turbine.

The analysis of the two-shaft gas turbine is similar to that of the single shaft

machine, except in the determination of the turbine pressure ratios. The pressure rise

produced by the compressor must be shared between the two turbines. The manner in

which it is shared is determined by a power, or work, condition. The work condition

expresses mathematically the fact that the work produced by the gasifier turbine is used

to drive the compressor alone. As a result, the gas generator turbine pressure ratio,

p3/p4, is just high enough to satisfy the compressor work requirement.

Thus the compressor power (work) input is the same as the delivered gas-

generator turbine power(work) output:

where f is the fuel–air ratio and mech is the mechanical efficiency of transmission of

power from the turbine to the compressor. The mechanical efficiency is usually close to

unity in a well-designed gas turbine. For this reason, it was not included in earlier

analyses.

The gasifier turbine work may be written in terms of the turbine pressure ratio:

With the compressor work determined, as before, by the compressor pressure ratio and

the isentropic efficiency, the compressor-turbine pressure ratio, p3/p4, is obtained by

combining Equations (5.30) and (5.31):

where wf is the positive, dimensionless work factor, |wc| /mecht cp,g (1 + f )T3, used as

187

a convenient intermediate variable. The power turbine pressure ratio may then be

determined from the identity p4/p5 = p4/p1 = ( p4/p3)( p3/p2)( p2/p1). This shows that the

power turbine pressure ratio is the compressor pressure ratio divided by the gasifier

turbine pressure ratio when there is no combustion chamber pressure loss ( p3 = p2).

With the pressure ratios known, all the significant temperatures and performance

parameters may be determined.

EXAMPLE 5.3

Let’s consider a two-shaft gas turbine with a regenerative air heater. The compressor

pressure ratio is 6, and the compressor and gas generator turbine inlet temperatures are

520°R and 1860°R, respectively. The compressor, gasifier turbine, and power turbine

isentropic efficiencies are 0.86, 0.89, and 0.89, respectively. The regenerator

effectiveness is 75%, and a 4% pressure loss is shared by the high-pressure air side of

the regenerator and the combustor. Determine the pressure ratios of the two turbines,

and the net work, thermal efficiency, and work ratio of the engine.

188

Solution

The solution in spreadsheet form shown in Table 5.3 follows the notation of Figure

5.10. The solution proceeds as before, until the calculation of the turbine pressure

ratios. The available pressure ratio shared by the two turbines is p3/p5 = p3/p1 =

(p2/p1)(p3/p2) = r ( 1 – fpl) = 5.76. The gasifier turbine pressure ratio is determined by

the work-matching requirement of the compressor and its driving turbine, as expressed

in Equation (5.32), using the dimensionless compressor work factor, wf. The resulting

gas generator and power turbine pressure ratios are 2.61 and 2.2, respectively.

Comparison shows that the design point performance of the two-shaft gas turbine

studied here is not significantly different from that of the single-shaft machine

considered an Example 5.2. While the performance of the two machines is found to be

essentially the same, the single-shaft machine is sometimes preferred in applications

189

with fixed operating conditions where good part-load performance over a range of

speeds is not important. On the other hand, the independence of the speeds of the gas

generator and power turbine in the two-shaft engine allows acceptable performance

over a wider range of operating conditions.

_____________________________________________________________________

Let us examine further the characteristics of regenerative two-shaft gas turbines,

starting with the spreadsheet reproduced in Table 5.3. By copying the value column of

that spreadsheet to several columns to the right, a family of calculations with identical

methodologies may be performed.. The spreadsheet /EDIT-FILL command may then

be used to vary a parameter in a given row by creating a sequence of numbers with a

specified starting value and interval. Such a parametric study of the influence of

compressor pressure ratio on two-shaft regenerative gas turbine performance is shown

in Table 5.4, where the pressure ratio is varied from 2 to 7. The fifth numeric column

contains the values from Table 5.3. The data of Table 5.4 are included in the Example

190

Table 5.4 shows that, for the given turbine inlet temperature, the thermal efficiency

maximum is at a pressure ratio between 4 and 5, while the net work maximum is at a

pressure ratio of about 7. The work ratio is continually declining because the

magnitude of the compressor work requirement grows faster with compressor pressure

ratio than the turbine work does.

Figure 5.11, plotted using the spreadsheet, compares the performance of the

regenerative two-shaft gas turbine with a nonregenerative two-shaft engine (reg = 0 ).

Net work for both machines has the same variation with pressure ratio. But notice the

high efficiency attained with a low-compressor pressure ratio, a significant advantage

attributable to regeneration.

A cutaway view of a two-shaft regenerative gas turbine of the type used in pipeline

compressor stations such as that shown in Figure 5.9 is seen in Figure 5.12. The figure

shows that the compressor blade heights decrease in the direction of flow as the gas is

compressed. The exhaust from the last of the sixteen compressor stages is reduced in

velocity by a diffusing passage and then exits through the right window-like flange,

which connects to a duct (not shown) leading to the regenerator. The heated air from

the external regenerator reenters the machine combustor casing, where it flows around

and into the combustor cans, cooling them. The air entering near the combustor fuel

nozzles mixes with the fuel and burns locally in a near-stoichiometric mixture. As the

mixture flows downstream, additional secondary air entering the combustor through

slots in its sides mixes with, and reduces the temperature of, the combustion gas before

it arrives at the turbine inlet.

A cutaway view of an industrial two-shaft gas turbine with dual regenerators is

presented in Figure 5.13. From the left, the air inlet and radial compressor and axial

flow gasifier turbine and power turbine are seen on the axis of the machine, with the

combustion chamber above and one of the rotary regenerators at the right. Due to the

relatively low pressure ratios required by regenerative cycles, centrifugal compressors

are normally used in regenerative machines because of their simplicity, good efficiency,

compactness, and ruggedness.

Performance data for the turbine of Figure 5.13 is graphed in Figure 5.14. The GT

404 gas turbine delivers about 360 brake horsepower at 2880-rpm output shaft speed.

The torque-speed curve of Figure 5.14 shows an important characteristic of two-shaft

gas turbines with respect to off-design point operation. Whereas the compressor

pressure ratio and output torque of a single-shaft gas turbine drop as the shaft speed

drops, the compressor speed and pressure ratio in a two-shaft machine is independent

of the output speed. Thus, as the output shaft speed changes, the compressor may

maintain its design speed and continue to develop high pressure and mass flow. Thus

the torque at full stall of the output shaft of the GT404 is more than twice the full-load

design torque. This high stall torque is superior to that of reciprocating engines and is

important in starting and accelerating rotating equipment that has high initial turning

resistance. This kind of engine may be used in truck, bus, and marine applications as

well as in an industrial setting.

191

192

193

A unique patented feature of some of the Allison gas turbines, called “power

transfer,” is the ability to link the duel shafts. A hydraulic clutch mechanism between

the two turbine shafts acts to equalize their speeds. This tends to improve part-load

fuel economy, and provides engine braking and overspeed protection for the power

turbine. When the clutch mechanism is fully engaged, the shafts rotate together as a

single-shaft machine.

Intercooling

It has been pointed out that the work of compression extracts a high toll on the output

of the gas turbine. The convergence of lines of constant pressure on a T-s diagram

indicates that compression at low temperatures reduces compression work. The ideal

compression process would occur isothermally at the lowest available temperature.

Isothermal compression is difficult to execute in practice. The use of multistage

compression with intercooling is a move in that direction.

Consider replacing the isentropic single-stage compression from p1 to p2 = p2* in

Figure 5.15 with two isentropic stages from p1 to pis and pi* to p2s. Separation of the

compression processes with a heat exchanger that cools the air at Tis to a lower

temperature Ti* acts to move the final compression process to the left on the T-s

194

diagram and reduces the discharge temperature following compression to T2s. A heat

exchanger used to cool compressed gas between stages of compression is called an

intercooler.

The work required to compress from p1 to p2s = p2* = p2 in two stages is

Note that intercooling increases the net work of the reversible cycle by the area

is–i*–2s–2*–is. The reduction in the work due to two-stage intercooled compression

is also given by this area. Thus intercooling may be used to reduce the work of

compression between two given pressures in any application. However, the favorable

effect on compressor work reduction due to intercooling in the gas turbine application

may be offset by the obvious increase in combustor heat addition, cp (T2* – T2s), and by

increased cost of compression system. The next example considers the selection of the

optimum pressure level for intercooling, pi = pis = pi*.

EXAMPLE 5.4

Express the compressor work, for two-stage compression with intercooling back to the

original inlet temperature, in terms of compressor efficiencies and pressure ratios.

Develop relations for the compressor pressure ratios that minimize the total work of

compression in terms of the overall pressure ratio.

Solution

Taking Ti* = T1 as directed in the problem statement, and letting r = p2/p1, r1 = pis/p1 and

r2 = p2s/pi* = r/r1 as in Figure 5.15, we get for the compression work,

= cp T1[(1 – r1(k – 1 )/k )/c1 + ( 1 – r2(k – 1 )/k )/c2 ] [Btu /lbm | kJ/kg]

Differentiating with respect to r1 for a fixed r and setting the result equal to zero, we

obtain

which simplifies to

195

Using this result we find also that

Examination of these equations shows that, for compressors with equal efficiencies,

both compressor stages have the same pressure ratio, which is given by the square root

of the overall pressure ratio. For unequal compressor efficiencies, the compressor with

the higher efficiency should have the higher pressure ratio.

_____________________________________________________________________

Reheat

Let us now consider an improvement at the high-temperature end of the cycle. Figure

5.16 shows the replacement of a single turbine by two turbines in series, each with

appropriately lower pressure ratios, and separated by a reheater. The reheater may be a

combustion chamber in which the excess oxygen in the combustion gas leaving the first

turbine burns additional fuel, or it may be a heater in which external combustion

provides the heat necessary to raise the temperature of the working fluid to Tm*. The

high temperature at the low-pressure turbine inlet has the effect of increasing the area

of the cycle by m–m*–4–4*m and hence of increasing the net work.

196

Like intercooling, the increase in net work is made possible by the spreading of the

constant pressure lines on the T-s diagram as entropy increases. Thus the increase in

turbine work is

Also as with intercooling, the favorable effect in increasing net work is offset by the

reduction of cycle efficiency resulting from increased addition of external heat from the

reheater:

As with intercooling, the question arises as to how the intermediate pressure for

reheat will be selected. An analysis similar to that of Example 5.4 shows the unsur-

prising result that the reheat pressure level should be selected so that both turbines have

the same expansion ratio if they have the same efficiencies and the same inlet

temperatures.

Because of their unfavorable effects on thermal efficiency, intercooling and reheat alone

or in combination are unlikely to be found in a gas turbine without another feature that

has already been shown to have a favorable influence on gas turbine fuel economy: a re-

generator. The recuperator or regenerator turns disadvantage into advantage in a cycle

involving intercooling and/or reheat. Consider the cycle of Figure 5.17, which

incorporates all three features.

The increased turbine discharge temperature T4 produced by reheat and the

decreased compressor exit temperature T2 due to intercooling both provide an enlarged

temperature potential for regenerative heat transfer. Thus the heat transfer cp (Tc – T2)

is accomplished by an internal transfer of heat from low pressure turbine exhaust gas.

This also has the favorable effect of reducing the temperature of the gas discharged to

the atmosphere. The requisite external heat addition for this engine is then

Thus the combination of intercooling, reheat, and regeneration has the net effect of

raising the average temperature of heat addition and lowering the average temperature

of heat rejection, as prescribed by Carnot for an efficient heat engine.

197

Increasing the number of intercoolers and reheaters without changing the overall pres-

sure ratio may be seen to cause both the overall compression and the overall expansion

to approach isothermal processes. The resulting reversible limiting cycle, consisting of

two isotherms and two isobars, is called the Ericsson cycle. With perfect internal heat

198

transfer between isobaric processes, all external heat addition would be at the maximum

temperature of the cycle and all heat rejected at the lowest temperature. Analysis of the

limiting reversible cycle reveals, as one might expect, that its efficiency is that of the

Carnot cycle. Plants with multistage compression, reheat, and regeneration can have

high efficiencies; but complexity and high capital costs have resulted in few plants that

actually incorporate all these features.

Gas turbines are used in aircraft to produce shaft power and hot, high-pressure gas for

jet propulsion. Turbine shaft power is used in turboprop aircraft and helicopters to

drive propellers and rotors. A modern turboprop engine and an aircraft that uses it are

shown in Figures 5.18 through 5.20. While its jet exhaust provides some thrust, the

bulk of the propulsive thrust of the turboprop is provided by its propeller. The rear-

199

ward acceleration of a large air mass by the propeller is responsible for the good fuel

economy of turboprop aircraft. Thus the turboprop is popular as a power plant for

small business aircraft. At higher subsonic flight speeds, the conventional propeller

loses efficiency and the turbojet becomes superior.

Auxiliary power units, APUs, are compact gas turbines that provide mechanical

power to generate electricity in transport aircraft while on the ground. The thermo-

dynamic fundamentals of these shaft-power devices are the same those of stationary gas

turbines, discussed earlier. Their design, however, places a premium on low weight

and volume and conformance to other constraints associated with airborne equipment.

Thus their configuration and appearance may differ substantially from those of other

stationary gas turbines.

The jet engine consists of a gas turbine that produces hot, high-pressure gas but

has zero net shaft output. It is a gasifier. A nozzle converts the thermal energy of the

hot, high-pressure gas produced by the turbine into a high-kinetic-energy exhaust

stream. The high momentum and high exit pressure of the exhaust stream result in a

forward thrust on the engine.

Although the analysis of the jet engine is similar to that of the gas turbine, the

configuration and design of jet engines differ significantly from those of most

stationary gas turbines. The criteria of light weight and small volume, mentioned

earlier, apply here as well. To this we can add the necessity of small frontal area to

minimize the aerodynamic drag of the engine, the importance of admitting air into the

200

engine as efficiently (with as little stagnation pressure loss) as possible, and the efficient

conversion of high-temperature turbine exit gas to a high-velocity nozzle exhaust. The

resulting configuration is shown schematically in Figure 5.21.

Up to now we have not been concerned with kinetic energy in the flows in gas

turbines, because the flows at the stations of interest are usually designed to have low

velocities. In the jet engine, however, high kinetic energy is present in the free stream

ahead of the engine and in the nozzle exit flow. The analysis here will therefore be

presented in terms of stagnation, or total, temperatures and pressures, where kinetic

201

energy is taken into account implicitly, as discussed in Section 1.7. The preceding

analyses may be readily adapted to deal with the stagnation properties associated with

compressible flow. In the following discussion, engine processes are first described and

then analyzed.

It should be recalled that if there are no losses, as in an isentropic flow, the

stagnation pressure of a flow remains constant. All loss mechanisms, such as fluid

friction, turbulence, and flow separation, decrease stagnation pressure. Only by doing

work on the flow (with a compressor, for example) is it possible to increase stagnation

pressure.

In Figure 5.21, free-stream ambient air, denoted by subscript a, enters an engine

inlet that is carefully designed to efficiently decelerate the air captured by its frontal

area to a speed low enough to enter the compressor, at station 1, with minimal

aerodynamic loss. There is stagnation pressure loss in the inlet, but efficient

deceleration of the flow produces static and stagnation pressures at the compressor

entrance well above the ambient free-stream static pressure. This conversion of relative

kinetic energy of ambient air to increased pressure and temperature in the engine inlet is

sometimes called ram effect.

The compressor raises the stagnation pressure of the air further to its maximum

value at station 2, using power delivered by the turbine. Fuel enters the combustion

chamber and is burned with much excess air to produce the high turbine inlet

temperature at station 3. We adopt here, for simplicity, the familiar idealization that no

pressure losses occur in the combustion chamber. The hot gases then expand through

the turbine and deliver just enough power to drive the compressor (the work condition

again). The gases leave the turbine exit at station 4, still hot and at a stagnation pres-

sure well above the ambient. These gases then expand through a nozzle that converts

the excess pressure and thermal energy into a high-kinetic-energy jet at station 5. The

forward thrust on the engine, according to Newton’s Second Law, is produced by the

reaction to the internal forces that accelerate the internal flow rearward to a high jet

velocity and the excess of the nozzle exit plane pressure over the upstream ambient

pressure.

Inlet Analysis

Given the flight speed, Va , and the free-stream static temperature and pressure, Ta and

pa, at a given altitude, the free-stream stagnation temperature and pressure are

and

Applying the steady-flow energy equation to the streamtube entering the inlet, we find

202

that the stagnation enthalpy hoa = ho1 for adiabatic flow. For subsonic flight and

supersonic flight at Mach numbers near one, the heat capacity of the air is essentially

constant. Thus constancy of the stagnation enthalpy implies constancy of the stagnation

temperature. Hence, using Equation (5.36),

The effects of friction, turbulence, and other irreversibilities in the inlet flow are

represented by the inlet pressure recovery, PR, defined as

where an isentropic flow through the inlet has a pressure recovery of 1.0. Lower values

indicate reduced inlet efficiency and greater losses. For subsonic flow, values on the

order of 0.9 to 0.98 are typical. At supersonic speeds the pressure recovery decreases

with increasing Mach number.

Compressor Analysis

With the stagnation conditions known at station 1 in Figure 5.21, the compressor

pressure ratio, r = po2 /po1, now yields po2; and the isentropic relation, Equation (1.19),

gives the isentropic temperaure, To2s:

The actual compressor discharge stagnation temperature is then obtained from the

definition of the compressor efficiency in terms of stagnation temperatures:

The turbine inlet temperature, T03, is usually assigned based on turbine blade material

considerations. For preliminary analysis it may be assumed that there are negligible

pressure losses in the combustion chamber, so that p03 = p02. As with the two-shaft gas

turbine, the condition that the power absorbed by the compressor equal the power

delivered by the turbine determines the turbine exit temperature, T04:

where f is the engine fuel-air ratio, which often may be neglected with respect to 1 (as

in our earlier studies) when high precision is not required.

203

The turbine efficiency equation then yields the isentropic discharge temperature

T04s, and Equation (1.19) yields the turbine pressure ratio:

Thus the stagnation pressure and temperature at station 4 are known. Note that the

turbine pressure ratio is usually significantly lower than the compressor pressure ratio.

Nozzle Analysis

The flow is then accelerated to the jet velocity at station 5 by a convergent nozzle that

contracts the flow area. A well-designed nozzle operating at its design condition has

only small stagnation pressure losses. Hence the nozzle here is assumed to be loss-free

and therefore isentropic.

Under most flight conditions the exhaust nozzle is choked; that is, it is passing the

maximum flow possible for its upstream conditions. A choked nozzle has the local

flow velocity at its minimum area, or throat, equal to the local speed of sound. As a

result, simple relations exist between the upstream stagnation conditions at station 4

and the choked conditions at the throat. Thus, for a choked isentropic nozzle,

= T5 + kgRT5/2cp,g = T5 ( 1 + kgR/2cp,g)

where kgR/cp,g = kg – 1. With kg = 1.333 for the combustion gas, this determines the exit

temperature T5. Combining the isentropic relation with Equation (5.45) then gives the

nozzle exit static pressure p5:

EXAMPLE 5.5

The stagnation temperature and pressure leaving a turbine and entering a convergent

nozzle are 970.2K. and 2.226 bar, respectively. What is the static pressure and

temperature downstream if the nozzle is choked? If the free-stream ambient pressure is

0.54 bar, is the nozzle flow choked? Compare the existing nozzle pressure ratio with

the critical pressure ratio.

204

Solution

If the nozzle is choked, then from Equations (5.45) and (5.46),

The fact that p5 > pa = 0.54 indicates that the nozzle is choked.

The critical pressure ratio of the nozzle is

and the applied pressure ratio is 2.226/0.54 = 4.12. Thus the applied pressure ratio

exceeds the critical pressure ratio.This also indicates that the nozzle is choked.

_____________________________________________________________________

0 = h5 + V52/2 – ho4

Thus the jet velocity is determined from Equation (5.47), where T5 is obtained from

Equation (5.45).

The thrust of the engine is obtained by applying Newton’s Second Law to a

control volume, as shown in Figure 5.22. If the mass flow rate through the engine is m,

the rates of momentum flow into and out of the control volume are mVa and mV5,

respectively. The net force exerted by the exit pressure is (p5 – pa)A5, where A5 is the

nozzle exit area. Thus, applying Newton’s Second Law to the control volume, we can

relate the force exerted by the engine on the gases flowing through, F, and the net exit

pressure force to the rate of increase of flow momentum produced by the engine:

or

Here, F is the engine force acting on the gas throughflow. The reaction to this force is

the thrust on the engine acting in the direction of flight. Thus the magnitude of the

205

thrust is given by Equation (5.48). It is the sum of all the pressure force components

acting on the inside the engine in the direction of flight.

The exit area, A5, is related to the mass flow rate by

where the density at station 5 is obtained from the perfect gas law using p5 and T5 from

Equations (5.45) and (5.46). If A5 is known, the mass flow rate through the engine may

be determined from Equation (5.49) and the thrust from Equation (5.48).

Another type of nozzle used in high-performance engines and in rocket nozzles is a

convergent-divergent nozzle, one in which the flow area first contracts and then

increases. It differs from the convergent nozzle in that it can have supersonic flow at

the exit. For such a fully expanded, convergent-divergent nozzle operating at its design

condition, p5 = pa, and the engine thrust from Equation (5.48) reduces to m(V5 – Va).

It is seen that engine thrust is proportional to the mass flow rate through the engine and

to the excess of the jet velocity over the flight velocity. The specific thrust of an engine

is defined as the ratio of the engine thrust to its mass flow rate. From Equation (5.48)

206

Because the engine mass flow rate is proportional to its exit area, as seen in Equation

(5.49), A5/m depends only on design nozzle exit conditions. As a consequence, F/m is

independent of mass flow rate and depends only on flight velocity and altitude.

Assigning an engine design thrust then determines the required engine-mass flow rate

and nozzle exit area and thus the engine diameter. Thus the specific thrust, F/m, is an

important engine design parameter for scaling engine size with required thrust at given

flight conditions.

Another important engine design parameter is the thrust specific fuel consumption,

TSFC, the ratio of the mass rate of fuel consumption to the engine thrust

Low values of TSFC, of course, are favorable. The distance an aircraft can fly without

refueling, called its range, is inversely proportional to the TSFC of its engines. The

following example demonstrates the evaluation of these parameters.

EXAMPLE 5.6

An aircraft flies at a speed of 250 m/s at an altitude of 5000 m. The engines operate at

a compressor pressure ratio of 8, with a turbine inlet temperature of 1200K. The

compressor and turbine efficiencies are 0.9 and 0.87, respectively, and there is a 4%

pressure loss in the combustion chamber. The inlet total pressure recovery is 0.97, and

the engine-mass flow rate is 100 kg/s. Use an engine mechanical efficiency of 0.99 and

a fuel heating value of 43,000 kJ/kg. Assume that the engine has a convergent,

isentropic, nozzle flow. Determine the nozzle exit area, the engine thrust, specific

thrust, fuel flow rate, and thrust specific fuel consumption.

Solution

The solution details are presented in Table 5.5 in spreadsheet form. At 5000 m

altitude, the ambient static temperature and pressure are determined from standard-

atmosphere tables such as those given in Appendix H. The ambient stagnation pressure

and temperature are then determined for the given flight speed. The stagnation

temperature at the compressor entrance is the same as the free-stream value for an

adiabatic inlet. The inlet pressure recovery determines the total pressure at the com-

pressor entrance. Using the notation of Figures 5.21 and 5.22, and given the com-

pressor pressure ratio and turbine inlet temperature, the stagnation conditions at the

compressor, combustor, and turbine exits may be determined in the same way as the

static conditions were determined earlier for stationary two-shaft gas turbines.

207

The calculated available nozzle pressure ratio po4/pa = 4.118 is then compared with

the critical pressure ratio p04/pc = 1.852, which indicates that the convergent nozzle is

choked; i.e., sonic velocity exists at the throat. The nozzle exit plane pressure must

then be given by p04 divided by the critical pressure ratio. Equation (5.45) for a sonic

condition then determines the nozzle exit plane temperature, and the exit plane density

follows from the ideal gas law. Because the exit is choked, the exit plane temperature

determines the exit velocity through the sonic velocity relation.

The nozzle exit area may then be determined by using the given mass flow rate and

208

the exit velocity and density from Equation (5.49). The fuel-air ratio for the combustor

is estimated from a simple application of the steady-flow energy equation to the

combustor, which neglects the fuel sensible heat with respect to its heating value and

assumes hot-air properties for the combustion products. The thrust, specific thrust, and

TSFC are then found from Equations (5.48), (5.50), and (5.51).

_____________________________________________________________________

5.6) is set up with conditional statements that treat the convergent nozzle for both the

choked and subsonic exit conditions. The calculations of T5, V5, and p5 depend on

whether the throat is choked or not. The format for the spreadsheet conditional

statements is:

The low value of fuel-air ratio, f = 0.0174, obtained in this example is typical of most

gas turbines and jet engines. In comparison with the stoichiometric value of 0.068, it

corresponds to an equivalence ratio of 0.256.

Full and cutaway views of a small modern jet engine used in business aircraft are shown

in Figure 5.23. The engine is a turbofan engine, a type of gas turbine engine that is

used in all large commercial aircraft and is gaining popularity in the business jet market.

The fan referred to in the turbofan name is seen at the left in Figure 5.23(b). The

incoming air splits after passing through the fan, with the flow through the outer

annulus passing to a nozzle that expels it without heating. The inner-core flow leaving

the fan passes through an axial flow compressor stage and a centrifugal compressor

before entering the combustor, turbine stages, and exit nozzle. Thus the core flow

provides the turbine power to drive the fan and the compressors. The thrust specific

fuel consumption and the thrust/weight ratio of turbofans is superior to those of

conventional jet engines, because a larger mass flow rate of air is processed and exits at

high velocity. The lower average exit velocity of the turbofan engine (compared to

turbojets) is secondary in importance to the increased total mass flow rate through the

engine.

A large turbofan engine designed to power Boeing 747 and 767, Airbus A310 and

A300, and McDonnell-Douglas MD-11 aircraft is shown in Figure 5.24. In large

turbofans and most large jet engines, axial compressors and turbines are used rather

than centrifugal compressors. The axial compressors are capable of much higher

pressure ratios, allow compression without turning the flow through a large angle, and

have somewhat higher efficiencies than centrifugals. Large axial compressors have

many axial stages and are capable of overall pressure ratios in excess of 30. Turbofans

are studied in more detail in Chapter 9.

209

Afterburning

The exhaust of a jet engine contains a large amount of unused oxygen because of the

high air-fuel ratios necessary to limit the gas stagnation temperature to which the

210

turbine blading is exposed. This excess oxygen at the turbine exit makes it possible to

burn additional fuel downstream and thereby to increase the nozzle exit temperature

and jet velocity. By extending the interface between the turbine and the nozzle in a jet

engine and by adding fuel spray bars to create a large combustion chamber called an

afterburner, it is possible to dramatically increase the thrust of a jet engine. Much

higher afterburner stagnation temperatures are allowed than those leaving the

combustor, because (a) there is no highly stressed rotating machinery downstream of

the afterburner, and (b) afterburner operating periods are usually limited to durations of

a few minutes. Afterburners are used for thrust augmentation of jet aircraft to assist in

takeoff and climb and to provide a brief high-speed-dash capability and increased

maneuver thrust in military aircraft. However, the substantial fuel consumption penalty

of afterburning restricts its use to brief periods of time when it is badly needed.

The T-s diagram for a jet engine with afterburner seen in Figure 5.25 shows that

afterburning is analogous to reheating in an open-cycle stationary gas turbine, as shown

in Figure 5.16. The energy release in the afterburner at approximately constant

stagnation pressure shifts the nozzle expansion process to the right on the T-s diagram.

As a result, the nozzle enthalpy and temperature differences between T-s diagram

211

This produces higher jet velocities. Using Equation (5.47) and the notation

of Figure 5.16, we get for the ratio of fully expanded nozzle isentropic jet velocity with

afterburning to that without:

= (Tom* /Tom)½

where the static-to-stagnation temperature ratios are eliminated using the

corresponding equal isentropic pressure ratios. Thus, for example, the jet velocity ratio,

and therefore the thrust ratio, for a reheat temperature ratio of 4 is about 2. The

analysis of a jet engine with afterburner is illustrated in the following example.

EXAMPLE 5.7

Consider the performance of the engine analyzed in Example 5.6 when an afterburner is

added. Assume that heat addition in the afterburner raises the nozzle entrance

stagnation temperature to 2000 K, with a 5% stagnation pressure loss in the

afterburner. What is the increase in nozzle exit temperature, jet velocity, and thrust?

212

Solution

Table 5.6 is from an adaptation of the spreadsheet (Table 5.5) used for Example

5.6. The calculations are identical up to the turbine exit at station 4. Heat addition in

the afterburner raises the stagnation temperature at the nozzle entrance, Tob, to 2000K,

while the 5% pressure loss drops the stagnation pressure to 2.115 bar. Comparing the

applied nozzle pressure ratio (pob/pa) with the critical pressure ratio (pob/pc) shows that

213

the nozzle remains choked. The remainder of the calculation follows Example 5.6

except that the fuel consumption associated with the afterburner temperature rise is

taking into account in the fuel-air ratio, fuel flow rate, and specific fuel consumption.

_____________________________________________________________________

Table 5.7 compares some of the performance parameters calculated in Examples 5.6

and 5.7. The table shows clearly the striking gain in thrust provided by the high nozzle

exit temperature produced by afterburning and the accompanying high penalty in fuel

consumption. Note, however, that even with afterburning the overall equivalence ratio

0.0448/0.068 = 0.659 is well below stoichiometric.

Parameter Without Afterburner With Afterburner

Temperature, K

1. Cohen, H., Rogers, G. F. C., and Saravanamuttoo, H. I. H., Gas Turbine Theory,

3rd Edition. New York: Longman Scientific and Technical, 1987.

2. Potter, J. H., “The Gas Turbine Cycle." ASME paper presented at the Gas Turbine

Forum Dinner, ASME Annual Meeting, New York, N.Y., November 27, 1972.

3. Bathie, William W., Fundamentals of Gas Turbines. New York: Wiley, 1984.

4. Whittle, Sir Frank, Gas Turbine Aerothermodynamics. New York: Pergamon, 1981.

Turbines. Cambridge, Mass.: MIT Press, 1984.

6. Chapman, Alan J., and Walker, William F., Introductory Gas Dynamics. New York:

Holt, Rinehart and Winston, 1971.

214

Washington, D. C.: American Institute of Aerodynamics and Astronautics, 1988.

8. Bammert, K., and Deuster, G., “Layout and Present Status of the Closed-Cycle

Helium Turbine Plant Oberhausen.” ASME paper 74-GT-132, 1974.

9. Bammert, Karl, “The Oberhausen Heat and Power Station with Helium Turbine.”

Address on the Inauguration of the Helium Turbine Power Plant of EVO at

Oberhausen-Sterkrade, Westdeutschen Allgemeinen Zeitung, WAZ, December 20,

1974.

10. Zenker, P., “The Oberhausen 50-MW Helium Turbine Plant,” Combustion, April

1976, pp. 21-25.

11. Weston, Kenneth C., “Gas Turbine Analysis and Design Using Interactive

Computer Graphics.” Proceedings of Symposium on Applications of Computer

Methods in Engineering, University of Southern California, August 23-26, 1977.

12. United States Standard Atmosphere, 1976, NOAA, NASA, and USAF, October

1976.

13. Weston, Kenneth C., “Turbofan Engine Analysis and Optimization Using

Spreadsheets.” ASME Computers in Engineering Conference, Anaheim, California,

July 30-August 3, 1989.

14. Kerrebrock, Jack K., Aircraft Engines and Gas Turbines. Cambridge, Mass.: MIT

Press, 1983.

Pergamon Press, 1978.

16. Bammert, K., Rurik, J., and Griepentrog, H., “Highlights and Future Development

of Closed-Cycle Gas Turbines.” ASME paper 74-GT-7, 1974.

EXERCISES

5.1 For the Air Standard Brayton cycle, express the net work in terms of the

compressor pressure ratio, r, and the turbine-to-compressor inlet temperature ratio,

T3/T1. Nondimensionalize the net work with cpT1, and derive an expression for the

pressure ratio that maximizes the net work for a given value of T3/T1.

5.2 For a Brayton Air Standard cycle, work out an expression for the maximum

possible compressor pressure ratio for a given turbine-to-compressor inlet temperature

215

ratio. Draw and label the cycle on a T-s diagram. What is the magnitude of the net

work for this cycle? Explain.

5.3 For a calorically perfect gas, write an expression for the temperature difference,

T2 – T1, on an isentrope between two lines of constant pressure in terms of the initial

temperature T1 and the pressure ratio p2/p1. Sketch a T-s diagram showing two different

isentropes between the two pressure levels. Explain how your expression demonstrates

that the work of an isentropic turbomachine operating between given pressure levels

increases with temperature.

5.4 Derive an expression for the enthalpy difference, h2 – h1, along a calorically perfect

gas isentrope spanning two fixed pressure levels, p2 and p1, in terms of the discharge

temperature T2. Note that as T2 increases, the enthalpy difference also increases.

5.7 A simple-cycle stationary gas turbine has compressor and turbine efficiencies of

0.85 and 0.9, respectively, and a compressor pressure ratio of 20. Determine the work

of the compressor and the turbine, the net work, the turbine exit temperature, and the

thermal efficiency for 80°F ambient and 1900°F turbine inlet temperatures.

5.8 A simple-cycle stationary gas turbine has compressor and turbine efficiencies of

0.85 and 0.9, respectively, and a compressor pressure ratio of 20. Determine the work

of the compressor and the turbine, the net work, the turbine exit temperature, and the

thermal efficiency for 20°C ambient and 1200°C turbine inlet temperatures.

5.9 A regenerative-cycle stationary gas turbine has compressor and turbine isentropic

efficiencies of 0.85 and 0.9, respectively, a regenerator effectiveness of 0.8, and a

compressor pressure ratio of 5. Determine the work of the compressor and the turbine,

the net work, the turbine and regenerator exit temperatures, and the thermal efficiency

for 80°F ambient and 1900°F turbine inlet temperatures. Compare the efficiency of the

cycle with the corresponding simple-cycle efficiency.

5.10 A regenerative-cycle stationary gas turbine has compressor and turbine isentropic

efficiencies of 0.85 and 0.9, respectively, a regenerator effectiveness of 0.8, and a

compressor pressure ratio of 5. Determine the work of the compressor and the turbine,

the net work, the turbine and regenerator exit temperatures, and the thermal efficiency

for 20°C ambient and 1200°C turbine inlet temperatures. Compare the efficiency of the

cycle with the corresponding simple-cycle efficiency.

5.11 A two-shaft stationary gas turbine has isentropic efficiencies of 0.85, 0.88, and 0.9

216

for the compressor, gas generator turbine, and power turbine, respectively, and a

compressor pressure ratio of 20.

(a) Determine the compressor work and net work, the gas generator turbine exit

temperature, and the thermal efficiency for 80°F ambient and 1900°F compressor-

turbine inlet temperatures.

(b) Calculate and discuss the effects of adding reheat to 1900°F ahead of the

power turbine.

5.12 A two-shaft stationary gas turbine has isentropic efficiencies of 0.85, 0.88, and

0.9 for the compressor, gas generator turbine, and power turbine, respectively, and a

compressor pressure ratio of 20.

(a) Determine the compressor work and net work, the gas generator turbine exit

temperature, and the thermal efficiency for 20°C ambient and 1200°C compressor-

turbine inlet temperatures.

(b) Calculate and discuss the effects of adding reheat to 1200°C ahead of the

power turbine.

5.13 A two-shaft stationary gas turbine with an intercooler and reheater has

efficiencies of 0.85, 0.88, and 0.9 for the compressor, gas-generator turbine, and power

turbine, respectively, and a compressor pressure ratio of 5.

(a) Determine the compressor work and net work, the gas generator turbine exit

temperature, and the thermal efficiency for 80°F ambient and 1900°F turbine inlet

temperatures.

(b) Calculate and discuss the effect on thermal efficiency, exhaust temperature, and

net work of adding a regenerator with an effectiveness of 75%.

5.14 A two-shaft stationary gas turbine with an intercooler and reheater has

efficiencies of 0.85, 0.88, and 0.9 for the compressor, gas-generator turbine, and power

turbine, respectively, and a compressor pressure ratio of 5.

(a) Determine the compressor work and net work, the gas generator turbine exit

temperature, and the thermal efficiency for 20°C ambient and 1200°C turbine inlet

temperatures.

(b) Calculate and discuss the effect on thermal efficiency, exhaust temperature, and

net work of adding a regenerator with an effectiveness of 75%.

combustion chamber is downstream of the turbine to avoid turbine blade erosion and

corrosion. The combustion gases leaving the burner heat the compressor discharge air

through the intervening walls of a high temperature ceramic heat exchanger.

(a) Sketch the flow and T-s diagrams for this gas turbine, showing the influence of

pressure drops through the combustor and the heat exchanger. The ambient, turbine

inlet, and combustor exhaust temperatures are 80°F, 1900°F, and 3000°F, respectively.

The compressor pressure ratio is 5. Assume perfect turbomachinery.

217

(b) For zero pressure drops, determine the net work, the thermal efficiency, and

the heat exchanger exhaust temperature.

(c) If the coal has a heating value of 14,000 Btu/lbm, what is the coal consumption

rate, in tons per hour, for a 50-MW plant?

combustion chamber is downstream of the turbine to avoid turbine blade erosion and

corrosion. The combustion gases leaving the burner heat the compressor discharge air

through the intervening walls of a high-temperature ceramic heat exchanger.

(a) Sketch the flow and T-s diagrams for this gas turbine, showing the influence of

pressure drops through the combustor and the heat exchanger. The ambient, turbine

inlet, and combustor exhaust temperatures are 20°C, 1200°C, and 2000°C,

respectively. The compressor pressure ratio is 5. Assume perfect turbomachinery.

(b) For zero pressure drops, determine the net work, the thermal efficiency, and

the heat exchanger exhaust temperature.

(c) If the coal has a heating value of 25,000 kJ/kg, what is the coal consumption

rate, in tons per hour, for a 50-MW plant?

5.17 A stationary gas turbine used to supply compressed air to a factory operates with

zero external shaft load. Derive an equation for the fraction of the compressor inlet air

that can be extracted ahead of the combustion chamber for process use in terms of the

compressor pressure ratio, the ratio of turbine-to-compressor inlet temperatures, and

the turbomachinery efficiencies. Plot the compressor mass extraction ratio as a

function of compressor pressure ratio for temperature ratios of 3 and 5, perfect

turbomachinery, and identical high- and low-temperature heat capacities.

5.18 A stationary gas turbine used to supply compressed air to a factory operates with

zero external shaft load. Derive an equation for the fraction of the inlet air that can be

extracted ahead of the combustion chamber for process use in terms of the compressor

pressure ratio, the ratio of turbine-to-compressor inlet temperatures, and the turbo-

machinery efficiencies. What is the extraction mass flow for a machine that has a

compressor pressure ratio of 10, turbomachine inlet temperatures of 1800°F and 80°F,

turbomachine efficiencies of 90%, and a compressor inlet mass flow rate of 15 lbm/s?

5.19 A stationary gas turbine used to supply compressed air to a factory operates with

zero external shaft load. Derive an equation for the fraction of the inlet air that can be

extracted ahead of the combustion chamber for process use in terms of the compressor

pressure ratio, the ratio of turbine-to-compressor inlet temperatures, and the turbo-

machinery efficiencies. What is the extraction mass flow for a machine that has a

compressor pressure ratio of 8, turbomachine inlet temperatures of 1000°C and 25°C,

turbomachine efficiencies of 90%, and a compressor inlet mass flow rate of 10 kg /s?

5.20 Do Exercise 5.18, but account for combustion chamber fractional pressure drops

218

of 3% and 5% of the burner inlet pressure. How does increased pressure loss influence

process mass flow?

5.21 Do Exercise 5.19, but account for combustion chamber fractional pressure drops

of 3% and 5% of the burner inlet pressure. How does increased pressure loss influence

process mass flow?

engine is a two-shaft regenerative gas turbine with compressor, gas generator turbine,

and power turbine efficiencies of 0.86, 0.9, and 0.87, respectively, and a regenerator

effectiveness of 0.72. The compressor pressure ratio is 3.7, and the turbine and

compressor inlet temperatures are 1800°F and 90°F, respectively. What air flow rate

does the engine require? What is the automobile exhaust temperature? What are the

engine fuel-air ratio and specific fuel consumption if the engine burns gaseous methane?

engine is a two-shaft regenerative gas turbine with compressor, gas generator turbine,

and power turbine efficiencies of 0.84, 0.87 and 0.9, respectively, and a regenerator

effectiveness of 0.75. The compressor pressure ratio is 4.3, and the turbine and

compressor inlet temperatures are 1250°C and 20°C, respectively. What air flow rate

does the engine require? What is the automobile exhaust temperature? What are the

engine fuel-air ratio and specific fuel consumption if the engine burns gaseous

hydrogen?

5.24 A simple-cycle gas turbine is designed for a turbine inlet temperature of 1450°F,

a compressor pressure ratio of 12, and compressor and turbine efficiencies of 84% and

88%, respectively. Ambient conditions are 85°F and 14.5 psia.

(a) Draw and label a T-s diagram for this engine.

(b) Determine the compressor, turbine, and net work for this cycle.

(c) Determine the engine thermal efficiency.

(d) Your supervisor has requested that you study the influence of replacing the

compressor with dual compressors and an intercooler. Assume that the new

compressors are identical to each other and have the same efficiencies and combined

overall pressure ratio as the original compressor. Assume intercooling to 85°F with no

intercooler pressure losses. Show clearly the T-s diagram for the modified system

superimposed on your original diagram. Calculate the revised system net work and

thermal efficiency.

5.25 Determine the air and kerosene flow rates for a 100-MW regenerative gas turbine

with 1800K turbine inlet temperature, compressor pressure ratio of 5, and 1 atm. and

300K ambient conditions. The compressor and turbine efficiencies are 81% and 88%,

respectively, and the heat exchanger effectiveness is 75%. Use a heating value for

kerosene of 45,840 kJ/kg. What is the engine specific fuel consumption?

219

5.26 A regenerative gas turbine has compressor and turbine discharge temperatures of

350K and 700K, respectively. Draw and label a T-s diagram showing the relevant

states. If the regenerator has an effectiveness of 70%, what are the combustor inlet

temperature and engine exhaust temperature?

5.27 A gas turbine has a turbine inlet temperature of 1100K, a turbine pressure ratio of

6, and a turbine efficiency of 90%. What are the turbine exit temperature and the

turbine work?

5.28 A two-shaft gas turbine with reheat has turbine inlet temperatures of 1500°F, a

compressor pressure ratio of 16, and turbomachine efficiencies of 88% each. The

compressor inlet conditions are 80°F and 1 atm. Assume that all heat capacities are

0.24 Btu/lbm-R and k = 1.4.

(a) Draw T-s and flow diagrams.

(b) Make a table of temperatures and pressures for all real states, in °R and atm.

(c) What are the compressor work and power turbine work?

(d) What is the power-turbine-to-compressor work ratio?

(e) What is the cycle thermal efficiency?

(f) Evaluate the recommendation to add a regenerator to the system. If a 4-count

(0.04) increase in thermal efficiency can be achieved, the addition of the regenerator is

considered economically feasible. Give your recommendation, supporting arguments,

and substantiating quantitative data.

5.29 Consider a gas turbine with compressor and turbine inlet temperatures of 80°F

and 1200°F, respectively. The turbine efficiency is 85%, and compressor pressure

ratio is 8.

(a) Draw coordinated T-s and plant diagrams.

(b) What is the turbine work?

(c) What is the minimum compressor efficiency required for the gas turbine to

produce a net power output?

(d) What is the thermal efficiency if the compressor efficiency is raised to 85%?

5.30 The first closed-cycle gas turbine power plant in the world using helium as a

working fluid is a 50-MW plant located in Oberhausen, Germany (ref. 8). It was

designed as an operating power plant and as a research facility to study aspects of

component design and performance with helium as a working fluid. It has two

compressors, with intercooling, connected directly to a high-pressure turbine. The high-

pressure turbine is in turn connected through a gearbox to a low-pressure turbine with

no reheat. Helium is heated first by regenerator, followed by a specially designed

heater that burns coke-oven gas. A water-cooled pre-cooler returns the helium to the

low-pressure compressor inlet conditions. The high-pressure turbine mass flow rate is

84.4 kg/s, and the heater efficiency is 92.2%. The following design data are given in

the reference:

220

(a) Sketch and label flow and T-s diagrams for the plant.

(b) What is the overall engine pressure ratio of the gas turbine?

(c) Estimate the mechanical power output and plant thermal efficiency. Reference

8 gives 50-MW and 31.3% as net electrical output and efficiency, respectively.

Evaluate your calculations with these data.

5.31 Determine the thrust for a turbojet engine flying at 200 m/s with a compressor

inlet temperature of 27°C, a compressor pressure ratio of 11, a turbine inlet

temperature of 1400K, and compressor and turbine efficiencies of 0.85 and 0.9,

respectively. The engine mass flow rate is 20 kg/s. You may use k = 1.4 and cp =

1.005 kJ/kg-K throughout and neglect the differences between static and stagnation

properties in the turbomachinery. Assume an ambient pressure of 0.2615 atmospheres.

5.32 The gas generator of a two-shaft gas turbine has a compressor pressure ratio of 5

and compressor and turbine inlet temperatures of 80°F and 2000°F, respectively, at sea

level. All turbomachines have efficiencies of 90%, and the inlet air flow is 50 lbm/s.

(a) What are the net work, pressure ratio, and horsepower of the power turbine

and the cycle efficiency?

(b) Suppose the power turbine is removed and the gas generator exhaust gas flows

isentropically through a convergent-divergent propulsion nozzle that is fully expanded

(exit pressure is ambient). What are the nozzle exhaust velocity and the static thrust?

(c) Repeat part (b) for a choked conversion nozzle.

5.33 A gas turbine with reheat has two turbines with efficiencies e1 and e2. Derive

relations for the turbine pressure ratios r1 and r2 that maximize the total turbine work

for a given overall turbine pressure ratio, r, if both turbines have the same inlet

temperature. How do the pressure ratios compare if the turbine efficiencies are equal?

221

If the efficiency of one turbine is 50% higher than the other, what is the optimum

pressure ratio?

tabulates and plots (a) the net work, nondimensionalized by using the product of the

compressor constant-pressure heat capacity and the compressor inlet temperature, and

(b) the thermal efficiency, both as a function of compressor pressure ratio (only one

graph with two curves). Use 80°F and 2000°F as compressor and turbine inlet

temperatures, respectively, and 0.85 and 0.90 as compressor and turbine efficiencies,

respectively. Use appropriate constant heat capacities. Each of the input values should

be entered in separate cells in each column so that the spreadsheet may be used for

studies with other parametric values. Use your plot and table to determine the pressure

ratio that yields the maximum net work. Compare with your theoretical expectation.

5.35* Solve Exercise 5.34 for a regenerative cycle. Use a nominal value of 0.8 for

regenerator effectiveness.

5.36* Solve Exercise 5.34 for a two-shaft regenerative cycle. Use a nominal value of

0.8 for regenerator effectiveness and 0.88 for the power turbine efficiency. Account

also for 3% pressure losses in both sides of the regenerator.

5.37 For the conditions of Exercise 5.31, but using more realistic properties in the

engine hot sections, plot curves of thrust and specific fuel consumption as a function of

gaseous hydrogen air-fuel ratio. Determine the maximum thrust corresponding to the

stoichiometric limit for gaseous hydrogen fuel.

5.38* Use the spreadsheet corresponding to Table 5.4 to plot a graph showing the

influence of turbine inlet temperature on net work and thermal efficiency for two-shaft

gas turbines, with and without regeneration, for a compressor pressure ratio of 4.

5.39 Extend Example 5.6 by using hand calculations to evaluate the thrust and the

thrust specific fuel consumption for the engine if it were fitted with a fully expanded

(exit pressure equal to ambient pressure) convergent-divergent isentropic nozzle.

5.40* Modify the spreadsheet corresponding to Table 5.6 to evaluate the thrust and the

thrust specific fuel consumption for the engine if it were fitted with a fully expanded

(exit pressure equal to ambient pressure) convergent-divergent isentropic nozzle.

5.41 A gas turbine engine is being designed to provide work and a hot, high-velocity

exhaust flow. The compressor will have a pressure ratio of 4 and an isentropic

efficiency of 90% at the design point. The compressor and load are driven by separate

___________________

* Exercise numbers with asterisks involve computer usage.

222

turbines, but the overall expansion pressure ratio across the turbines will be 3 to 1, and

the efficiency of each turbine will be 90%. The exhaust of the low-pressure turbine is

expanded through a convergent nozzle to provide the high-velocity exhaust. At the

design point the turbine inflow air temperature will be held to 1140°F, and the air flow

rate will be 300,000 pounds mass per hour. Ambient conditions are 60°F and 14.7 psia.

Calculate the brake power of the engine, in kW, and the temperatures at the entrance

and the exit of nozzle.

5.42 A ramjet is a jet engine that flies at speeds high enough that the pressure rise

produced by ram effect in the inlet makes a compressor and turbine unnecessary. At

50,000 feet and Mach 3, the inlet has a stagnation pressure recovery of 85%.

Combustion raises the air temperature to 2500K. What is the thrust per unit mass flow

rate of air and the exit velocity of the engine if the nozzle is (a) convergent, and (b)

fully expanded (exit pressure equal to ambient pressure) convergent-divergent?

5.43 Using the First Law of Thermodynamics, derive an equation for the work of

compression in a reversible steady flow in terms of volume and pressure. Use the

equation to derive an expression for the reversible isothermal work of compression of a

calorically perfect gas, with compressor pressure ratio as an independent variable.

compressions starting at the same state and having the same pressure ratio. Show for a

thermally perfect gas that, at a given state, the isentrope has a steeper (negative) slope

than an isotherm. Use your diagram to prove that the isothermal work of compression

is less than the isentropic work.

5.45 A supersonic aircraft flies at Mach 2 at an altitude of 40,000 feet. Its engines

have a compressor pressure ratio of 20 and a turbine inlet temperature of 2000°F. The

inlets have total pressure recoveries of 89%, the compressors and turbines all have

efficiencies of 90%, and the nozzles are convergent and isentropic. Determine the

nozzle exit velocity and thrust, and estimate the thrust specific fuel consumption of

each engine. The mass flow rate of air of each engine is 750 lbm/s. Use a fuel heating

value of 18,533 Btu/lbm.

5.46 A supersonic aircraft flies at Mach 2 at an altitude of 13,000 m. Its engines have

a compressor pressure ratio of 20 and a turbine inlet temperature of 1500K. The inlets

have total pressure recoveries of 89%, the compressors and turbines all have

efficiencies of 90%, and the nozzles are convergent and isentropic. Determine the

nozzle exit velocity and thrust, and estimate the thrust specific fuel consumption of an

engine for an engine air mass flow rate of 100 kg /s. Use a fuel heating value of 43,100

kJ/kg.

5.47 A supersonic aircraft flies at Mach 2 at an altitude of 40,000 feet. Its engines

223

have a compressor pressure ratio of 20 and a turbine inlet temperature of 2000°F. The

inlets have total pressure recoveries of 89%, and the compressors and turbines all have

efficiencies of 90%. The engines have afterburners that raise the temperature of the gas

entering the nozzles to 3000°F. The nozzles are convergent and isentropic. Compare

the design thrust and thrust specific fuel consumption with the afterburner on and off

for an engine air mass flow rate of 100 lbm/s.

5.48* For a simple-cycle gas turbine, develop a multicolumn spreadsheet that tabulates

and plots (a) the net work, nondimensionalized by using the compressor constant-

pressure heat capacity and the compressor inlet temperature, and (b) the thermal

efficiency, as a function of compressor pressure ratio (only one graph with two curves).

Use 30° C and 1500°C as compressor and turbine inlet temperatures, respectively, and

0.85 and 0.90 as compressor and turbine efficiencies, respectively. Assume appropriate

constant heat capacities. Each of the input values should be entered in separate cells in

each column, so that the spreadsheet may be used for studies with other parametric

values. Use your plot and table to determine the pressure ratio that yields the

maximum net work. Compare with your theoretical expectation.

5.49* Solve Exercise 5.48 for a regenerative cycle. Use a nominal value of 0.85 for

regenerator effectiveness.

5.50 Methane is burned in an adiabatic gas turbine combustor. The fuel enters the

combustor at the reference temperature for the JANAF tables and mixes with air

compressed from 80°F through a pressure ratio of 16 with a compressor efficiency of

90.5%. Determine the equivalence ratio that limits the turbine inlet temperature to

2060°F by:

(a) Using the JANAF tables.

(b) Using an energy balance on the combustion chamber and the lower heating

value for methane.

224

CHAPTER 6

RECIPROCATING INTERNAL

COMBUSTION ENGINES

6.1 Introduction

Perhaps the best-known engine in the world is the reciprocating internal combustion

(IC) engine. Virtually every person who has driven an automobile or pushed a power

lawnmower has used one. By far the most widely used IC engine is the spark-ignition

gasoline engine, which takes us to school and work and on pleasure jaunts. Although

others had made significant contributions, Niklaus Otto is generally credited with the

invention of the engine and with the statement of its theoretical cycle.

Another important engine is the reciprocating engine that made the name of Rudolf

Diesel famous. The Diesel engine, the workhorse of the heavy truck industry, is widely

used in industrial power and marine applications. It replaced the reciprocating steam

engine in railroad locomotives about fifty years ago and remains dominant in that role

today.

The piston, cylinder, crank, and connecting rod provide the geometric basis of the

reciprocating engine. While two-stroke-cycle engines are in use and of continuing

interest, the discussion here will emphasize the more widely applied four-stroke-cycle

engine. In this engine the piston undergoes two mechanical cycles for each

thermodynamic cycle. The intake and compression processes occur in the first two

strokes, and the power and exhaust processes in the last two. These processes are made

possible by the crank-slider mechanism, discussed next.

ism. Diagramed in Figure 6.1, this mechanism is one of several capable of producing

the straight-line, backward-and-forward motion known as reciprocating. Fundament-

ally, the crank-slider converts rotational motion into linear motion, or vice-versa. With

a piston as the slider moving inside a fixed cylinder, the mechanism provides the vital

capability of a gas engine: the ability to compress and expand a gas. Before delving into

this aspect of the engine, however, let us examine the crank-slider mechanism more

closely.

225

It is evident from Figure 6.2 that, while the crank arm rotates through 180°, the

piston moves from the position known as top-center (TC) to the other extreme, called

bottom-center (BC). During this period the piston travels a distance, S, called the

stroke, that is twice the length of the crank.

For an angular velocity of the crank, T, the crank pin A has a tangential velocity

component TS/2. It is evident that, at TC and at BC, the crank pin velocity component

in the piston direction, and hence the piston velocity, is zero. At these points,

corresponding to crank angle 2 = 0° and 180°, the piston reverses direction. Thus as 2

varies from 0° to 180°, the piston velocity accelerates from 0 to a maximum and then

returns to 0. A similar behavior exists between 180° and 360°.

The connecting rod is a two-force member; hence it is evident that there are both

axial and lateral forces on the piston at crank angles other than 0° and 180°. These

lateral forces are, of course, opposed by the cylinder walls. The resulting lateral force

component normal to the cylinder wall gives rise to frictional forces between the piston

rings and cylinder. It is evident that the normal force, and thus the frictional force,

alternates from one side of the piston to the other during each cycle. Thus the piston

motion presents a challenging lubrication problem for the control and reduction of both

wear and energy loss.

The position of the piston with respect to the crank centerline is given by

Thus, while the axial component of the motion of the crank pin is simple harmonic,

xA = (S/2)cos2, the motion of the piston and piston pin is more complex. It may be

226

seen from Equation (6.2), however, that as S/L becomes small, the piston motion

approaches simple harmonic. This becomes physically evident when it is recognized

that, in this limit, the connecting rod angle, N , approaches 0 and the piston motion

approaches the axial motion of the crank pin. Equations (6.1) and (6.2) may be used to

predict component velocities, accelerations, and forces in the engine.

The volume swept by the piston as it passes from TC to BC is called the piston

displacement, disp. Engine displacement, DISP, is then the product of the piston

displacement and the number of cylinders, DISP = (n)(disp). The piston displacement is

the product of the piston cross-sectional area and the stroke. The cylinder inside

diameter (and, approximately, also the piston diameter) is called its bore. Cylinder bore,

stroke, and number of cylinders are usually quoted in engine specifications along with

or instead of engine displacement. It will be seen later that the power output of a

reciprocating engine is proportional to its displacement. An engine of historical interest

that also used the crank-slider mechanism is discussed in the next section.

Lenoir. His engine, introduced in 1860, used a crank-slider-piston-cylinder arrangement

227

in which a combustible mixture confined between the piston and cylinder is ignited after

TC. The resulting combustion gas pressure forces acting on the piston deliver work by

way of the connecting rod to the rotating crank. When the piston is at BC, combustion

gases are allowed to escape. The rotational momentum of the crank system drives the

piston toward TC, expelling additional gases as it goes. A fresh combustible mixture is

again admitted to the combustion chamber (cylinder) and the cycle is repeated.

The theoretical Lenoir cycle, shown in Figure 6.3 on a pressure-volume diagram,

consists of the intake of the working fluid (a combustible mixture) from state 0 to state

1, a constant-volume temperature and pressure rise from state 1 to state 2, approxim-

ating the combustion process, an isentropic expansion of the combustion gases to state

3, and a constant-pressure expulsion of residual gases back to state 0. Note that a

portion of the piston displacement, from state 0 to state 1, is used to take in the

combustible mixture and does not participate in the power stroke from state 2 to state

3. The engine has been called an explosion engine because the power delivered is due

only to the extremely rapid combustion pressure rise or explosion of the mixture in the

confined space of the cylinder.

Hundreds of Lenoir engines were used in the nineteenth century, but the engine is

quite inefficient by todays standards. In 1862, Beau de Rochas pointed out that the

228

by compression of the air-fuel mixture prior to combustion. In 1876 Niklaus Otto (who

is thought to have been unaware of Rochas’ suggestion) demonstrated an engine that

incorporated this important feature, as described next.

The Otto cycle is the theoretical cycle commonly used to represent the processes in

the spark ignition (SI) internal combustion engine. It is assumed that a fixed mass of

working fluid is confined in the cylinder by a piston that moves from BC to TC and

back, as shown in Figure 6.4. The cycle consists of isentropic compression of an

air-fuel mixture from state 1 to state 2, constant-volume combustion to state 3,

isentropic expansion of the combustion gases to state 4, and a constant-volume heat

rejection back to state 1. The constant-volume heat rejection is a simple expedient to

close the cycle. It obviates the need to represent the complex expansion and outflow of

229

combustion gases from the cylinder at the end of the cycle. Note that the Otto cycle is

not concerned with the induction of the air-fuel mixture or with the expulsion of

residual combustion gases. Thus only two mechanical strokes of the crank-slider are

needed in the Otto cycle, even when it is used to represent an ideal four-stroke-cycle

Otto engine. In this case the remaining strokes are used to execute the necessary intake

and exhaust functions. Because it involves only two strokes, the Otto cycle may also

represent a two-stroke-cycle engine. The two-stroke-cycle engine is in principle

capable of as much work in one rotation of the crank as the four-stroke engine is in

two. However, it is difficult to implement because of the necessity of making the

intake and exhaust functions a part of those two strokes. It is therefore not as highly

developed or widely used as the four-stroke-cycle engine. We will focus on the four-

stroke-cycle here.

The simplest analysis of the Otto cycle assumes calorically perfect air as the work-

ing fluid in what is called the Air Standard cycle analysis. Following the notation of

Figure 6.4, the compression process can be represented by the isentropic relation for a

calorically perfect gas, Equation (1.21), as

cating engines. The diagram shows that the expansion ratio for the engine, V4 /V3, has

the same value, V1/V2. The clearance volume, V2, is the volume enclosed between the

cylinder head and the piston at TC. Thus the compression ratio may be expressed as the

ratio of the sum of the clearance and displacement volumes to the clearance volume:

Thus, for a given displacement, the compression ratio may be increased by reducing the

clearance volume.

The efficiency of the cycle can be most easily determined by considering constant-

volume-process heat transfers and the First Law cyclic integral relation, Equation (1.3).

The heat transferred in the processes 2$3 and 4$1 are

and

Both the expansion process, 3$4, and the compression process, 1$2, are assumed to

be isentropic. Thus, by definition, they are both adiabatic. From the cyclic integral, the

net work per unit mass is then:

230

As before, the cycle thermal efficiency is the ratio of the net work to the external heat

supplied:

where Equation (1.20) has been used to eliminate the temperatures. Equation (6.7)

shows that increasing compression ratio increases the cycle thermal efficiency. This is

true for real engines as well as for the idealized Otto engine. The ways in which real

spark ignition engine cycles deviate from the theoretical Otto cycle are discussed later.

EXAMPLE 6.1

An Otto engine takes in an air-fuel mixture at 80°F and standard atmosphere presssure.

It has a compression ratio of 8. Using Air Standard cycle analysis, a heating value of

20,425 Btu/lbm, and A/F = 15, determine:

(a) The temperature and pressure at the end of compression, after combustion, and

at the end of the power stroke.

(b) The net work per pound of working fluid.

(c) The thermal efficiency.

Solution

We use the notation of Figure 6.4:

(b) The constant-volume heat addition is governed by the fuel-air ratio and the fuel

heating value:

231

(c) The cycle termal efficiency may then be determined from the definition of the

heat engine thermal efficiency or Equation (6.7):

_____________________________________________________________________

In view of the discussion of gas properties and dissociation in Chapter 3, the values

of T3 and T4 in Example 6.1 are unrealistically high. Much of the energy released by the

fuel would go into vibration and dissociation of the gas molecules rather than into the

translational and rotational degrees of freedom represented by the temperature. As a

result, significantly lower temperatures would be obtained. Thus, while the analysis is

formally correct, the use of constant-low-temperature heat capacities in the Air

Standard cycle makes it a poor model for predicting temperature extremes when high

energy releases occur. Some improvement is achieved by using constant-high-

temperature heat capacities, but the best results would be achieved by the use of real

gas properties, as discussed in several of the references.

avoid the difficulties of modeling the complex processes that take place in the

combustion chamber of the SI engine. These processes, in reality, take place over a

crank angle span of 30° or more around TC. Let us consider aspects of these processes

and their implementation in more detail.

Normally, the mixture in the combustion chamber must have an air-fuel ratio in the

neighborhood of the stoichiometric value for satisfactory combustion. A more or less

homogeneous mixture may be produced outside the cylinder in a carburetor, by

injection into the intake manifold, or by throttle-body injection into a header serving

several intake manifolds. In the case of the carburetor, fuel is drawn into the engine

from the carburetor by the low pressure created in a venturi through which the

combustion air flows. As a result, increased air flow causes lower venturi pressure and

hence increased fuel flow. The fuel system thus serves to provide an air-fuel mixture

that remains close to the stoichiometric ratio for a range of air flow rates. Various

devices designed into the carburetor further adjust the fuel flow for the special

operating conditions encountered, such as idling and rapid acceleration.

Maximum fuel economy is usually attained with excess air to ensure that all of the

fuel is burned. A mixture with excess air is called a lean mixture. The carburetor

232

On the other hand, maximum power is achieved with excess fuel to assure that all

of the oxygen in the air in the combustion chamber is reacted. It is a matter of exploit-

ing the full power-producing capability of the displacement volume. A mixture with

excess fuel is called a rich mixture. The automotive carburetor produces a rich mixture

during acceleration by supplying extra fuel to the air entering the intake manifold.

The equivalence ratio is sometimes used to characterize the mixture ratio, whether

rich or lean. The equivalence ratio, M, is defined as the ratio of the actual fuel-air ratio

to the stoichiometric fuel-air ratio. Thus M > 1 represents a rich mixture and M < 1

represents a lean mixture. In terms of air-fuel ratio, M = (A/F)stoich /(A/F).

Homogeneous air-fuel mixtures close to stoichiometric may ignite spontaneously

(that is, without a spark or other local energy source) if the mixture temperature

exceeds a temperature called the autoignition temperature. If the mixture is brought to

and held at a temperature higher than the autoignition temperature, there is a period of

delay before spontaneous ignition or autoignition This time interval is called the

ignition delay, or ignition lag. The ignition delay depends on the characteristics of the

fuel and the equivalence ratio and usually decreases with increasing temperature.

In spark-ignition engines, compression ratios and therefore the temperatures at the

end of compression are low enough that the air-fuel mixture is ignited by the spark plug

before spontaneous ignition can occur. SI engines are designed so that a flame front

will propagate smoothly from the spark plug into the unburned mixture until all of the

mixture has been ignitied. However, as the flame front progresses, the temperature and

pressure of the combustion gases behind it rise due to the release of the chemical

energy of the fuel. As the front propagates, it compresses and heats the unburned

mixture, sometimes termed the end-gas. Combustion is completed as planned when the

front smoothly passes completely through the end-gas without autoignition. However,

if the end-gas autoignites, a pinging or low-pitched sound called knock is heard.

The avoidance of knock due to autoignition of the end-gas is a major constraint on

the design compression ratio of an SI engine. If hot spots or thermally induced

compression of the end-gas ignite it before the flame front does, there is a more rapid

release of chemical energy from the end-gas than during normal combustion. Knock is

sometimes thought of as an explosion of the end gas that creates an abrupt pulse and

pressure waves that race back and forth across the cylinder at high speed, producing

the familiar pinging or low-pitched sound associated with knock. Knock not only

reduces engine performance but produces rapid wear and objectionable noise in the

engine. Thus it is important for a SI engine fuel to have a high autoignition

temperature. It is therefore important for SI engine fuel to have a high autoignition

temperature. Thus the knock characteristics of commercially available fuels limit the

maximum allowable design compression ratio for SI engines and hence limit their best

efficiency.

The octane number is a measure of a gasoline's ability to avoid knock. Additives

such as tetraethyl lead have been used in the past to suppress engine knock. However,

the accumulation of lead in the environment and its penetration into the food cycle has

233

resulted in the phaseout of lead additives. Instead refineries now use appropriate blends

of hydrocarbons as a substitute for lead additives in unleaded fuels.

The octane number of a fuel is measured in a special variable-compression-ratio

engine called a CFR (Cooperative Fuels Research) engine. The octane rating of a fuel is

determined by comparison of its knocking characteristics with those of different

mixtures of isooctane, C8H18, and n-heptane, C7H16. One hundred percent isooctane is

defined as having an octane number of 100 because it had the highest resistance to

knock at the time the rating system was devised. On the other hand, n-heptane is

assigned a value of 0 on the octane number scale because of its very poor knock

resistance. If a gasoline tested in the CFR engine has the same knock threshold as a

blend of 90% isooctane and 10% n-heptane, the fuel is assigned an octane rating of 90.

In combustion chamber design, the designer attempts to balance many factors to

achieve good performance. Design considerations include locating intake valves away

from and exhaust valves near spark plugs, to keep end-gas in a relatively cool area of

the combustion chamber and thereby suppress hot-surface-induced autoignition

tendencies. Valves are, of course, designed as large as possible to reduce induction and

exhaust flow restrictions. More than one intake and one exhaust valve per cylinder are

now used in some engines to improve “engine breathing.” In some engines, four valves

in a single cylinder are employed for this purpose. The valves are also designed to

induce swirl and turbulence to promote mixing of fuel and air and to improve

combustion stability and burning rate.

Pollution and fuel economy considerations have in recent years profoundly

influenced overall engine and combustion chamber design. Stratified-charge engines,

for example, attempt to provide a locally rich combustion region to control peak

temperatures and thus suppress NOx formation. The resulting combustion gases

containing unburned fuel then mix with surrounding lean mixture to complete the

combustion process, thus eliminating CO and unburned hydrocarbons from the exhaust.

These processes occur at lower temperatures than in conventional combustion chamber

designs and therefore prevent significant nitrogen reactions.

In an earlier section, the theoretical work per unit mass of working fluid of the Otto

engine was evaluated for a single cycle of the engine, using the cyclic integral of the

First Law of Thermodynamics. The work done by pressure forces acting on a piston

can also be evaluated as the integral of pdV. It is evident therefore that the work done

during a single engine cycle is the area enclosed by the cycle process curves on the

pressure-volume diagram. Thus, instead of using the cyclic integral or evaluating pdV

for each process of the cycle, the work of a reciprocating engine can be found by

drawing the theoretical process curves on the p–V diagram and graphically integrating

them. Such a plot of pressure versus volume for any reciprocating engine, real or

theoretical, is called an indicator diagram.

234

engine indicator was used to produce indicator cards or diagrams to determine the

work per cycle for slow-running steam and gas reciprocating engines. The indicator

card was attached to a cylinder that rotated back and forth on its axis as the piston

oscillated, thus generating a piston position (volume) coordinate. At the same time a

pen driven by a pressure signal from the engine cylinder moved parallel to the cylinder

axis, scribing the p-V diagram over and over on the card. The work of high speed

engines is still evaluated from traces of pressure obtained with electronic sensors and

displayed on electronic monitors and through digital techniques.

The work done per cycle (from an indicator card, for instance) can be represented

as an average pressure times a volume. Because the displacement volumes of engines

are usually known, an engine performance parameter known as the mean effective

pressure, MEP, is defined in terms of the piston displacement. The mean effective

pressure is defined as the value of the pressure obtained by dividing the net work per

cylinder per cycle at a given operating condition by the piston displacement volume:

producing net work.

The power output of an engine with identical cylinders may be represented as the

product of the work per cycle and the number of cycles executed per unit time by the

engine. Thus if the engine has n cylinders, each executing N identical thermodynamic

cycles per unit time, and delivering W work units per cylinder, with a piston

displacement, disp, the power output is given by

Expressed for the entire engine, the engine displacement is DISP = n(disp and the

engine work is MEP (DISP. Hence the engine power is:

where N, the number of thermodynamic cycles of a cylinder per unit time, is the number

of crank-shaft revolutions per unit time for a two-stroke-cycle engine and one-half of

the revolutions per unit time for a four-stroke-cycle engine. The factor of ½ for the

four-stroke-cycle engine arises because one thermodynamic cycle is executed each time

the crank rotates through two revolutions.

EXAMPLE 6.2

four-stroke-cycle engine having an MEP of 120 psi?

235

Solution

From Equation (6.10), the displacement of the engine is

_____________________________________________________________________

If the work is evaluated from an indicator diagram the work is called indicated

work; the MEP is called the indicated mean effective pressure, IMEP; and the power is

indicated power, IP. Note that the indicated work and power, being associated with the

work done by the combustion chamber gases on the piston, do not account for

frictional or mechanical losses in the engine, such as piston-cylinder friction or the drag

of moving parts (like connecting rods) as they move through air or lubricating oil.

Another way of evaluating engine performance is to attach the engine output shaft

to a device known as a dynamometer, or brake. The dynamometer measures the

torque, T, applied by the engine at a given rotational speed. The power is then

calculated from the relation

A simple device called a prony brake, which was used in the past, demonstrates the

concept for the measurement of the shaft torque of engines. Figure 6.5 shows the prony

brake configuration in which a stationary metal band wrapped around the rotating

flywheel of the engine resists the torque transmitted to it by friction. The product of the

force measured by a spring scale, w, and the moment arm, d , gives the resisting torque.

The power dissipated is then given by 2B(rpm)w (d.

Modern devices such as water brakes and electrical dynamometers long ago

replaced the prony brake. The water brake is like a centrifugal water pump with no

outflow, mounted on low-friction bearings, and driven by the test engine. As with the

prony brake, the force required to resist turning of the brake (pump) housing provides

the torque data. This, together with speed measurement, yields the power output from

Equation (6.11). The power dissipated appears as increased temperature of the water

in the brake and heat transfer from the brake. Cool water is circulated slowly through

the brake to maintain a steady operating condition. The torque measured in this way is

called the brake torque, BT, and the resulting power is called the brake power, BP. To

summarize: while indicated parameters relate to gas forces in the cylinder, brake

parameters deal with output shaft forces.

Thus the brake power differs from the indicated power in that it accounts for the

effect of all of the energy losses in the engine. The difference between the two is

referred to as the friction power, FP. Thus FP = IP – BP.

236

Friction power varies with engine speed and is difficult to measure directly. An

engine is sometimes driven without fuel by a motor-dynamometer to evaluate friction

power. An alternative to using friction power to relate brake and indicated power is

through the engine mechanical efficiency, 0m:

Because of friction, the brake power of an engine is always less than the indicated

power; hence the engine mechanical efficiency must be less than 1. Clearly, mechanical

efficiencies as close to 1 as possible are desired.

The engine indicated power can also be expressed in terms of torque, through

Equation (6.11). Thus an indicated torque, IT, can be defined. Similarly, a brake mean

effective pressure, BMEP, may be defined that, when multiplied by the engine displace-

ment and speed, yields the brake power, analogous to Equation (6.10). Table 6.1

summarizes these and other performance parameters and relations.

The thermal efficiency, as for other engines, is a measure of the fuel economy of a

reciprocating engine. It tells the amount of power output that can be achieved for a

given rate of heat release from the fuel. The rate of energy release is, in turn, the

product of the rate of fuel flow and the fuel heating value. Thus, for a given thermal

efficiency, power output can be increased by employing a high fuel flow rate and/or

selecting a fuel with a high heat of combustion.

If the thermal efficiency is evaluated using the brake power, it is called the brake

thermal efficiency, BTE. If the evaluation uses the indicated power, it is called the

indicated thermal efficiency, ITE.

237

economy in terms of a parameter called the specific fuel consumption, SFC, analogous

to the thrust specific fuel consumption used to describe jet engine performance. The

specific fuel consumption is defined as the ratio of the fuel-mass flow rate to the power

output. Typical units are pounds per horsepower-hour or kilograms per kilowatt-hour.

Obviously, good fuel economy is indicated by low values of SFC. The SFC is called

brake specific fuel consumption, BSFC, if it is defined using brake power or indicated

specific fuel consumption, ISFC, when based on indicated power. The SFC for a

reciprocating engine is analogous to the heat rate for a steam power plant in that both

are measures of the rate of energy supplied per unit of power output, and in that low

values of both are desirable.

Volumetric Efficiency

The theoretical energy released during the combustion process is the product of the

mass of fuel contained in the combustion chamber and its heating value if the fuel is

completely reacted. The more air that can be packed into the combustion chamber, the

Table 6.1 Engine Performance Parameters

Indicated Brake Friction

m = BMEP / IMEP

Power IP BP FP = IP – BP

m = BHP / IHP

Torque IT BT FT = IT – BT

m = BT / IT

Thermal efficiency ITE BTE m = BTE / ITE

Specific fuel consumption ISFC BSFC m = ISFC / BSFC

more fuel that can be burned with it. Thus a measure of the efficiency of the induction

system is of great importance. The volumetric efficiency, 0v, is the ratio of the actual

mass of mixture in the combustion chamber to the mass of mixture that the displace-

ment volume could hold if the mixture were at ambient (free-air) density. Thus the

average mass-flow rate of air through a cylinder is 0v (disp) DaN. Pressure losses

across intake and exhaust valves, combustion-chamber clearance volume, the influence

of hot cylinder walls on mixture density, valve timing, and gas inertia effects all

influence the volumetric efficiency.

EXAMPLE 6.3

mean effective pressure of five atmospheres using octane fuel with an equivalence ratio

238

of 0.9. The brake torque at this condition is 250 lbf–ft., and the volumetric efficiency is

85%. Each cylinder has a five inch bore and 6 inch stroke. Ambient conditions are

14.7 psia and 40°F. What is the indicated horsepower, brake horsepower, and friction

horsepower; the mechanical efficiency; the fuel flow rate; and the BSFC?

Solution

The six cylinders have a total displacement of

Then the friction power is the difference between the indicated and brake power:

0m = 142.8/196.8 = 0.726

239

____________________________________________________________________

A typical indicator diagram showing intake and exhaust processes, valve actuation,

and spark timing for a four-stroke-cycle SI engine is shown in Figure 6.6. It is assumed

that an appropriate air-fuel mixture is supplied from a carburetor through an intake

manifold to an intake valve, IV, and that the combustion gas is discharged through an

exhaust valve, EV, into an exhaust manifold.

The induction of the air-fuel mixture starts with the opening of the intake valve at

point A just before TC. As the piston sweeps to the right, the mixture is drawn into the

cylinder through the IV. The pressure in the cylinder is somewhat below that in the

intake manifold due to the pressure losses across the intake valve. In order to use the

momentum of the mixture inflow through the valve at the end of the intake stroke to

improve the volumetric efficiency, intake valve closure is delayed to shortly after BC at

point B. Power supplied from inertia of a flywheel (and the other rotating masses in the

engine) drives the piston to the left, compressing and raising the temperature of the

trapped mixture.

The combustion process in a properly operating SI engine is progressive in that the

reaction starts at the spark plug and progresses into the unburned mixture at a finite

speed. Thus the combustion process takes time and cannot be executed instantaneously

as implied by the theoretical cycle. In order for the process to take place as near to TC

as possible, the spark plug is fired at point S. The number of degrees of crank rotation

before TC at which the spark occurs is called the ignition advance. Advances of 10° to

30° are common, depending on speed and load. The spark advance may be controlled

by devices that sense engine speed and intake manifold pressure. Microprocessors are

now used to control spark advance and other functions, based on almost instantaneous

engine performance measurements.

Recalling the slider-crank analysis, we observ that the piston velocity at top center

is momentarily zero as the piston changes direction. Therefore no work can be done at

this point, regardless of the magnitude of the pressure force. Thus, to maximize the

work output, it is desired to have the maximum cylinder pressure occur at about 20°

after TC. Adjustment of the spark advance (in degrees before TC) allows some control

of the combustion process and the timing of peak pressure. For a fixed combustion

duration, the combustion crank-angle interval must increase with engine speed. As a

consequence, the ignition advance must increase with increasing engine speed to

240

Following combustion, the piston continues toward bottom center as the high

pressure gases expand and do work on the piston during the power stroke. As the

piston approaches BC, the gases do little work on the piston as its velocity again

approaches zero. As a result, not much work is lost by early opening of the exhaust

valve before BC (at point E) to start the blowdown portion of the exhaust process. It is

expedient to sacrifice a little work during the end of the power stroke in order to

reduce the work needed to overcome an otherwise-high exhaust stroke cylinder

pressure. Inertia of the gas in the cylinder and resistance to flow through the exhaust

valve opening slow the drop of gas pressure in the cylinder after the valve opens.

Thus the gases at point E are at a pressure above the exhaust manifold pressure and,

during blowdown, rush out through the EV at high speed. Following blowdown, gases

remaining in the cylinder are then expelled as the piston returns to TC. They remain

above exhaust manifold pressure until reaching TC because of the flow resistance of the

exhaust valve. The EV closes shortly after TC at point C, terminating the exhaust

process. The period of overlap at TC between the intake valve opening at point A and

exhaust valve closing at point C in Figure 6.6 allows more time for the intake and

exhaust processes at high engine speeds, when about 10 milliseconds may be available

for these processes. At low engine speed and at idling there may be some mixture loss

through the exhaust valve and discharge into the intake manifold during this valve

overlap period.

The combined exhaust and induction processes are seen to form a “pumping loop”

that traverses the p-V diagram in a counterclockwise direction and therefore

241

represents work input rather than work production. The higher the exhaust stroke

pressure and the lower the intake stroke pressure, the greater the area of the pumping

loop and hence the greater the work that must be supplied by the power loop

(clockwise) to compensate. Great attention is therefore paid to valve design and other

engine characteristics that influence the exhaust and induction processes. Volumetric

efficiency is a major parameter that indicates the degree of success of these efforts.

Performance Characteristics

A given ideal Otto-cycle engine produces a certain amount of work per cycle. For such

a cycle, MEP = W/disp is a constant. Equating the power equations (6.9) and (6.11)

shows that the average torque is proportional to MEP and independent of engine

engine speed. Therefore power output for the ideal engine is directly proportional to

the number of cycles executed per unit time, or to engine speed. Thus an Otto engine

has ideal torque and power characteristics, as shown by the solid lines in Figure 6.7.

The characteristics of real engines (represented by the dashed lines) tend to be

similar in nature to the ideal characteristics but suffer from speed-sensitive effects,

particularly at low or high speeds. Torque and power characteristics for a 3.1 liter V6

engine (ref. 9) are shown by the solid lines in Figure 6.8. Note the flatness of the

torque-speed curve and the expected peaking of the power curve at higher speed than

the torque curve. Rather than present graphical characteristics such as this in their

242

brochures, automobile manufacturers usually present only values for the maximum

power and torque and the speeds at which they occur. Engine characteristics such as

those shown in the figure are invaluable to application engineers seeking a suitable

engine for use in a product.

The ideal Diesel cycle differs from the Otto cycle in that combustion is at constant

pressure rather than constant volume. The ideal cycle, shown in Figure 6.9, is

commonly implemented in a reciprocating engine in which air is compressed without

fuel from state 1 to state 2. With a typically high compression ratio, state 2 is at a

temperature high enough that fuel will ignite spontaneously when sprayed directly into

the air in the combustion chamber from a high-pressure fuel injection system.

By controlling the fuel injection rate and thus the rate of chemical energy release in

relation to the rate of expansion of the combustion gases after state 2, a constant-

243

pressure process or other energy release pattern may be achieved as in Figure 6.9. For

example, if the energy release rate is high, then pressure may rise, as from 2 to 3', and

if low may fall to 3''. Thus constant-pressure combustion made possible by controlling

the rate of fuel injection into the cyclinder implies the use of a precision fuel injection

system.

Instead of injecting fuel into the high-temperature compressed air, the cycle might

be executed by compression of an air-fuel mixture, with ignition occurring either

spontaneously or at a hot spot in the cylinder near the end of the compression process.

Inconsistency and unpredictability of the start of combustion in this approach, due to

variations in fuel and operating conditions, and to lack of control of the rate of heat

release with the possibility of severe knock, makes the operation of such an engine

unreliable, at the least, and also limits the maximum compression ratio. The Diesel

engine therefore usually employs fuel injection into compressed air rather than

carbureted mixture formation.

In the Air Standard cycle analysis of the Diesel cycle, the heat addition process is at

constant pressure:

and, as with the Otto cycle, the closing process is at constant volume:

244

w = q2$3 + q4$1

The expressions for the net work and cycle efficiency may be expressed in terms

two parameters, the compression ratio, CR = V1/V2 (as defined earlier in treating the

Otto cycle) and the cutoff ratio, COR = V3/V2. The temperature ratios in Equations

(6.15) and (6.16) may be replaced by these parameters using, for the constant-pressure

process,

= (V3 /V4)k-1(V3/V2)(V1/V2)k-1

= [(V3/V4)(V1/V2)]k-1COR = (COR)k-1COR

= CORk

where the product of the volume ratios was simplified by recognizing that V4 = V1.

Thus the nondimensionalized net work and Diesel-cycle thermal efficiency are given by

and

where the cutoff ratio, COR, is the ratio of the volume at the end of combustion, V3, to

that at the start of combustion, V2. Thus the cutoff ratio may be thought of as a

measure of the duration of fuel injection, with higher cutoff ratios corresponding to

longer combustion durations.

245

Diesel-cycle net work increases with both compression ratio and cutoff ratio. This is

readily seen graphically from Figure 6.9 in terms of p-V diagram area. As with the

Otto cycle, increasing compression ratio increases the Diesel-cycle thermal efficiency.

Increasing cutoff ratio, however, decreases thermal efficiency. This may be rationalized

by observing from the p-V diagram that much of the additional heat supplied when

injection is continued is rejected at increasingly higher temperatures. Another view is

that heat added late in the expansion process can produce work only over the remaining

part of the stroke and thus adds less to net work than to heat rejection.

EXAMPLE 6.4

A Diesel engine has a compression ratio of 20 and a peak temperature of 3000K. Using

an Air Standard cycle analysis, estimate the work per unit mass of air, the thermal

efficiency, the combustion pressure, and the cutoff ratio.

Solution

Assuming an ambient temperature and pressure of 300K and 1 atmosphere, the

temperature at the end of the compression stroke is

T2 = (300)(20)1.4 – 1 = 994.3K

_____________________________________________________________________

246

A reasonable question at this point is: Which cycle is more efficient, the Otto cycle or

the Diesel cycle? Figure 6.10 assists in examining this question. In general notation,

the cycle efficiency may be written as

Comparing the Otto cycle 1–2–3–4 and the Diesel cycle with the same compression

ratio 1–2–3'–4, we see that both have the same heat rejection but that the Otto cycle

has the higher net work. Equation (6.19) then shows that, for the same compression

ratio, the Otto cycle has the higher efficiency.

It has been observed that Diesel-cycle efficiency decreases with increasing cutoff

ratio for a given compression ratio. Let us examine the limit of the Diesel-cycle

efficiency for constant CR as COR approaches its minimum value, 1. We may write

Equation (6.18) as

where f(COR) = (CORk – 1)/(COR – 1). Applying L'Hospital's rule, with primes

247

designating differentiation with respect to COR, to the limit of f(COR) as COR $1,

yields

lim f(COR) = lim (CORk – 1)'/ Lim (COR– 1)' = lim kCORk – 1 = k

COR$1 COR$1 COR$1

and

lim0

COR$1 Diesel

= 1 – 1 /CRk – 1 = 0Otto

Thus the limit of the Diesel-cycle efficiency as COR approaches 1 is the Otto cycle

efficiency. Hence Equation (6.18) shows that the efficiency of the Diesel cycle must be

less than or equal to the Otto-cycle efficiency if both engines have the same

compression ratio, the same conclusion we reached by examination of the p-V diagram.

Suppose, however, that the compression ratios are not the same. Compare the Otto

cycle 1–2'–3'–4 with the Diesel cycle 1–2–3'–4 having the same maximum temperature

in Figure 6.10. The Otto cycle has a smaller area, and therefore less work, than the

Diesel cycle, but the same heat rejection. Equation (6.19) demonstrates that the Otto

cycle has a lower thermal efficiency than the Diesel cycle with the same maximum

temperature.

The conclusion that must be drawn from the above comparisons is quite clear. As in

most comparative engineering studies, the result depends on the ground rules which

were adopted at the start of the study. The Otto cycle is more efficient if the

compression ratio is the same or greater than that of the competing Diesel cycle. But

knock in spark-ignition (Otto) engines limits their compression ratios to about 12,

while Diesel-engine compression ratios may exceed 20. Thus, with these higher

compression ratios, the Air Standard Diesel-cycle efficiency can exceed that of the Otto

cycle. In practice, Diesel engines tend to have higher efficiencies than SI engines

because of higher compression ratios.

In 1897, five years after Rudolph Diesel's first patents and twenty-one years after

Otto's introduction of the spark-ignition engine, Diesel's compression-ignition engine

was proven to develop 13.1 kilowatts of power with an unprecedented brake thermal

efficiency of 26.2% (ref. 7). At that time, most steam engines operated at thermal

efficiencies below 10 %; and the best gas engines did not perform much better than the

steam machines.

Diesel claimed (and was widely believed) to have developed his engine from the

principles expounded by Carnot. He had developed "the rational engine." Whether his

claims were exaggerated or not, Diesel's acclaim was well deserved. He had developed

an engine that operated at unprecedented temperatures and pressures, had proven his

concept of ignition of fuel by injection into the compressed high-temperature air, and

had overcome the formidable problems of injecting a variety of fuels in appropriate

248

amounts with the precise timing required for satisfactory combustion. His is a

fascinating story of a brilliant and dedicated engineer (refs. 7, 8).

In the Diesel engine, the high air temperatures and pressures prior to combustion

are attributable to the compression of air alone rather than an air-fuel mixture.

Compression of air alone eliminates the possibility of autiognition during compression

and makes high compression ratios possible. However, because of the high pressures

and temperatures, Diesel engines must be designed to be structurally more rugged.

Therefore, they tend to be heavier than SI engines with the same brake power.

The energy release process in the Diesel engine is controlled by the rate of injection

of fuel. After a brief ignition lag, the first fuel injected into the combustion chamber

autoignites and the resulting high gas temperature sustains the combustion of the

remainder of the fuel stream as it enters the combustion chamber. Thus it is evident that

the favorable fuel characteristic of high autoignition temperature for an SI engine is an

unfavorable characteristic for a Diesel engine.

In the Diesel engine, a low autoignition temperature and a short ignition delay are

desirable. Knock is possible in the Diesel engine, but it is due to an entirely different

cause than knock in a spark-ignition engine. If fuel is ignited and burns as rapidly as it

is injected, then smooth, knock-free combustion occurs. If, on the other hand, fuel

accumulates in the cylinder before ignition due to a long ignition lag, an explosion or

detonation occurs, producing a loud Diesel knock. The cetane number is the parameter

that identifies the ignition lag characteristic of a fuel.

The cetane number, like the octane number, is determined by testing in a CFR

engine. The ignition lag of the test fuel is compared with that of a mixture of n-cetane,

C16H34, and heptamethylnonane, HMN (ref. 10). Cetane, which has good ignition

qualities, is assigned a value of 100; and HMN, which has poor knock behavior, a value

of 15. The cetane number is then given by the sum of the percentage of n-cetane and

0.15 times the percentage of HMN in the knock-comparison mixture. A cetane number

of 40 is the minimum allowed for a Diesel fuel.

of the air-fuel mixture into the reciprocating-engine cylinders, was discussed earlier.

Clearly, the more mixture mass in the displacement volume, the more chemical energy

can be released and the more power will be delivered from that volume.

During the Second World War, the mechanical supercharger was sometimes used

with SI aircraft engines to increase the power and operational ceiling of American

airplanes. Today supercharging is used with both Diesel engines and SI engines. The

supercharger is a compressor that supplies air to the cylinder at high pressure so that

the gas density in the cylinder at the start of compression is well above the free-air

density. The piston exhaust gases are allowed to expand freely to the atmosphere

through the exhaust manifold and tailpipe. The supercharger is usually driven by a belt

or gear train from the engine crank shaft.

249

mechanical supercharging. The supercharger supplies air to the engine cyclinders at

pressure p7 in the intake process 7 $ 1. The processes 4 $ 5 $ 6 purge most of the

combustion gas from the cylinder. The most striking change in the cycle is that the

induction-exhaust loop is now traversed counterclockwise, indicating that the cylinder

is delivering net work during these processes as well as during the compression-

expansion loop. It should be remembered, however, that part of the cycle indicated

power must be used to drive the external supercharger.

The turbosupercharger or turbocharger, for short, is a supercharger driven by a

turbine using the exhaust gas of the reciprocating engine, as shown schematically in

Figure 6.12. A cutaway view of a turbocharger is shown in Figure 6.13(a). Figure

6.13(b) presents a diagram for the turbocharger. Compact turbochargers commonly

increase the brake power of an engine by 30% or more, as shown in Figure 6.8, where

the performance of an engine with and without turbocharging is compared. There, a

substantial increase in peak torque and flattening of the torque-speed curve due to

turbocharging is evident.

For a supercharged engine, the brake power, BP, is the indicated power (as in

Figure 6.11) less the engine friction power and the supercharger shaft power:

250

turbocharger). The IMEP includes the positive work contribution of the exhaust loop.

The exhaust back pressure of the reciprocating engine is higher with a turbocharger

than for a naturally aspirated or mechanically supercharged engine because of the drop

in exhaust gas pressure through the turbine. The engine brake power increases

primarily because of a higher IMEP due to the added mass of fuel and air in the

cylinder during combustion. Intercooling between the compressor and the intake

manifold may be used to further increase the cylinder charge density. Turbocharging

may increase engine efficiency, but its primary benefit is a substantial increase in brake

power.

In a turbocharged engine, a wastegate may be required to bypass engine exhaust

gas around the turbine at high engine speeds. This becomes necessary when the

compressor raises the intake manifold pressure to excessively high levels, causing

engine knock or threatening component damage. Thirty to forty percent of the exhaust

flow may be bypassed around the turbine at maximum speed and load (ref. 1).

251

252

Since the Second World War, concern for environmental pollution has grown from

acceptance of the status quo to recognition and militance of national and international

scope. Among other sources, causes of the well-known Los Angeles smog problem

were identified as hydrocarbons (HC) and oxides of nitrogen (NOx) in exhaust

emissions from motor vehicle reciprocating engines. As a result, national and

California automobile air pollution limits for automobiles have been established and

toughened. Prior to the Clean Air Act of 1990, the U.S. federal exhaust-gas emissions

standards limited unburned hydrocarbons, carbon monoxide, and oxides of nitrogen to

0.41, 3.4, and 1.0 g/mile, respectively. According to reference 12, today it takes 25

autos to emit as much CO and unburned hydrocarbons and 4 to emit as much NOx as a

single car in 1960. The reference anticipated that, led by existing California law and

other factors, future engine designs should be targeted toward satisfying a tailpipe

standard of 0.25, 3.4, 0.4 g/mile. Indeed, the 1990 Clean Air Act (refs. 15,16)

specified these limits for the first 50,000 miles or five years of operation for all

passenger cars manufactured after 1995. In addition to the regulations on gaseous

emissions, the Clean Air Act of 1990 adopted the California standard for particulate

matter of 0.08 g/mile for passenger cars. The standards on particulates are particularly

difficult for the Diesel engine, because of its of soot-producing tendency.

The automobile air pollution problem arises in part because the reactions in the

exhaust system are not in chemical equilibrium as the gas temperature drops. Oxides of

nitrogen, once formed in the cylinder at high temperature, do not return to equilibrium

concentrations of nitrogen and oxygen in the cooling exhaust products. Likewise, CO

formed with rich mixtures or by dissociation of CO2 in the cylinder at high temperature

does not respond rapidly to an infusion of air as its temperature drops in the exhaust

system. Their concentrations may be thought of as constant or frozen. Unburned

hydrocarbons are produced not only by rich combustion but also by unburned mixture

lurking in crevices (such as between piston and cylinder above the top piston ring), by

lubricating oil on cylinder walls and the cylinder head that absorbs and desorbs

hydrocarbons before and after combustion, and by transient operating conditions.

Starting in 1963, positive crankcase ventilation was used in all new cars to duct

fuel-rich crankcase gas previously vented to the atmosphere back into the engine intake

system. Later in the ‘60s, various fixes were adopted to comply with regulation of

tailpipe unburned hydrocarbons and CO, including lowering compression ratios.

In 1973, NOx became federally regulated, and exhaust gas recirculation (EGR) was

employed to reduce NOx formation through reduced combustion temperatures. At the

same time, HC and CO standards were reduced further, leading to the use of the

oxidizing catalytic converter. Introduction of air pumped into the tailpipe provided

additional oxygen to assist in completion of the oxidation reactions. In 1981, a

reducing catalytic converter came into use to reduce NOx further. This device does not

perform well in an oxidizing atmosphere. As a result, two-stage catalytic converters

were applied, with the first stage reducing NOx in a near-stoichiometric mixture and the

253

second oxidizing the combustibles remaining in the exhaust with the help of air

introduced between the stages. This fresh air does not the increase NOx significantly,

because of the relatively low temperature of the exhaust. The three-way catalytic

converter using several exotic metal catalysts to reduce all three of the gaseous

pollutants was also introduced.

The use of catalytic converters to deal with all three pollutants brought about

significant simultaneous reductions in the three major gaseous pollutants from

automobiles. This allowed fuel-economy-reducing modifications that had been

introduced earlier to satisfy emission reduction demands to be eliminated or relaxed,

leading to further improvements in fuel economy.

Catalytic converters, however, require precise control of exhaust gas oxygen to

near-stoichiometric mixtures. The on-board computer has made possible control of

mixture ratio and spark timing in response to censor outputs of intake manifold

pressure, exhaust gas oxygen, engine speed, air flow, and incipient knock. The oxygen,

or lambda, censor located in the exhaust pipe upstream of the three-way converter

or between the two-stage converters is very sensitive to transition from rich to lean

exhaust and allows close computer control of the mixture ratio to ensure proper

operation of the catalytic converter. Computer control of carburetors or fuel injection

as well as other engine functions has allowed simultaneous improvement in fuel

economy and emissions in recent years. Thus, while emissions have been drastically

reduced since 1974, according to reference 11 the EPA composite fuel economy of the

average U.S. passenger car has nearly doubled; although this improvement has not

come from the engine alone. Despite the hard-won gains in emissions control and fuel

economy, further progress may be expected.

EXAMPLE 6.5

The 1990 NOx emissions standard is 0.4 grams per mile. For an automobile burning

stoichiometric octane with a fuel mileage of 30 mpg, what is the maximum tailpipe

concentration of NOx in parts per million? Assume that NOx is represented by NO2 and

that the fuel density is 692 kilograms per cubic meter.

Solution

For the stoichiometric combustion of octane, C8H18, the air-fuel ratio is 15.05 and

the molecular weight of combustion products is 28.6. The consumption of octane is

of the number of moles of NOx to moles of combustion gas products:

254

_____________________________________________________________________

McGraw-Hill, 1988.

2. Ferguson, Colin R., Internal Combustion Engines. New York: Wiley, 1986.

3. Adler, U., et al., Automotive Handbook, 2nd ed. Warrendale, Pa.: Society of

Automotive Engineers., 1986.

4. Lichty, Lester C., Internal Combustion Engines. New York: McGraw Hill, 1951.

5. Crouse, William H., Automotive Engine Design. New York: McGraw-Hill, 1970.

Pa.: International Textbook Co., 1944.

7. Grosser, Morton, Diesel: The Man and the Engine. New York: Atheneum, 1978.

8. Nitske, W. Robert, and Wilson, Charles Morrow, Rudolph Diesel: Pioneer of the

Age of Power. Norman, Okla.: University of Oklahoma Press, 1965.

Manufacturers,” Automotive Engineering. Vol. 96, No. 10, October 1988, p. 81.

10. Anon., “Ignition Quality of Diesel Fuels by the Cetane Method,” ASTM D 613-84,

1985 Annual Book of ASTM Standards, Section 5.

11. Amann, Charles A., “The Automotive Spark Ignition Engine-A Historical

Perspective,” American Society of Mechanical Engineers, ICE-Vol. 8, Book No.

100294, 1989.

Perspective,” Society of Automotive Engineers Paper 891666, 1989.

13. Amann, Charles A., “The Passenger Car and the Greenhouse Effect,” Society of

Automotive Engineers Paper, 1990.

14. Taylor, Charles Fayette, The Internal Combustion Engine in Theory and Practice,

2nd ed., revised. Cambridge, Mass.: MIT Press, 1985.

255

15. Public Law 101-549, “An Act to Amend the Clean Air Act to Provide for

Attainment and Maintenance of Health, Protection, National Air Quality Standards,

and Other Purposes,” November 15, 1990.

24, 1990.

EXERCISES

6.1 Plot dimensionless piston position against crank angle for S/2L = 0.5, 0.4, 0.3,

and 0.2.

6.2* Obtain expressions for the piston velocity and acceleration as a function of the

crank angle, constant angular velocity, and S/2L ratio. Use a spreadsheet to

calculate and plot velocity and acceleration against crank angle for S/2L = 0.5,

0.4, 0.3, and 0.2.

6.3 Determine the equation for the piston motion for a scotch yoke mechanism in

terms of crank angle. Obtain an equation for the piston velocity for a crank that

turns with a given angular velocity, T.

6.4 Derive an equation for the Otto-engine net work by integration of pdV for the Air

Standard cycle. Compare with Equation (6.6).

compression ratio for the Diesel cycle for cutoff ratios of 1, 2, and 3. Indentify

the Otto-cycle efficiency on the plot. Explain and show graphically from the plot

how a Diesel engine can be more efficient than an Otto engine.

6.6 A single-cylinder Air Standard Otto engine has a compression ratio of 8.5 and a

peak temperature of 3500°F at ambient conditions of 80°F and one atmosphere.

Determine the cycle efficiency, maximum cylinder pressure, and mean effective

pressure.

6.7 A six-cylinder engine with a compression ratio of 11 runs at 2800 rpm at 80°F

and 14.7 psia. Each cylinder has a bore and stroke of three inches and a

volumetric efficiency of 0.82. Assume an Air Standard, four-stroke Otto cycle

_______________________

* Exercise numbers with an asterisk indicate that they involve computer usage.

256

with stoichiometric octane as fuel. Assume that the energy release from the

fuel is equally divided between internal energy increase in cylinder gases and

cylinder wall heat loss. What are the cylinder mean effective pressures and the

engine horsepower and specific fuel consumption?

kg/kW-hr and a volumetric efficiency of 78% at a speed of 45 rps. The bore is 6

cm and the stroke is 8.5 cm. What is the fuel flow rate, fuel-air ratio, and brake

torque if the brake power output is 6 kW with ambient conditions of 100 kPa and

22°C?

has a brake mean effective pressure of 1800 kPa and a displacement of 400 cm3.

Atmospheric conditions are 101kPa and 27°C.

(b) What is the brake power?

(c) If the mass air-fuel ratio is 16 and the fuel flow rate is 0.00065 kg/s, what

is the volumetric efficiency?

(d) Compare your results with the performance of a two-cylinder engine with

the same overall geometric characteristics.

a brake mean effective pressure of 80 psi and a displacement of 400 cm3.

Atmospheric conditions are one bar and 80°F.

(b) What is the brake power?

(c) If the mass air-fuel ratio is 16 and the fuel flow rate is 0.00065 kg/s, what

is the volumetric efficiency?

displacement and operating in air at 27°C and 110 kPa has a friction power of 27

kW and a brake power output of 136 kW at 3600 rpm.

(b) If it has a volumetric efficiency of 74% and burns liquid methanol with

15% excess air, what is the brake specific fuel consumption?

6.12 An eight-cylinder four-stroke-cycle engine has a bore of three inches and a stroke

of 4 inches. At a shaft speed of 3000 rpm, the brake horsepower is 325 and the

mechanical efficiency is 88%. Fuel with a heating value of 19,000 Btu/lbm is

supplied at a rate of 80 lbm/hr. What are the engine displacement, BMEP, brake

257

cm. At a shaft speed of 53 rps, the brake power is 300kW and the mechanical

efficiency is 85%. Fuel with a heating value of 40,000 kJ/kg is supplied at a rate

of 40 kg/hr. What are the engine displacement, BMEP, brake torque, and

indicated specific fuel consumption in kg/kW-hr?

a compression ratio of 20 and cutoff ratio of 2.5. Air is inducted into the cylinder

from the atmosphere at 14.5 psia and 80°F. Assume an Air Standard cycle.

(a) Determine the temperatures and pressures immediately before and after

combustion.

(b) What is the heat added in the combustion process, in Btu/lbm?

(c) What is the net work, in Btu/lbm, and the thermal efficiency?

(d) If the volumetric efficiency is 85%, the engine displacement is 300 in3, and the

engine speed is 2000 rpm, what is the mass flow rate of air through the engine in

lbm/min?

(e) What is the engine horsepower?

(f) Assuming that losses through the valves cause a 20-psi pressure differential

between the pressures during the exhaust and intake strokes, estimate the

actual and fractional losses, in horsepower, due to these processes. Sketch

the appropriate p-V diagram.

thermal efficiency of 20% at 2600 rpm. The fuel is methane burning in air with an

equivalence ratio of 0.8 and a heating value of 21,560 Btu/lbm. Ambient

conditions are 520°R and 14.7 psia. The engine mechanical efficiency is 88%,

and the volumetric efficiency is 92%. What are the fuel flow rate, the

displacement volume per cylinder, and the brake specific fuel consumption? What

is the bore if the bore and stroke or equal?

6.16 Sketch carefully a single p–V diagram showing Otto and Diesel cycles having the

same minimum and maximum temperatures. Shade the area representing the

difference in net work between the cycles. Repeat for cycles having the same

compression ratio. Discuss the implications of these sketches.

6.17 An eight-cylinder reciprocating engine has a 3-in. bore and a 4-in. stroke and

runs at 1000 cycles per minute. If the brake horsepower is 120 and the mechanical

efficiency is 80%, estimate the indicated mean effective pressure.

258

a compression ratio of 20 and a cutoff ratio of 2.5. Air is inducted into the

cylinder at 1 atm and 23°C. Assume an Air Standard cycle.

(a) Determine the temperatures and pressures immediately before and after

combustion.

(b) What is the heat added in the combustion process, in kJ/kg?

(c) What is the net work, in kJ/kg, and the thermal efficiency?

(d) If the volumetric efficiency is 85%, the engine displacement is 2500 cc, and

the engine speed is 2200 rpm, what is the mass flow rate of air through the

engine, in lbm per minute?

(e) What is the engine horsepower?

(f) If losses through the valves cause a 120-kPa pressure differential between the

pressures during the exhaust and intake strokes, estimate the actual and

fractional losses, in horsepower, due to these processes. Sketch the

appropriate p–V diagram.

stroke, and a compression ratio of 20. The mechanical efficiency is 89%, the

cutoff ratios is 2, and the engine speed is 1200 rpm. The air entering the cylinder

is at 14.5 psia and 60° F. Assuming Air Standard cycle performance, determine

the cycle temperatures, indicated power, IMEP, and engine brake horsepower.

pressure heat addition, and a constant-volume blowdown, consecutively.

(b) Use the cyclic integral of the First Law to derive an equation for the cycle net

work in terms of the temperature.

(c) Use the definition of mechanical work to derive an equation for the cycle net

work also. Show that your equation is equivalent to the result obtained in

part (b) using the cyclic integral.

(d) Express an equation for the cycle thermal efficiency in terms of cycle

temperature ratios and k.

(e) If T1 = 60°F and the volume ratio is 10, determine the other cycle

temperatures; and compare the cycle efficiency with the efficiency the Otto

cycle having the same compression ratio.

6.21 A slightly more complex model of a reciprocating engine cycle than those

discussed combines constant-pressure and constant-volume heat additions in a

single Air Standard cycle.

(a) Sketch and label a p–V diagram for this cycle that consists of the following

259

constant-pressure heat addition, isentropic expansion, and constant-volume

blowdown.

(b)The engine may be characterized by three parameters: the compression ratio;

the Diesel engine cutoff ratio; and a third parameter, the ratio of the pressure

after to that before the constant-volume combustion. Define these parameters in

terms of the symbols in your sketch and derive an equation for the thermal

efficiency of the cycle.

(c) Show how varying the parameters appropriately reduces your efficiency

equation to the equations for the Otto and Diesel cycles.

6.22 As a plant engineer you must recommend whether electric power for a plant

expansion (2.5 MW continuous generation requirement) will be purchased from a

public utility or generated using a fully attended Diesel-engine-driven generator or

an automatic remotely controlled gas turbine generator set. The price of

electricity is 4.8 cents per kW-hr, and the price of natural gas is 60 cents per

thousand cubic feet. Both Diesel engine and gas turbine are to be natural-gas

fired. The gas turbine has a heat rate of 11,500 Btu/kW-hr, and the Diesel engine

13,200 Btu/kW-hr. The initial costs of Diesel engine and gas turbine are

$750,000 and $850,000, respectively. Control equipment for the gas turbine

costs an additional $150,000. The engines and control equipment are estimated

to have a useful life of 20 years. The annual wages and benefits for a Diesel

engine operating engineer working eight-hour daily shifts is $36,000. Assume a

10% per annum interest-rate. Evaluate the alternatives for a natural gas heating

value of 1000 Btu/ft3, and present a table of their costs, in cents per kW-hr.

Discuss your recommendation.

6.23 Evaluate the alternatives in Exercise 6.22 based on the present-worth method.

6.24 In terms of the notation of Figure 6.3, what are the piston displacement,

compression ratio, and expansion ratio for the Lenoir cycle?

6.25 What are the fuel and air flow rates and brake specific fuel consumption for an

eight-cylinder engine with a 3.75-in. bore and 3.5-in. stroke delivering 212

horsepower at 3600 rpm with a brake thermal efficiency of 25%? The fuel is

C8H18, and the equivalence ratio is 1.2. What is the power per cubic inch of

engine displacement?

6.26* Construct a spreadsheet to perform an Air Standard cycle analysis for a Diesel

engine with a compression ratio of 20 and a range of peak temperatures from

1000K to 3000K, in 500° increments. Use it to tabulate and plot both the net work

per unit mass of air and the thermal efficiency against the cutoff ratio.

260

6.27 Determine the maximum tailpipe concentrations of the three federally regulated

gaseous pollutants based on the existing standards for an automobile that achieves

28 mile/gal of iso-octane. Assume that the engine mixture equivalence ratio is

0.9, that NOx is represented by NO2 and unburned hydrocarbons by monatomic

carbon, and that the fuel density is 700 kg/m3.

6.28 A single-cylinder Air Standard Otto engine has a compression ratio of 9.0 and a

peak temperature of 3000°F at 80°F and one atmosphere ambient conditions.

Determine the net work, cycle efficiency, maximum cylinder pressure, and mean

effective pressure.

6.29 A six-cylinder engine with a compression ratio of 11 runs at 3200 rpm and 80°F

and 14.7 psia. Each cylinder has a bore of 3 inches, a stroke of 3.25 inches, and a

volumetric efficiency of 0.85. Assume an Air Standard four-stroke Otto cycle

with stoichiometric octane as fuel. Assume that the energy release from the fuel

is equally divided between internal energy increase in cylinder gases and cylinder

wall heat loss. What are the cylinder mean effective pressures and the engine

horsepower and specific fuel consumption? Assume a heating value of 20,600

Btu/lbm.

fuel-air ratio of 0.03 at 2400 rpm. It has a turbocharger and intercooler, as

diagrammed nearby, with compressor pressure ratio of 1.7 and intercooler exit

temperature of 320K. The engine bore and stroke are 10 cm and 12 cm,

respectively. The compressor efficiency, turbine efficiency, and volumetric

efficiency are 70%, 75%, and 87%, respectively. The entrance temperature of the

turbine gases is 1000K. What are the compressor power, the turbine pressure

ratio, and the engine power, in kW and in horsepower? Assume that the engine is

constructed of ceramic components that minimize engine heat losses so that they

may be neglected—and ideal “adiabatic” engine.

261

261

CHAPTER 7

THE WANKEL

ROTARY ENGINE

The reciprocating internal combustion engine has served mankind for over a century,

and will continue to do so for the foreseeable future. The Wankel rotary engine, a

much more recent development, is said to have been conceived in its present form in

1954 (ref. 2). An implementation of the rotary engine used in the 1990 Mazda RX-7

automobile and its turbocharger are shown in Figures 7.1(a) and 7.1(b). As of 1987,

over 1.5 million Wankel engines had been used in Mazda automobiles (ref. 6).

The rotary engine has a host of advantages that make it a formidable contender for

some of the tasks currently performed by reciprocating engines. The piston in a four-

stroke-cycle reciprocating engine must momentarily come to rest four times per cycle

as its direction of motion changes. In contrast, the moving parts in a rotary engine are

in continuous unidirectional motion. Higher operating speeds, ease of balancing, and

absence of vibration are a few of the benefits. The high operating speeds allow the

engine to produce twice as much power as a reciprocating engine of the same weight. It

has significantly fewer parts and occupies less volume than a reciprocating engine of

comparable power.

With all these advantages, why are there so few Wankel engines in service? Part of

the answer lies in the reciprocating engine’s remarkable success in so many applications

and its continuing improvement with research. Why change a good thing?

Manufacturing techniques for reciprocating engines are well known and established,

whereas production of rotary engines requires significantly different tooling.

It must be admitted, however, that the rotary engine has some drawbacks. A major

problem of the Wankel automobile engine is that it does not quite measure up to the

fuel economy of some automotive reciprocating SI engines. It is the judgment of some

authorities that it does not offer as great a potential for improvement in fuel economy

and emissions reduction as reciprocating and gas turbine engines. However, although

the rotary engine may never dominate the automotive industry, it is likely to find

applications where low weight and volume are critical, such as in sports cars, general

aviation, and motorcycles.

262

While the rotary engine may not enjoy the great success of reciprocating engines, it

is worthy of study as an unusual and analytically interesting implementation of the

familiar Otto cycle. Even the present success of this latter-day Otto engine should serve

as an inspiration to those who search for novel ways of doing things. This chapter is a

tribute to Felix Wankel and those who are helping to develop this remarkable engine.

Figure 7.2 shows a cross-section of a rotary engine. The stationary housing encloses a

moving triangular rotor that rotates with its apexes in constant contact with the housing

inner surface. Air and combustion gases are transported in the spaces between the

rotor and the housing. The rotor rides on an eccentric that is an integral part of a shaft,

as shown in the dual rotor crank shaft of Figure 7.3(a). The housing and rotor of a

rotary engine designed for aircraft application are shown in Figure 7.3(b).

The operation of the Wankel engine as an Otto-cycle engine may be understood by

following in Figure 7.4 the events associated with the counterclockwise movement of a

gas volume isolated between the housing and one of the rotor flanks. The air-fuel

mixture may be supplied, by a conventional carburetor, through the intake port labeled

I in Figure 7.4(a). As the shaft and rotor turn, the intake port is covered, trapping a

fixed mass of air and fuel (assuming no leakage). This is analogous to the gas mass

captured within the cylinder-piston volume by closure of a reciprocating engine intake

valve. As the rotor continues to turn, the captured (crosshatched) volume contained

263

between the rotor and housing decreases, compressing the air-fuel mixture [part (b)].

When it reaches the minor diameter, the active mixture volume is a minimum

corresponding to the volume at top center in the reciprocating engine. One or more

spark plugs, as indicated at the top of each housing, initiate combustion, causing rapid

rises in pressure and temperature [part (c)]. The hot, high-pressure combustion gas

[part (d)] transmits a force to the eccentric through the rotor. Note that, during the

264

265

power phase, the line of action of the force F provides a counterclockwise torque

acting about the shaft axis. As the rotation proceeds, the expanding gases drive the

rotor until the exhaust port is exposed, releasing them [part (e)]. The exhaust process

continues as the intake port opens to begin a new cycle. This port overlap is apparent

in the lower volume shown in part (b). In summary, each flank of the rotor is seen to

undergo the same intake, compression, ignition, power, and exhaust processes as in a

four-stroke-cycle reciprocating Otto engine.

All three flanks of the rotor execute the same processes at equally spaced intervals

during one rotor rotation. Hence three power pulses are delivered per rotation of the

rotor. Because there are three shaft rotations per rotor rotation, the Wankel engine has

one power pulse per shaft rotation. Thus it has twice as many power pulses as a single-

cylinder four-stroke-cycle reciprocating engine operating at the same speed, a clear

advantage in smoothness of operation. This feature of one power pulse per shaft

rotation causes many people to compare the Wankel engine with the two-stroke-cycle

reciprocating engine.

The major elements of the rotary engine—the housing and the rotor— are shown in

cross-section in Figure 7.2. The housing inner surface has a mathematical form known

as a trochoid or epitrochoid. A single-rotor engine housing may be thought of as two

parallel planes separated by a cylinder of epitrochoidal cross-section. Following the

notation of Figure 7.5, the parametric form of the epitrochoid is given by

where e is the eccentricity and R is the rotor center-to-tip distance. For given values of

e and R, Equations (7.1) give the x and y coordinates defining the housing shape when

is varied from 0 to 360 degrees.

The rotor shape may be thought of as an equilateral triangle, as shown in Figures

7.2 and 7.4 (flank rounding and other refinements are discussed later in the chapter).

Because the rotor moves inside the housing in such a way that its three apexes are in

constant contact with the housing periphery, the positions of the tips are also given by

equations of the form of Equations (7.1):

where n = 0, 1, or 2, the three values identifying the positions of the three rotor tips,

each separated by 120°. Because R represents the rotor center-to-tip distance, the

266

motion of the center of the rotor can be obtained from Equations (7.2) by setting R = 0.

The equations and Figure 7.5 indicate that the path of the rotor center is a circle of

radius e.

Note that Equations (7.1) and (7.2) can be nondimensionalized by dividing through

by R. This yields a single geometric parameter governing the equations, e/R, known as

the eccentricity ratio. It will be seen that this parameter is critical to successful

performance of the rotary engine.

The power from the engine is delivered to an external load by a cylindrical shaft.

The shaft axis coincides with the axis of the housing, as seen in Figure 7.2. A second

circular cylinder, the eccentric, is rigidly attached to the shaft and is offset from the

shaft axis by a distance, e, the eccentricity. The rotor slides on the eccentric. Note that

the axes of the rotor and the eccentric coincide. Gas forces exerted on the rotor are

transmitted to the eccentric to provide the driving torque to the engine shaft and to the

external load.

The motion of the rotor may now be understood in terms of the notation of Figure

7.5. The line labeled e rotates with the shaft and eccentric through an angle 3, while

the line labeled R is fixed to the rotor and turns with it through an angle about the

moving eccentric center. Thus the entire engine motion is related to the motion of these

two lines. Clearly, the rotor (and thus line R) rotates at one-third of the speed of the

shaft, and there are three shaft rotations for each rotor revolution.

267

EXAMPLE 7.1

Derive expressions for the major (largest) and minor (smallest) diameters of an

epitrochoid in terms the notation of Figure 7.5.

Solution

The major diameter is defined by adding the lengths of the lines representing the

eccentricity and the rotor radius when they are horizontal and colinear or by using

Equation 7.1(a). Thus the major diameter at y = 0 corresponds to = 0° and 180°, for

which x = e + R and x = – e – R, respectively. The distance between these x coordinates

is the length of the major diameter 2(e + R).

The minor diameter is similarly defined along x = 0, but with e and R lines

oppositely directed. The two cases correspond to = 90° and 270°. For = 90°, the e

line is directed downward and the R line upward in Figure 7.5. This yields y = R – e

and, by symmetry, the minor diameter is 2(R – e). Hence

_____________________________________________________________________

Additional important features of the rotary engine can be easily studied by considering

an engine with an equilateral triangular rotor. Figure 7.6 shows the rotor in the position

where a rotor flank defines the minimum volume. We will call this position top center,

TC, by analogy to the reciprocating engine. The rotor housing clearance parameter, d,

is the difference between the housing minor radius, R – e, and the distance from the

housing axis to mid-flank, e + R cos 60 = e + R/2:

Setting the clearance to zero establishes an upper limiting value for the eccentricity

ratio: (e/R)crit = 1/4. Study of Equations (7.1), at the other extreme, shows that, for e/R

= 0, the epitrochoid degenerates to a circle. In this case the rotor would spin with no

eccentricity and thus produce no compression and no torque. Thus, for the flat-flanked

rotor, it is clear that usable values of e/R lie between 0 and 0.25.

Now let's examine some other fundamental parameters of the flat-flanked engine

model. Consider the maximum mixture volume shown in Figure 7.7. For a given rotor

width w, the maximum volume can be determined by calculating the area between the

housing and the flank of the rotor. Using Equations (7.1), the differential area 2y dx can

be written as:

268

269

dAmax = 2y dx

the dimensionless area in terms of the eccentricity ratio and the angle :

In order for the differential area to sweep over the maximum trapped volume in

Figure 7.7, the limits on the angle must vary from 0° to 60°. Thus integration of

Equation (7.5) with these limits and using standard integrals yields

Similarly, using Figure 7.6 and the differential volume shown there, the nondimension-

alized minimum area can be written as:

These maximum and minimum volumes (area-rotor width products) are analogous

to the volumes trapped between the piston and cylinder at BC and TC in the

four-stroke reciprocating engine. In that engine the difference between the volumes at

BC and TC is the displacement volume, and their ratio is the compression ratio. A little

thought should convince the reader that the analogy holds quantitatively for the

displacement and compression ratio of the rotary engine. Therefore, subtracting

Equation (7.7) from Equation (7.6) gives the displacement for a rotor width w for one

flank of the flat-flanked engine as

CR = --------- = ------------------------------------------- [dl] (7.9)

Amin/R2 * [(e/R)2 + 1/3] – 31/2/4 [1 + 6(e/R)]

Thus the displacement increases with increases in rotor width, the square of the

rotor radius, and with the eccentricity ratio, whereas the compression ratio is

independent of size but increases with increase in eccentricity ratio.

270

EXAMPLE 7.2

What are the displacement and the compression ratio for a flat-flanked rotary engine

with a rotor radius of 10 cm, an eccentricity of 1.5 cm, and a rotor width of 2.5 cm?

Solution

For this engine, e/R = 1.5/10 = 0.15. Equation (7.8) then yields the displacement:

CR = (a + b)/(a – b)

Then

_____________________________________________________________________

The very low compression ratio of Example 7.2 would yield a poor Otto-cycle

thermal efficiency. The compression ratio could be increased by increasing e/R, but it

would still be low for most applications. It is therefore important to consider the

favorable influence of flank rounding on rotary engine performance.

While the triangular rotor model represents a possible engine and is useful as a learning

tool, such an engine would perform poorly compared with one having a rotor with

rounded flanks. A more realistic model is one in which the triangular rotor is

augmented with circular-arc flanks, as shown in Figure 7.8. The radius of curvature, r,

of a flank could vary from infinity, corresponding to a flat flank, to a value for which

the arc touches the minor axis of the epitrochoid. Note that the center of curvature of

an arc terminated by two flank apexes depends on the value of r. It can also be seen

from Figure 7.8 that r is related to the angle, , subtended by the flank arc by

or

Thus either the included angle, , or the radius of curvature, r, may be used to define

the degree of flank rounding for a given rotor radius R.

271

The additional area obtained by capping a side of a triangle with a circular arc is called

a segment. The segment height, h, shown in Figure 7.8, is the difference between r and

the projection of r on the axis of symmetry:

It is evident from the figure that the clearance for the rotor with circular arc flanks is

the difference between the clearance of the flat-flanked rotor and h. Thus, using

Equation (7.3), the clearance is given by

d/R = 1/2 – 2(e/R) – 31/2 [1 – cos( /2)] / [2sin( /2)] [dl] (7.13)

272

The segment area is the difference between the pie-shaped area of the sector subtended

by its included angle, , and the enclosed triangular area. The sector area, or volume

per unit rotor width, is the fraction of the area of a circle of radius, r, subtended by the

angle ; i.e., * r2 ( /2* ) = r2 /2. Thus using Equation (7.10), the dimensionless

segment volume is

It was pointed out earlier that the displacement of the flat-flanked engine is the differ-

ence between the maximum and minimum capture volumes, and is given by Equation

(7.8). This is true also for the engine with rounded flanks. The additional volume added

to the rotor by flank rounding subtracts from both of the flat-flanked maximum and

minimum capture volumes, leaving the difference unchanged. Thus the displacement of

one flank of a rounded-flank engine is

Likewise, the ratio of the maximum and minimum capture volumes given by

Equations (7.6) and (7.7), corrected for the segment volume from Equation (7.14)

provides a relation for the rounded-flank engine compression ratio:

CR = ----------------------------------------------------- [dl] (7.16)

* [(e/R)2 + 1/3] – 31/2/4 [1 + 6(e/R)] – As /R2

The added rotor volume due to rounding subtracts from the flat-flanked capture

volumes and therefore reduces the denominator of Equation (7.16) more than the

numerator. As a result, the compression ratio is greater for rounded-flank than for flat-

flanked engines. Rotary engines usually have the maximum rounding possible consistent

with adequate engineering clearances.

Equation (7.16) accounts for flank rounding but not for the recess usually found in

rotor flanks. The additional capture volume associated with the recess is seen in Figure

7.9. Its influence on the displacement and compression ratio may be reasoned in the

273

same way as with the segment volume. The recess increases both minimum and

maximum mixture volumes by the same amount. It therefore has no effect on

displacement and it decreases the compression ratio.

Figure 7.10 shows the influence of flank rounding and recession on clearance and

compression ratio. While flank recession reduces the compression ratio for given values

of and e/R, it improves the shape of the long, narrow combustion pocket forming the

minimum capture volume. Rotary engines usually have more than one spark plug, to

help overcome the combustion problems associated with this elongated shape.

EXAMPLE 7.3

Rework Example 7.2, taking into account a flank-arc included angle of 0.65 radians.

What is the flank clearance for this engine?

Solution

Because flank rounding does not influence it, the displacement is still 194.9 cm3.

Equation (7.16) rewritten using the notation of Example 7.2 becomes

274

CR = (a + b – As /R2) / (a – b – As /R2)

ratio is

This represents a significant improvement over the value of 3.64 for the flat-flanked

rotor.

The flank clearance is given by Equation (7.13):

_____________________________________________________________________

We have already noted that the displacement volume associated with one flank of

the rotary engine produces one power stroke during each rotor revolution and during

three shaft rotations. Because there are three flanks per rotor, a rotor executes one

complete thermodynamic cycle per shaft rotation. Thus the power produced by a single

rotor is determined by the displacement volume of a single flank and the rotational

speed:

Power = ------------------------------------------------------- [kW]

(60 [sec/min])(100 [cm/m])

or

Power = --------------------------------------------------- [HP]

(12 [in/ft])(33,000 [ft-lb/HP-min])

It is evident from Figure 7.4 that, in the Wankel engine, the opening and closing of the

intake and exhaust ports by the motion of the rotor apexes serves a function equivalent

to that of mechanical valves in reciprocating engines. This simple operation in the

Wankel engine eliminates the need for many of the moving parts required by the

reciprocating engine, such as cams, camshafts, tappets, valves, and lifters. There are, in

fact, many more parts in a reciprocating engine than in a comparable rotary engine.

However, sealing at the apexes and sides of the rotor is critical for efficient

operation of the rotary engine. Significant pressure differences between the three active

mixture volumes of a rotor in different phases of the Otto cycle require efficient seals

275

analogous to piston rings in the reciprocating engine. These are needed to avoid

leakage between adjacent volumes, which causes a loss of compression and power. Seal

friction has been estimated to account for about 25% of rotary engine friction. Spring

loaded, self-lubricating apex seals, as shown in Figure 7.11, allow for sliding with low

friction over the treated-chrome-alloy-plated housing inner surface.

The figure shows improvements in apex seal design (ref. 6). The three-piece seal

design, with two leaf springs rather than one, decreases seal mass through reduced

thickness, and offers a configuration that promotes area contact rather than line contact

between seal and rotor. Side seals are also important to maintain pressure integrity of

each flank mixture pocket. Reductions in the thickness of both apex and side seals have

decreased friction with the housing by reducing the seal area producing the friction-

276

causing normal force on the housing. Oil seals, also on the rotor sides, are used to

control oil consumption.

Though the peripheral intake port shown in Figures 7.4 and 7.9 provides better

performance under heavy loads than a single side port, its associated intake-exhaust

port overlap may allow excessive flow of exhaust gas into the fresh mixture, causing

unreliable combustion in low-speed operation. Consequently, one or more side intake

ports, in addition to or instead of a peripheral intake port, are sometimes used. Side

ports, of course, are also opened and closed by rotor motion. In addition to reducing

intake-exhaust overlap at light loads, side intake ports also induce combustion-

enhancing swirl in the air-fuel mixture.

It is evident that the moving combustion volume at the time of ignition has a long

and narrow flame propagation path. Rounded rotor flanks are usually recessed to

provide a wider flame front path between the two lobes of the active volume. In high-

speed operation, the brief time for combustion may dictate additional design features.

Multiple spark plugs, swirl induced by side intake ports and multiple ports, the "squish"

produced by the the relative motion of the walls of the active volume, fuel injection,

and stratified-charge design all can contribute to improvement of the combustion

process.

It may be noted in Figures 7.3 and 7.9 that an internal ring gear is attached to the

rotor. This gear meshes with a stationary gear attached to the engine housing. The

function of this gearset is to position the rotor as the shaft turns—not to transmit

torque. Engine torque, as indicated earlier, is transmitted by direct contact of surface

forces between the rotor and the eccentric.

developed for commercial aviation propulsion and APU (auxiliary power unit)

application as well as for marine, industrial, and military requirements. Figure 7.12

shows a direct fuel injection configuration that has performed well under a wide range

of speed, load, and environmental conditions and with a variety of liquid fuels. The

reference reports a lack of octane and cetane sensitivities, so that diesel, gasoline, and

jet fuel can all be used with this configuration.

As air in the rotor recess passes below, the spark plug ignites a locally rich pilot

stream that in turn ignites the fuel from the main injector. The net fuel-air ratio is lean,

resulting in improved fuel economy over normal carburetion. Figure 7.13 presents data

for full-load brake horsepower and specific fuel consumption obtained with Jet-A fuel

for the twin-rotor 2034R engine. The maximum takeoff power at 5800 rpm was 430

horsepower, with a brake specific fuel consumption (BSFC) of 0.44 lbm/BHP-hr.

Throughout a range of loads and altitude conditions the engine operates with a fuel-air

ratio between 0.035 and 0.037, well below the stoichiometric value. The reference

reports a best thermal efficiency of 35.8% (BSFC = 0.387 lbm/BHP-hr) at 3500 rpm

and 225-horsepower output.

277

278

Closure

improvements through improved seals, lean-burn combustion, fuel injection, integral

electronic control, improved intake design, weight reduction, and turbocharging.

Despite vehicle weight increases, the Mazda RX-7 with a two-rotor 80-in.3 -displace-

ment engine improved 9.4% in fuel consumption and 8% in power output between

1984 and 1987 (ref. 6). During this time period, the addition to the engine of a

turbocharger with intercooling increased its power output by 35%.

Reference 8 reports that the Mazda RX-Evolv, a year-2000 concept car, has a

naturally-aspirated rotary engine called “RENESIS.” The two-rotor, side intake and

exhaust engine is reported to have reduced emissions and improved fuel economy and

to have attained 280 horsepower at 9000 rpm and 226 N-m torque at 8000 rpm.

EXAMPLE 7.4

If the BMEP of the 11.89-in3-diplacement engine in Example 7.2 is 150 psi at 4000

rpm, what is the brake horsepower?

Solution

The brake horsepower is

or

_____________________________________________________________________

1. Cole, David E. "The Wankel Engine," Scientific American, Vol. 227, No. 2, (August

1972): 14–23.

2. Ansdale, R. F., The Wankel R C Engine. South Brunswick, N.J.: A. S. Barnes, 1969.

and Graphics." Proceedings of the Conference of the Society for Computer Simulation,

July 1986, pp. 213-216.

5. Weston, Kenneth C., "Computerized Instruction in the Design of the Wankel Rotary

Engine." ASEE Annual Conference Proceedings, June 1988.

279

Society of Automotive Engineers Paper 870446, 1987.

7. Mount, Robert E., and LaBouff, Gary A., “Advanced Stratified-Charge Rotary

Engine Design.” Society of Automotive Engineers Paper 890324 (also in SAE SP-768,

Rotary Engine Design; Analysis and Developments), 1989.

International, Vol 8, No.8, (August 2000), p 59.

EXERCISES

7.1 Using graph paper, plot, on a single sheet, epitrochoids for e/R = 0, 0.15, 0.2, 0.25,

0.3, and 0.4. On a separate sheet, draw the epitrochiod and the triangular rotor for

three rotor positions (separated by 30°) for the case of e/R = 0.15.

7.2 Verify the results of Example 7.1 by specializing Equations (7.1) for the appropriate

values of .

7.3 Derive Equation (7.5) using a differential area given by (x – xf) dy, where xf is the

constant x-coordinate of the flank.

7.4 Following the approach in the derivation of Equations (7.3)–(7.6), and using the

notation of Figure 7.6, derive Equation (7.7).

7.5 Derive Equation (7.7) using a differential area (y – yf ) dx, where yf is the constant

y-coordinate of the flank.

7.8 Show that the radius of curvature for a circular-arc flank that touches the

epitrochoid at its midpoint is given by

7.9 Use Equation (7.13) to derive an expression for the limiting value of e/R as a

function of the flank included angle. Plot the limiting value of e/R as a function of

the included angle.

7.10 Solve Example 7.3, accounting for a rotor flank recess of 3% of R2w.

280

7.11 If combustion takes place in an engine rotor rotation interval of 40° in an engine

operating at 8000 rpm, how much time is available for the combustion process?

clearance ratio, and nondimensional displacement for a given value of e/R and

flank-rounding angle. Use a copy command to replicate the column, forming a table

of alternative design characteristics, for a reasonable range of rounding angles.

7.13* Use the spreadsheet graphics option to develop plots of compression ratio and

clearance ratio, as seen in Figure 7.10.

5500 rpm with a displacement volume of 108 cc and a compression ratio of 8.5.

The fuel consumption was 2.77 lbm/hr. Determine the BMEP (in psi), the BSFC

(in lbm/hp-min), the brake torque (in lbf-ft), and the brake thermal efficiency,

assuming a fuel heating value of 18,900 Btu/lbm.

rpm. When driven by a motor-generator at the same speed, a torque of 7 lbf-ft is

required. Determine the brake and indicated horsepower and the engine

mechanical efficiency. What additional information is needed to determine the

indicated mean effective pressure?

7.16 A rotary engine has an eccentricity of 2 in. and an equilateral triangular rotor with

a tip radius of 10 in.

(a) Determine the major and minor diameters of the epitrochoidal housing.

(b) Sketch the housing and its axes of symmetry and the rotor when it is in

the nominal spark-plug firing position.

(c) For the configuaration of part (b), determine the minimum rotor

clearance.

(d) Write equations for the relations between the shaft speed (rpm), the spark

plug firing rate (FR), and the rotor speed (RS). Identify any new symbols

used.

with a tip radius of 13 cm.

(a) Determine the major and minor diameters of the epitrochoidal housing.

(b) Sketch the housing and its axes of symmetry and the rotor when it is in

the nominal spark-plug firing position.

(c) For the configuaration of part (b), determine the minimum rotor

clearance.

281

(d) Write equations for the relations between the shaft speed (rpm), the spark

plug firing rate (FR), and the rotor speed (RS). Identify any new symbols

used.

7.18 A rotary engine with a flat-flanked rotor has a ratio of maximum to minimum

housing inside diameters of 1.4. What is the engine compression ratio?

industrial rotary engine is 39.6 inches. The engine turns at 1000 rpm while

delivering 500 brake horsepower at a BMEP of 79.2 psi. If the eccentricity ratio

is 0.14, what are the minor diameter, the rotor thickness, and the rotor

displacement, [in.3]?

7.20 A flat-flanked dual-rotor industrial rotary engine has a 60-cm minor diameter.The

engine delivers 800kW from an IMEP of 700kPa at a shaft speed of 20 rps. The

mechanical efficiency is 89%, and the eccentricity ratio is 0.16. Determine the

major diameter and the thickness and displacement of each rotor.

7.21 A Wankel rotary engine has an eccentricity of 2.2 in. and a major diameter of 28

in. It has a compression ratio of 9.5 and a 600 in.3 displacement. Determine the

rotor width and the rotor sector included angle if the rotor flanks are circular and

have no indentations.

7.22 A Wankel rotary engine has an eccentricity of 2.5 cm and a major diameter of 32

cm. The engine compression ratio is 9.0, and the displacement is 540 cm3. What

are the eccentricity ratio, the rotor width, and the rotor sector included angle if

the rotor flanks are circular and have no indentations?

282

CHAPTER 8

8.1 Introduction

Up to this point we have considered fossil-fueled heat engines that are currently in use. These

devices have provided society's answers to the thermodynamic question: How can the chemical

energy of fossil fuels be converted into mechanical work and motive power? Let us now turn our

attention to the another great thermodynamic question: How can thermal energy be transferred

from cold to warmer regions?

The well-known Clausius statement of the Second Law of Thermodynamics asserts: It is

impossible to construct a device that, operating in a cycle, has no effect other than the transfer

of heat from a cooler to a hotter body. Thus the Clausius statement tells us that energy (heat) will

not flow from cold to hot regions without outside assistance. The devices that provide this help

are called refrigeration units and heat pumps. Both types of devices satisfy the Clausius

requirement of external action through the application of mechanical power or natural transfers of

heat (more on this later).

The distinction between refrigerator and heat pump is one of purpose more than technique.

The refrigeration unit transfers energy (heat) from cold to hot regions for the purpose of cooling

the cold region while the heat pump does the same thing with the intent of heating the hot region.

The following will focus on refrigeration and make the distinction between refrigeration and heat

pumps only when it is essential to the discussion.

It should be pointed out that any heat engine cycle, when reversed, becomes a refrigeration

cycle, becuase the cyclic integral of the heat transfer, and thus the net work, becomes negative.

This implies heat rejection at higher than the lowest cycle temperature.

The vapor compression refrigeration system is the mainstay of the refrigeration and air

conditioning industry. Absorption refrigeration provides an alternative to the vapor compression

approach, particularly in applications where a heat source is economical and readily available. This

chapter considers both of these system types in turn, and closes with a discussion of moist air

behavior and its influence on air conditioning system design.

Numerous other specialized refrigeration systems exist. As just stated, in principle any heat

engine cycle, when reversed, becomes a refrigeration cycle. Such cycles are usually discussed in

thermodynamics texts. Other systems that are occasionally used in special applications include

thermoelectric coolers, which employ electrical work, and Hilsch or vortex tubes, which employ

compressed gas as an energy source.

283

Consider an insulated cold region of temperature TL as shown in Figure 8.1. Heat leakage from

the surroundings to the system tends to increase the system’s temperature. In order to keep the

cold region at temperature TL, the conservation of energy requires the removal of an amount of

heat equal to the energy inflow. This is done by a cold region heat exchanger that has an even

colder liquid flowing through it to carry away the heat. If the fluid is a saturated liquid, it will

evaporate and absorb energy from the cold region in its heat of vaporization. Such a heat

exchanger is called an evaporator. Thus the basic problem of refrigeration may be reduced to one

284

of providing a mechanism to supply cool saturated liquid or a mixture of liquid and vapor, the

refrigerant, to an evaporator.

Vapor compression refrigeration, as the name suggests, employs a compression process to

raise the pressure of a refrigerant vapor flowing from an evaporator at pressure p1 to p2, as shown

in Figure 8.2. The refrigerant then flows through a heat exchanger called a condenser at the high

pressure, p2 = p3, through a throttling device, and back to the low pressure, p1, in the evaporator.

The pressures p2 = p3 and p4 = p1 correspond to refrigerant saturation temperatures, T3 and T1 =

T4, respectively. These temperatures allow natural heat exchange with adjacent hot and cold

regions from high temperature to low. That is, T1 is less than TL; so that heat, QL, will flow from

the cold region into the evaporator to vaporize the working fluid. Similarly, the temperature T3

allows heat, QH, to be transferred from the working fluid in the condenser to the hot region at TH.

This is indicated by the arrows of Figure 8.2.

Thus the resulting device is one in which heat is transferred from a low temperature, TL, to a

high temperature, TH, using a compressor that receives work from the surroundings, therein

satisfying the Clausius statement.

The throttling device, as shown in Figure 8.2, restrains the flow of refrigerant from the

condenser to the evaporator. Its primary purpose is to provide the flow resistance necessary to

maintain the pressure difference between the two heat exchangers. It also serves to control the

rate of flow from condenser to evaporator. The throttling device may be a thermostatic expansion

valve (TEV) controlled by evaporator exit temperature or a long, fine-bore pipe called a capillary

tube.

For an adiabatic throttling device, the First Law of Thermodynamics requires that h3 = h4 for

the irreversible process, because Q and W are zero and kinetic energy change is negligible. Thus

saturated liquid at T3 flashes to a mixture of liquid and vapor at the evaporator inlet at the

enthalpy h4 = h3 and pressure p4 = p1. Also the evaporator entrance has the quality x4 and

temperature T4 = T1. Heat from the cold source at TL > T4 boils the mixture in the evaporator to a

saturated or slightly superheated vapor that passes to the suction side of the compressor.

The compressor in small and medium-sized refrigeration units is usually a reciprocating or

other positive-displacement type, but centrifugal compressors often are used in large systems

designed for commercial and industrial service.

It may be noted from the T-s diagram in Figure 8.2 that the vapor compression cycle is a

reversed Rankine cycle, except that the pressure drop occurs through a throttling device rather

than a turbine. In principle, a turbine or expansion device of some kind could be used to

simultaneously lower the refrigerant pressure and produce work to reduce the net work required

to operate the compressor. This is very unlikely because of the difficulty of deriving work from a

mixture of liquid and vapor and because of the low cost and simplicity of refrigeration throttling

devices.

An exploded view of a through-the-wall type room air conditioner commonly used in motels

and businesses is shown in Figure 8.3. A fan coil unit on the space side is the evaporator. A

thermally insulating barrier separates a hermetically sealed, electric-motor-driven positive

displacement compressor unit and a finned-tube heat exchanger condenser from the room on the

outdoor side.

285

286

Figure 8.4 shows a packaged air-conditioning unit designed for in-space use or for a nearby

space with short duct runs. Units sometimes are designed to operate with either one or two

compressors, coils, and fans to better accommodate varying cooling demands. A unit with water-

cooled condensers such as that shown requires an external heat sink, usually provided by a nearby

ground-level or rooftop evaporative cooling tower.

Rather than being combined in a single enclosure, refrigeration units frequently are installed

as split systems. Figure 8.5 shows an uncovered rooftop condensing unit that contains a

compressor and air cooled condenser. Such units are, of course, covered to resist the outdoor

environment over many years. Cooled refrigerant is piped in a closed circuit to remote air

distribution units that contain cooling coils (evaporators) and throttling devices. Figure 8.6

shows a skid-mounted air-cooled condensing unit also designed to function with remote

evaporators in applications such as walk-in coolers.

Refrigerants

Refrigerants are specially selected substances that have certain important characteristics including

good refrigeration performance, low flammability and toxicity, compatibility with compressor

lubricating oils and metals, and good heat transfer characteristics. They are usually identified by a

number that relates to their molecular composition.

287

shown in Table 8.1. Inorganic refrigerants are designated by 700, plus their molecular weight. For

hydrocarbon and halocarbon refrigerants, the number scheme XYZ works as follows: (1) Z, on the

right is the number of fluorine atoms; (2) Y is the number of hydrogen atoms plus one; and (3) the

leftmost digit, X, is one less than the number of carbon atoms in the compound.

Two important examples are refrigerants R-12 and R-22. R-12, dichlorodifluoromethane, has

two fluorine, one carbon, and two chlorine atoms in a methane-type structure. Thus the halogens,

288

289

290

291

chlorine and fluorine, replace hydrogen atoms in the CH4 molecular structure as shown in Figure

8.7. R-22, monochlorodifluoromethane, has a similar structure to R-12, except for a single

hydrogen atom replacing a chlorine atom. Charts of the thermodynamic properties of these

refrigerants are given in Appendix F.

The commonly used chlorofluorocarbon (CFC) refrigerants are a cause of great concern,

because their accumulation in the upper atmosphere creates a “hole” in the ozone layer that

normally shields the earth from solar ultraviolet radiation (refs. 8 and 9). In 1987, more than 35

countries, including the United States, signed the Montreal Protocol on Substances that Deplete

the Ozone Layer. The Montreal Protocol called for a freeze in 1989 and reductions in the 1990s

on the production levels of R-11, R-12, R-113, R-114, and R-115. The halocarbon refrigerants,

some of which are also widely used as aerosol propellants, foams, and solvents, are now

categorized as chlorofluorocarbons (CFCs), hydrochlorofluorocarbons (HCFCs), or

hydrofluorocarbons (HFCs). The HFCs, lacking chlorine, are no threat to the ozone layer but are

not in common usage as refrigerants. CFCs, which contain more chlorine than do HCFCs, are the

most serious offenders, are very stable, and do not break down rapidly in the lower atmosphere.

The Clean Air Act of 1990 (ref. 15) mandated termination of production in the United States of

all CFCs such as R-12 by the year 2000. Government data indicate that, because of the structural

difference between them, R-12 has twenty times the ozone-depletion potential in the upper

atmosphere of R-22. Nevertheless, R-22 and other HCFCs are also scheduled by the law for

phaseout of production by the year 2030.

Thus, the search for alternate refrigerants to replace those used in existing applications

(worth hundreds of billions of dollars) has assumed enormous importance. It is a difficult,

expensive, and continuing task to which industry is vigorously applying its efforts. Charts of

thermodynamic properties for two of the newer refrigerants, R-123 and R134a, are given in

Appendix F.

292

A vapor-compression cycle was shown in Figure 8.2, The work required by the refrigeration

compressor, assuming adiabatic compression, is given by the First Law of Thermodynamics:

where the usual thermodynamic sign convention has been employed. The enthalpies h1 and h2

usually are related to the temperatures and pressures of the cycle through the use of charts of

refrigerant thermodynamic properties such as those given in Appendix F.

In the ideal vapor compression cycle, the compressor suction state 1 is assumed to be a

saturated vapor. The state is determined when the evaporator temperature or pressure is given.

For the ideal cycle, for which compression is isentropic, and for cycles for which the compression

is determined using a compressor efficiency, state 2 may be defined from state 1 and the

condensing temperature or pressure by using the chart of refrigerant thermodynamic properties.

Assuming no heat exchanger pressure losses, the evaporator and condenser heat transfers are

easily determined per unit mass of refrigerant by application of the First Law of Thermodynamics:

The evaporator heat transferred, qL, is commonly referred to as the refrigeration effect, RE.

The product of the refrigerant mass flow rate and RE, the rate of cooling produced by the unit, is

called the refrigeration capacity [Btu/hr | kW].

Applying the First Law to the refrigerant in the system as a whole, we find that the work and

heat-transfer terms are related by

qL + qH = w [Btu/lbm | kJ/kg] (8.4)

where qH and w are negative for both refrigerators and heat pumps. Hence

Equation (8.5) is written here with absolute values to show that the sum of the compressor work

and the heat from the low-temperature source is the energy transferred by the condenser to the

high-temperature region. This may be seen graphically by addition of the enthalpy increments

representing Equations (8.1) to (8.3) in the pressure-enthalpy diagram shown in Figure 8.8. The

p–h diagram is applied often in refrigeration work because of its ease of use in dealing with

enthalpy differences and constant-pressure processes.

EXAMPLE 8.1

293

Solution

w = h1 – h2

as in Equation (8.1).

_____________________________________________________________________________

System Performance

coefficient of performance, COP. The COP for a refrigerator is defined as the ratio of the useful

294

effect or desired energy transfer accomplished by the evaporator (RE) to the energy cost to

achieve the effect (the compressor work), in equivalent units:

Like a refrigerator, a heat pump may be a vapor compression system; but unlike the

refrigerator it takes energy from a cold source and transfers it to a hot region for the purpose of

raising the temperature of the region or compensating for heat losses from the region. Some

commercial heat pumps are systems that combine both cooling and heating actions in a single

package. These systems are discussed more fully later.

For a heat pump, the useful effect or desired energy transfer is the passage of energy from the

condenser to the high-temperature region at TH. Thus the COP for a heat pump is

It is evident from Equations (8.6) and (8.7) that high values of COP are desired and may be

achieved by minimizing the compressor work input for given values of heat transfer. It may be

particularly advantageous to apply a vapor compression system in situations and applications in

which simultaneous heating and cooling functions are required–to cool a computer room with the

evaporator while heating rooms on the cold side of the building with the condenser, for example.

EXAMPLE 8.2

Solution

Combining Equations (8.7) and (8.5) yields

Thus, because qL > 0 and COPr >0 , the heat pump COP must always exceed 1. This is also

evident directly from the definition Equation (8.7) because the First Law [Equation (8.5)] requires

that |qH| > |w|. Note the relationship of refrigerator and heat pump COPs for the same cycle.

_____________________________________________________________________________

The T-s diagram in Figure 8.2 shows that condenser and evaporator pressures of both

refrigerators and heat pumps are determined largely by the source and sink (cold-region and hot-

region) temperatures, TL and TH, respectively. Thus, the greater the difference between the hot-

region and cold-region temperatures (the application temperature difference), the higher the

compressor pressure ratio and the higher the compressor work. For low application temperature

differences, |w| can be significantly less than qL; and thus COPr may also exceed 1. Conversely,

large application temperature differences lead to low coefficients of performance.

295

Prior to the twentieth century, the cooling of both people and perishable goods was achieved

by using ice formed in the winter by nature from liquid water. Ice from lakes and ponds in

northern climates was cut, hauled to ice storage houses, and delivered to customers as needed.

As late as the 1930s and ’40s, the ice vendor would make a daily delivery of ice so that

perishable goods could be kept fresh in insulated ice storage boxes, the predecessors of the

modern refrigerator. By then, ice was being made by freezing water via large refrigeration units

with ammonia compressors; and comfort air cooling was being installed in the best theaters and

wealthiest homes in the United States.

It is not surprising that a measure of rate of cooling, or cooling capacity, is often related to

the cooling capability of a ton of ice. A ton of refrigeration is defined as the rate of cooling

produced by melting a ton of ice in 24 hours. Based on this definition, and on the fact that the

latent heat of fusion of water is 144 Btu/lbm, it may be deduced that a ton of refrigeration is a rate

of cooling of 200 Btu/min, or 12,000 Btu/hour (see Exercise 8.3). Thus a 3-ton air conditioner is

one that nominally removes 36,000 Btu/hr from the cooled space.

When shopping for an air conditioner, one encounters labels that give the product's energy

efficiency ratio (EER), that is, the ratio of the cooling capacity of the unit, measured in Btu/hr, to

the power required to operate it, in watts. It is evident that the EER is proportional to the COP,

neglecting fan power. Applying the conversion factor between Btus and watt-hours one sees that

EER = 3.413(COP.

EXAMPLE 8.3

evaporator temperature of 0°F and condensing at 100°F, find the following: the compressor

suction and discharge pressures, enthalpies, and specific volumes; the condenser discharge

pressure and enthalpy; the refrigeration COP; and the refrigerant mass flow rate and power

requirement for a 10-ton refrigeration unit.

Solution

Following the notation of Figures 8.2 and 8.8, from the chart (Appendix F) for refrigerant 22

at T1 = 0°F, the other properties at state 1 are p1 = 38 psia, h1 = 104 Btu/lbm, v1 = 1.4 ft3/lbm, and

s1 = 0.229 Btu/lbm-R.

The saturated-liquid condenser discharge properties at T3 = 100°F are p3 = 210 psia and h3 =

39 Btu/lbm.

The compressor discharge-state properties at s2 = s1 and p2 = p3 = 210 psia are h2 = 123

Btu/lbm, T2 = 155°F, and v2 = 0.31 ft3/lbm.

The evaporator inlet enthalpy is the same as that at condenser discharge, h4 = h3 = 39

Btu/lbm.

The refrigeration effect and the compressor work are then

RE = h1 – h4 = 104 – 39 = 65 Btu/lbm

296

Thus

COPr = RE /w = 65/19 = 3.42.

The rate of cooling, or cooling capacity, for a 10-ton unit is 10×200 = 2000 Btu/min. The

refrigerant mass flow rate is the capacity divided by the refrigeration effect = 2000/65 = 30.8

lbm/min.

The power required by the compressor is the product of the mass flow rate and the

compressor work = 30.8×19 = 585.2 Btu/min, or 585.2×60/ 3.413 = 10,290 W, or 10.29 kW.

The ideal EER may then be calculated from the capacity and power as 2000×60/10,290 =

11.7 Btu/Watt-hr, or from the COP as 3.413×3.42 = 11.7 Btu/Watt-hr.

_____________________________________________________________________________

Compressors

While most small- and medium-capacity refrigeration systems use hermetically sealed, electric-

motor-driven compressor units or open (externally powered) reciprocating compressors,

centrifugal compressors are frequently found in large units for cooling buildings and for industrial

applications.

The reciprocating compressor has much in common geometrically with a simple two-stroke

reciprocating engine with intake and exhaust valves. As in that case, the compressor clearance

volume Vc is the volume at top center, and the piston sweeps out the displacement volume, as

indicated in Figure 8.9. The processes 1-2-3-4-1 on the idealized pressure-volume diagram

represent the following:

+ 1–2 Both valves are closed. Compression of the maximum cylinder volume V1 = Vc + Vd

of refrigerant vapor through the pressure ratio p2/p1 to a volume V2.

+ 2–3 Exhaust valve is open. Discharge of refrigerant through the exhaust valve at

condenser pressure p3 until only the clearance volume V3 = Vc remains when the piston is

at top center.

+ 3–4 Both valves are closed. Expansion of the clearance gas with both valves closed from

V3 to V4. Note that the inlet valve cannot open until the cylinder pressure drops to p4 = p1

without discharging refrigerant back into the evaporator.

+ 4–1 Intake valve is open. Refrigerant is drawn from the evaporator into the cylinder at

constant pressure p1 through an intake valve by the motion of piston. Refrigerant in the

amount V1 – V4 is processed per cycle.

Assuming polytropic compression and expansion processes with the same exponent k:

297

Then the volume of refrigerant vapor processed per cycle (or per shaft revolution)

V1 – V4 = Vd + Vc – Vc ( p2/p1)1/ k = Vd – Vc [( p2/p1)1/ k – 1]

is less than the displacement volume and depends on the compressor pressure ratio. Neglecting

the difference between the refrigerant density leaving the evaporator and that in the compressor

cylinder just before compression, we may write the compressor volumetric efficiency as the ratio

of V1 – V4 to the displacement:

Examination of the compressor processes for different pressure ratios, as in Figure 8.9 ( p2' /p1,

for example), shows that the refrigerant volume processed per cycle, and thus the volumetric

298

efficiency, decreases with increasing pressure ratio. It is also evident that the clearance volume

must be kept small to attain high volumetric efficiency. It is clear that, for a given positive-

displacement compressor, the volumetric efficiency limits the usable pressure ratio and thus the

difference between the condensing and evaporating temperatures.

EXAMPLE 8.4

What is the volumetric efficiency of the reciprocating compressor used with the refrigeration

system of Example 8.3 if the clearance volume is 3% of the displacement volume and the

polytropic exponent is 1.16?

Solution

The compressor pressure ratio is p2/p1 = 210/38 = 5.526. From the preceding equation, the

volumetric efficiency is then

_____________________________________________________________________________

earlier in connection with the turbocharger. It is fundamentally different than the positive-

displacement reciprocating compressor in that it operates on a fluid dynamic principal in which

kinetic energy imparted to the refrigerant by an impeller is converted to pressure analogous to that

indicated by the Bernoulli equation. The high-speed rotor accelerates and thus increases the

kinetic energy of the refrigerant, which is then converted to pressure in diffuser passages.

Because the efficiency of small centrifugal compressors is limited, centrifugals are used primarily

in large-scale applications with cooling loads in tens or hundreds of tons of refrigeration.

The scroll compressor, shown in Figure 8.10, though based on a century-old concept, is a

recent development in rotary compressors. In it, an electric-motor-driven orbiting scroll meshes

with a stationary scroll. Six crescent-shaped pockets formed between the involute scrolls trap,

transport, and compress low-pressure refrigerant from the outside of the scrolls to the discharge

passage at the scroll center. This process is more easily visualized by following the shaded pocket

of refrigerant in Figure 8.11. Some of the advantages attributed to the scroll compressor are:

continuous and smooth compression with 100% volumetric efficiency, no valves, physical

separation of suction and discharge lines (which avoids the temperature cycling of reciprocating

compressors), and higher compression efficiency than the best reciprocating units (ref. 10).

Seasonal energy efficiency ratios (EERs averaged over a cooling season) in excess of 10 are

readily attained with this technology. An animation of a scroll compressor may be seen on the

internet at www.copeland-corp.com.

Let's examine two items of concern with respect to some vapor compression systems. In systems

with reciprocating compressors, there is a danger that, due to changing cooling loads, that the

liquid refrigerant in the evaporator may not be completely vaporized, causing slugs of liquid to

299

compressors with fixed clearance volumes can be damaged when such "slugging" occurs.

The use of a thermostatic expansion valve (TEV) that responds to change in the degree of

superheat in the suction line provides one solution to this problem. A bulb filled with refrigerant

attached to the suction line, when heated by superheated vapor, transmits an increasing pressure

signal to a diaphragm in the TEV, which adjusts the valve flow area and in turn changes the mass

300

flow rate of refrigerant. This control is usually set to maintain a minimum of about five degrees of

superheat to avoid liquid slugs entering the compressor inlet.

A second concern is the possibility of entry of vapor into the throttling valve if the refrigerant

at the condenser exit is not completely condensed. Because vapor occupies much more space than

liquid, the throttling valve will not function properly if vapor can enter from the condenser. One

approach to dealing with this is to locate a liquid receiver downstream of the condenser to assure

the availability of liquid to the expansion device.

Both of the above concerns may be dealt with simultaneously by the addition of a suction-line

heat exchanger that superheats the evaporator discharge about five degrees, ensuring that only

vapor enters the compressor. The heat exchanger that provides suction superheat from state 6 to

state 1 in Figure 8.12 may be set up to receive heat from the subcooling of the condenser

discharge from state 3 to state 4. This ensures the absence both of vapor entering the throttling

valve and of liquid slugs entering the compressor. Note that the subcooling also tends to increase

the refrigeration effect over that of the ideal cycle by decreasing the enthalpy entering the

301

evaporator. This effect may be accomplished by running the compressor suction line next to the

condenser discharge, allowing some thermal contact.

It is possible to combine both heating and cooling functions in a single system by providing heat

exchangers that can operate as both evaporator and condenser and a control system that can

reroute the flow of refrigerant when switching functions is required. Figure 8-13 presents a

302

schematic diagram for such a system, commonly called a heat pump (context usually determines

whether the term “heat pump” refers to a device that heats only or that combines heating and

cooling functions). The key component in a commercial heat pump is a reversing valve. With the

valve shown in the figure, rotation through an angle of 90° reroutes the flow of refrigerant from

the indoor coil to the outdoor coil, and vice versa. As a result of this change, the indoor coil that

served as a condenser in the winter becomes an evaporator in the summer. The outdoor coil

changes accordingly. Separate throttling devices may be used to accommodate differing load

conditions in winter and summer. One-way check valves ensure that refrigerant flow is through

the appropriate throttling device during each season.

Example 8.3 shows that vapor compression refrigeration requires a significant supply of work

from an electric motor or other source of mechanical power. Absorption refrigeration is an

alternate approach to cooling that is largely thermally driven and requires little external work.

This form of refrigeration is growing in importance as energy conservation considerations demand

closer scrutiny of the disposition of heat rejection from thermal processes. Absorption

refrigeration provides a constructive means of utilizing waste heat or heat from inexpensive

sources at a temperature of a few hundred degrees, as well as directly from fossil fuels. The

eventual abolition of the use of CFCs may also boost absorption refrigeration technology.

This system relies on the fact that certain refrigerant vapors may be dissolved in liquids called

absorbents. For instance, water vapor is a refrigerant that tends to dissolve in liquid lithium

bromide, an absorbent. Just as when they condense, vapors release heat when they go into

solution. This heat must be removed from the system in order to maintain a constant temperature.

Thus, cooling causes vapor to be absorbed in absorbents, just as cooling causes vapor to

condense. On the other hand, heating tends to drive vapor out of solution just as it turns liquid to

vapor. This solution phenomenon and the fact that pumping liquid requires a relatively small

amount of work compared with that required to compress a gas are the secrets of absorption

refrigeration.

Consider the schematic diagram in Figure 8.14, which shows a basic absorption refrigeration

unit. The condenser / throttling valve / evaporator subsystem is essentially the same as in the

vapor compression system diagram of Figure 8.2. The major difference is the replacement of the

compressor with a different form of pressurization system. This system consists primarily of an

absorber at the pressure of the evaporator, a vapor generator at the pressure of the condenser,

and a solution pump. A second throttling valve maintains the pressure difference between the

absorber and the generator.

The system operates as follows: Refrigerant vapor from the evaporator flows into the

absorber, where it mixes with the absorbent. The mixture is cooled by heat transfer QA to air or

water at the temperature of the environment, causing the vapor to go into solution. The

refrigerant-absorbent solution flows to the solution pump where it is pressurized to the pressure

level of the generator and condenser. Heat from an energy source, QG, then drives the vapor from

the cold liquid solution. The vapor flows into the condenser while the heated liquid in the

303

304

generator passes back to the absorber through an absorbent throttling valve, thus completing the

absorbent loop.

As in vapor compression systems, the condensed vapor from the condenser passes through

the refrigerant throttling valve into the evaporator as a chilled refrigerant liquid-vapor mixture,

where its vaporization creates the desired refrigeration effect. The evaporator vapor then flows

back to the absorber to again go into solution and repeat the process. It should be noted that the

only work required is a relatively small amount needed to operate the solution pump.

Thus the major energy requirement of an absorption refrigeration system is a transfer of heat

QG from a source of moderate temperature, such as an engine combustion-gas exhaust, steam

from a low-pressure boiler, or perhaps a heat transfer fluid from solar collectors. The coefficient

of performance of an absorption system is therefore defined as the ratio of the refrigeration

capacity to the rate of heat addition in the generator. This definition is fundamentally different

305

from that of the COP of a vapor compression system, because the energy source is in the form of

heat rather than work. Therefore, it should not be surprising that absorption system COPs are

much lower than those for vapor compression systems.

cleaning, and those other operations involving air (in addition to cooling) that provide thermal

comfort to people and effectiveness to processes. Studies of what constitutes thermal comfort to

individuals have identified air temperature, humidity, ventilation, air movement, and air cleanliness

as important control parameters. The systems needed to control all of these parameters are

discussed in many references, including refs. 1 through 5. This chapter is concerned primarily with

temperature and humidity control.

Space cooling and space heating are the primary functions that rely on vapor compression

and absorption systems. In specifying systems to perform these functions, it is necessary to define

the winter heating loads and summer cooling loads [Btu/hr | kW] for the space to be heated or

cooled. Most HVAC (heating, ventilating, and air conditioning) professionals now have computer

programs that assist in defining these loads.

The determination of cooling loads involves delimiting the space to be conditioned and

defining the appropriate indoor and outdoor design conditions. For example, for some

applications the indoor design temperature and humidity might be specified as 74°F and 50%

relative humidity based on thermal comfort data and experience. For a given locale, the ASHRAE

Handbook gives outdoor temperatures that are not exceeded during a given fraction of the

summer season. For example, the Handbook indicates that the temperature in Tulsa, Oklahoma is

usually not greater than 98°F during 97.5% of the four-month period from June to September.

This, therefore, might be selected as a suitable summer outdoor design temperature.

A thermal cooling load analysis is performed with these design conditions and data on the

structure and contents of the enclosure of the conditioned space for times when the load is

expected to be greatest. The analysis involves heat transfer through walls, roofs, doors, and

windows; and internal heat generation due to electrical devices, gas burning appliances, human

occupants, and other sources. At such times, solar radiation is usually a strong influence. In most

applications, additions of water vapor to air in the space must be considered also. The results of

these calculations yield the design rates at which heat and moisture must be removed from the

space. The air conditioning evaporator cooling capacity and the fan air circulation rate are then

sized to provide for these near-extreme rates.

Cooling and heating loads at a given locale may be expected to vary approximately linearly

with the deviation of the ambient temperature from a break-even temperature of about 65°F. At

this outdoor temperature, no mechanical heating or cooling is required for thermal comfort. The

break-even ambient temperature is usually below the indoor design temperature because of the

necessity of a temperature difference for the rejection of heat through the walls required to

balance the energy generation from sources in the space. Figure 8.15 shows typical performance

behavior of vapor compression heating and cooling equipment superimposed on corresponding

load curves. The equipment is necessarily oversized for mild temperatures. In the case of the heat

306

pump, there is an ambient temperature at which the equipment capacity matches the heating load,

the balance point. At lower temperatures the heat pump is unable to maintain the design indoor

temperature, a heating deficit. This situation is usually handled by the use of electrical resistance

heaters to supplement the heat pump output. The electric resistance heaters usually are switched

on in banks as the ambient temperature decreases further below the break-even point. While the

heat pump itself may be quite efficient, pure resistance heating with COP = 1.0 results in

degradation in overall efficiency and economy while the resistance heaters are in operation.

Operationally, for the frequent periods when capacity exceeds load, a thermostat is usually

used to cycle the system on and off to provide for indoor comfort in a limited range of

temperature around the indoor design value. More sophisticated systems resulting from advances

in motor control, compressors, and fans may allow the system to operate at part load continuous-

ly, to avoid the discomfort and inefficiency of temperature cycling associated with simple

thermostat operation.

The dual-fuel heat pump, a new approach to dealing with the weaknesses of the heat pump

at low temperatures, has been proposed and studied by the Electric Power Research Institute, an

equipment manufacturer, and several electric utilities (ref. 14). Instead of expensive and energy-

wasteful resistance heating making up the heating deficit when ambient temperatures require

operation below the heat pump balance point, a gas furnace built into the heat pump package

comes online and economically satisfies the need for additional heat. The combined electric heat

pump and gas unit operate together, unless the ambient temperature drops to still lower

307

temperature levels at which the cost of gas operation falls below the cost of electricity. Below

this break-even point electric heat pump component shuts down and gas heat is used exclusively.

The break-even point may be adjusted when energy prices change. According to the

reference, in regions where gas prices are high and electricity low, dual-fuel heat pump users will

benefit from substantial reductions in operating costs and the utilities from increased off-peak

sales in the winter months. However, the purchase price of the dual-fuel heat pump unit is

expected to be higher than combined gas heating and electric cooling systems now used. This

creates a marketing problem, because consumers often are more impressed by low purchase price

than by low life-cycle costs resulting from low operating costs.

Psychrometrics

Although the mass fraction of water vapor in ambient air usually is numerically small, water vapor

can have a significant influence on an individual's thermal comfort and on the design of air

conditioning equipment. Most people can recall instances of discomfort associated with both

excessively dry or moist air. Numerous industrial processes also require moisture control to

maintain high standards of quality and productivity. The engineering fundamentals of dealing with

moist air and the application of those fundamentals are treated here.

The study of the behavior of moist air is called psychrometrics. We will consider moist air as

a two-component mixture of dry air and water vapor, and treat both components and the mixture

as ideal gases in the context of the mixture theory discussed in Chapter 3.

Humidity Ratio

Properties of moist air are commonly referred to the mass of dry air mda, apart from the water

vapor, contained in the air. For example, the humidity ratio is defined as the ratio of the mass of

water vapor to the mass of dry air present in the moist air:

Together, the humidity ratio and the ambient temperature and pressure define the

thermodynamic state of moist air, and therefore may be used to define other properties of moist

air. Using the ideal gas law, the humidity ratio may be written as

= (pwv/pda)(Mwv/Mda)

308

where we have used the facts that the water vapor and dry air occupy the same space and

therefore have the same volume, and that both components are in thermal equilibrium and

therefore are at the same temperature. The ratio of gas constants in Equation (8.9), expressed in

terms of the Universal Gas Constant, reduces to the inverse ratio of molecular weights Mwv /Mda =

18/28.9 = 0.622.

Thus the humidity ratio is equivalent to the ratio of partial pressures of water vapor and dry

air. Going one step further, consider the total air pressure P, the pressure that we measure with a

barometer, as the sum of partial pressures of dry air and water vapor according to Dalton's Law:

Thus, for a given ambient pressure, the humidity ratio is determined by the existing partial

pressure of water vapor. It is evident that because pwv << P, the humidity ratio varies

approximately linearly with the partial pressure of water vapor in the air. Humidity ratio is

sometimes expressed in grains of water vapor per pound of dry air where there are 7000 grains

per pound.

Saturated Air

Moist air is said to be saturated when its humidity ratio is a maximum for the existing temperature

and total pressure. The humidity ratio for saturated air may be determined using Equation (8.11)

with the saturation pressure of water vapor obtained from saturated steam tables at the known

temperature.

EXAMPLE 8.5

Determine the partial pressures of water vapor and dry air and the humidity ratio in saturated

moist air for an ambient total pressure and temperature of 14.7 psia and 80°F, respectively.

Solution

From the saturated-steam tables at 80°F, the partial pressure of water vapor is 0.50683 psia.

The partial pressure of the dry air component is then 14.7 – 0.50683 = 14.2 psia, and the humidity

ratio is

Thus, at 80°F, the moist air may have no more than 0.0222 lb (or 155.4 grains) of moisture per

pound of dry air.

_____________________________________________________________________________

309

While air at a given temperature and pressure can have no more water vapor than indicated

by the humidity ratio for saturated air, the air can be drier. This is, of course, indicated by lower

values of humidity ratio and also by relative humidity, as discussed next.

An alternative parameter for indicating the moisture content of air is the relative humidity, M. The

relative humidity is defined as the ratio of the mole fraction of water vapor in unsaturated air to

the mole fraction of water vapor in air that is saturated at the same temperature and total

pressure:

It has been shown in Chapter 3 that the mole fraction of a component of an ideal gas is the ratio

of the partial pressure of that component to the total pressure of the gas. Thus the relative

humidity may be written as

where the partial pressures are evaluated at the same temperature and total pressure. The relative

humidity of the air may be related to the p-V diagram for its water component in Figure 8-16. The

diagram shows two isotherms where T1 = T2 > T3. Considering the top isotherm, the relative

humidity of state 1 is the ratio of the pressure of water vapor at state 1 to that at the saturation

vapor state at the same temperature, state 2. The figure shows that the maximum pressure of

water vapor possible at a given temperature corresponds to the saturation pressure of water at

that temperature. Thus increasing amounts of water vapor in air at a given ambient temperature

are indicated by higher relative humidity, higher humidity ratio, higher water vapor partial

pressure, and by vapor states closer to the saturated-vapor line for water. Thus the term

"saturated air" implies that the water vapor in the air is a saturated vapor. These two uses of the

term "saturated" should be distinguished to avoid confusion.

When a given mass of moist air cools slowly, the mass of water vapor in the air remains

constant until the air becomes saturated. Thus the humidity ratio and the partial pressure of the

water vapor are also fixed. This process is depicted by the line of constant pressure from 1 to 3 to

4 in Figure 8.16. Note that, once state 4 is reached, no further cooling can occur without

condensation of water vapor. This condition, at which liquid water first appears, is known as the

dew point. The formation of dew is a familiar early morning occurrence in which water vapor

condenses, leaving drops of liquid on grass and other surfaces that are cooler than the

surrounding air. The temperature at which water vapor begins to condense is therefore called the

dew point temperature. It is evident from Figure 8.16 that as the air temperature at state 1 drops,

approaching the dew point temperature, the relative humidity increases until it finally reaches

100% at state 4. Thus the dew point temperature for any moist air state may be obtained from the

saturated-steam tables, if the partial pressure of the water vapor is known.

310

EXAMPLE 8.6

In ambient moist air, the temperature and pressure are 70°F and 14.7 psia, respectively, and the

relative humidity is 50%. What are the partial pressures of dry air and water vapor and the

humidity ratio and dew point?

Solution

At 70°F, the steam tables give the saturation pressure of water as 0.36292 psia. This is the

partial pressure of water vapor in saturated air. From Equation (8.13), the partial pressure of

water vapor in the ambient air is then (0.5)(0.36292) = 0.181, and the corresponding partial

pressure of dry air is 14.7 – 0.181 = 14.52 psia. Equation (8.11) then gives the humidity ratio:

W = 0.622(0.181)/14.52 = 0.0078 lb

311

The tables for saturated steam give the dew point temperature of about 51°F for the vapor

partial pressure of 0.181 psia.

_____________________________________________________________________________

Since any extensive property of a mixture of ideal gases is the sum of the corresponding

properties of the components, the enthalpy of moist air is the sum of the enthalpies of dry air and

water vapor. Hence

where the mass of the mixture is mda + mwv. In order to define an enthalpy per unit mass for the

mixture, it must be decided which mass to select as a reference for the specific enthalpy of the

mixture. As with the humidity ratio, the usual choice in psychrometrics is the mass of dry air.

Thus the specific enthalpy of moist air is given by h = H /mda:

Because the temperature range of most air conditioning operations is limited, it is usually

satisfactory to use constant heat capacities in dealing with enthalpy calculations. Selecting the

reference temperatures for enthalpy as 0° on both scales, the enthalpies of the dry air, expressed in

terms of Fahrenheit and Celsius temperatures, may be written as

and

The enthalpy of water vapor is the sum of the sensible and latent enthalpies:

EXAMPLE 8.7

Compare the enthalpy of water vapor from Equation (8.15a) with that from the steam tables for

32°, 100°, 150°, and 200°F.

312

Solution

For 32°F, the enthalpy is

This compares with 1075.5 Btu/lbm from the steam tables. The comparison for other temperatures

is as follows:

32 1075.47 1075.5

100 1105.8 1105.1

150 1128.1 1126.1

200 1150.4 1146

Thus the approximation is quite accurate in and beyond the air conditioning range, but it

decreases in accuracy as temperature increases.

_____________________________________________________________________________

Combining the above relations, we may then write the enthalpies of moist air as

Adiabatic Saturation

Consider a steady-flow process in which air flows through a liquid water spray in a duct where the

air entrains moisture until it becomes saturated. If the duct is insulated so that the flow is

adiabatic, and the water spray and the moist air leaving the duct are at the same temperature, the

process is referred to as an adiabatic saturation process. It is shown shortly that measurement of

the temperature and pressure of the air entering the duct and the final moist air temperature,

called the adiabatic saturation temperature, determines the state of the moist air entering the

duct. Thus two temperature measurements and a pressure measurement are sufficient to

determine the state of moist air.

313

Figure 8.17 shows a schematic of an adiabatic saturation device in which liquid water at the

adiabatic saturation temperature T2 is evaporated at a rate mw into a moist air stream flowing at a

rate of mda(1 + W) through the duct. Thus conservation of mass applied separately to both dry air

and water components yields

Combining these equations, we find that the ratio of the mass flow rate of entrained water or

makeup water to the mass of dry air is

where hf is the enthalpy of the saturated liquid at T2. Substituting Equation (8.17) into this

314

equation yields

or

or

Given the initial temperature T1, hwv 1 is determined from Equation (8.15). If T2 and P1 = P2 are

also measured, the saturation partial pressure, the humidity ratio W2, the vapor enthalpy hwv 2, and

the liquid-water enthalpy hf = hf(T2) may also be determined using the steam tables and Equations

(8.11) and (8.15). Equation (8.18) may then be solved for the upstream (ambient) humidity ratio.

The following example demonstrates the use of the adiabatic saturation concept in the

determination of the ambient moist air state.

EXAMPLE 8.8

Ambient air at 14.7 psia and 70°F drops to 56°F in passing through an adiabatic saturator. What is

the ambient humidity ratio and the relative humidity?

Solution

Saturated air at 56°F yields a partial pressure of 0.22183 psia, a humidity ratio

a water-vapor enthalpy hwv 2 = 1086 Btu/lbm, and makeup-water enthalpy hf = 24.059 Btu/lbm.

At the inlet where T1 = 70°F, the water-vapor enthalpy hwv 1 = 1092.1 Btu/lbm. Thus, from

Equation (8.18)

of water vapor per pound of dry air.

Solving Equation (8.11) for the partial pressure of water vapor gives

Because the saturation partial pressure of water vapor at 70°F is pwv 1, sat = 0.36292 psia, the

relative humidity at state 1 is

_____________________________________________________________________________

315

We may summarize the adiabatic saturation process as one in which liquid water

evaporates into the air flow, increasing the mass of water vapor in the air and therefore

increasing the humidity ratio and, according to Equation (8.11), increasing the partial pressure

of the vapor also. Because the flow is adiabatic, the heat of vaporization for the water must

come from the flow of moist air, decreasing the air temperature. The increase in vapor partial

pressure implies that the air dew point temperature increases as the flow passes through the

saturator, ending at the adiabatic saturation temperature.

In order to distinguish among the various temperatures dealt with in psychrometrics, the

temperature of moist ambient air, as measured by a mercury-in-glass thermometer, a

thermocouple, or an equivalent device, is known as the dry bulb temperature.

The sling psychrometer, a more convenient and inexpensive device for determining moist

air states than the adiabatic saturator, uses two mercury-in-glass thermometers rigidly

attached to a frame with a pivoted handle as shown in Figure (8.18). The bulb of one

thermometer, called the wet bulb, is wrapped in moistened wicking, and the other is left bare

to measure the dry-bulb temperature. In operation, the user twirls the psychrometer for a

minute or two until the readings of the thermometers stabilize. Evaporation of water from the

wicking cools the wet bulb in proportion to the dryness of the ambient air. The temperature

difference between the bulbs is commonly called the wet-bulb depression. Tables are

sometimes provided to give relative humidity in terms of wet-bulb depression, but a

psychrometric chart may be conveniently used to identify the moist air properties, as discussed

in the next section.

The wet-bulb temperature, as an approximation to the adiabatic saturation temperature,

together with the dry-bulb temperature and barometric pressure, determines the state of the

moist ambient air. While the wet-bulb process differs fundamentally from the adiabatic

saturation process, in practice it provides a reliable approximation to the wet-bulb

temperature. Thus the adiabatic saturation temperature is sometimes referred to as the

thermodynamic wet-bulb temperature.

Devices that give direct readings of humidity are called hygrometers. These devices are

usually more complicated and expensive and less reliable than the psychrometer. They

316

commonly make use of properties of materials that are influenced by the presence of water

vapor, such as elongation and shrinkage. Human hair, paper, and nylon are examples of such

materials. More information on hygrometers is available in reference 2.

The properties and processes described above are conveniently related on a graph commonly

known as a psychrometric chart. Although close examination of the skeleton chart of Figure

8.19 and the detailed chart in the Appendix shows that it is not quite a rectangular coordinate

plot, for most purposes it may be thought of as such, with humidity ratio as ordinate and dry

bulb temperature as abscissa. A psychrometric chart is constructed for a specified value of

barometric pressure. Thus charts for different barometric pressures should be selected for

analyses for high altitudes, such as at Denver’s, where atmospheric pressure is low, and those

near sea level, such as Houston’s, where it is normally high.

317

While most psychrometric charts are based on the precise methods of reference 7, it is

instructive to consider how a chart could be constructed based on the ideal gas theory

discussed earlier and on the steam tables. The curve labeled "saturation" on the psychrometric

chart corresponds to states of air containing saturated water vapor at each dry-bulb

temperature. For each value of dry-bulb temperature, the saturation partial pressure obtained

from the steam tables determines the saturation humidity ratio for a specified atmospheric

pressure [Equation (8.11)]. Thus the saturation curve relates the dew point temperature

(measured on the abscissa) to the humidity ratio and to the corresponding partial pressure of

water vapor. The saturation line also defines the conditions for 100% relative humidity.

For a given dry-bulb temperature, Equation (8.13) shows that the vapor partial pressure

varies linearly with M:

For a given value of M, the humidity ratio can then be established using Equation (8.11).

Hence the value of M and the dry-bulb temperature determine the value of the ordinate W.

Thus a line of constant relative humidity M lies between the horizontal axis (pwv = 0 or W = 0)

and the chart saturation curve at a vertical position in proportion of the magnitude of M.

Lines of constant volume of moist air per unit mass of dry air may be approximated using

the ideal gas law applied to the dry air component:

where Rda is the gas constant for dry air. Because dry air and water vapor occupy the same

volume independently, the specific volume of moist air based on unit mass of dry air is the

same as that for dry air. For zero humidity ratio, the air is dry and pwv = 0. Then the dry-bulb

temperature and ambient pressure alone determine the specific volume for each point on the

horizontal axis of the chart. As the humidity ratio and hence the vapor partial pressure

increase at constant ambient pressure, Equation (8.19) shows that the dry-bulb temperature

must decrease to hold v constant. This establishes the negative slope of constant-specific-

volume lines on the psychrometric chart. It is also easily seen from Equation (8.19) that, for

dry air along the horizontal axis, lines of higher specific volume are located at higher dry-bulb

temperatures. The same conclusion follows for any constant value of humidity ratio.

Similar arguments may be used, together with Equation (8.14), to explain the slope and

variation of lines of constant enthalpy with dry-bulb temperature on the psychrometric chart.

Consider point A on the psychrometric chart in Figure 8.19. The processes of heating and

cooling to points B and C, respectively, are called sensible heating and sensible cooling. The

term “sensible” implies change in dry-bulb temperature without change in moisture content.

These processes occur at constant humidity ratio and thus at constant dew point temperature,

Tdp.

318

Next consider processes in which either moistening or drying of air takes place. An

example of a humidification, or air-moistening, process already considered is the adiabatic

saturation process. It is represented by movement along a line of constant wet-bulb

temperature toward the saturation curve, such as the line AD on the figure.

A pure humidification process is one in which the humidity ratio increases at constant

dry-bulb temperature. The line AE in Figure 8.19 represents this process. The process requires

the addition of water vapor to the air, with a consequent energy increase corresponding to the

heat of vaporization of water, (WE – WA)hfg. The enthalpy increase between points A and E

indicated by the chart is equal to this quantity because no sensible heating has occurred. The

process is said to involve latent heat as opposed to sensible heat. Thus an isothermal change

in humidity ratio represents a latent heat load associated with the moist air mass and the

equipment dealing with it. The reverse process EA may be thought of as pure

dehumidification. The modifier "pure" is meant to suggest that there are other, more common

and easily executed, humidification and dehumidification processes in which dry bulb

temperature change is involved. Examples are air washer processes like the adiabatic saturator

and desiccant drying (to be discussed later).

Let us now consider the steady-flow, adiabatic mixing of two moist air streams at states i

and o to form a single stream at state m as shown in Figure 8.20. Conservation of mass of dry

air and water vapor yields

319

and

miWi + moWo = mmWm

Dividing through by the mixture mass flow rate, the latter equation becomes

Thus the mixture humidity ratio is the mass-weighted average of the humidity ratios of the

two streams. Applying conservation of energy to the adiabatic mixing process, we obtain

Thus, given the flow rates and properties of the two streams, the mass flow of the

mixture is the sum of the masses of the two inflowing streams and the humidity ratio and

enthalpy of the mixture may be obtained by calculating the weighted means of the humidity

ratios and enthalpies from Equations (8.21) and (8.22).

A graphical solution for the mixture state can be easily obtained on the psychrometric

chart. For fixed states i and o, Equations (8.21) to (8.22) depend on a single parameter,

mi/mm, or

mo/mm = mo/(mo + mi) = 1 – mi /mm

Eliminating the mass ratio between these equations defines a linear relation between the

mixture humidity ratio Wm and enthalpy hm:

as shown in Figure 8.20. The explicit linear dependence of Wm and hm on mo/mm is shown by

rearranging Equations (8.23a and b) into

320

When the flow rates and properties of states i and o are known, the latter two equations define

the mixture state.

These equations are the basis for a graphical method to determine the mixture state, as

suggested earlier. A straight line connecting states i and o is drawn on the psychrometric

chart, and the mass fraction mo/mm in Equations (8.23) is laid out as the fraction of the

distance between i and o measured from state i. The resulting point defines the properties of

the mixture state.

EXAMPLE 8.9

Ten lbm/sec of outdoor air at 100°F dry-bulb and 60% relative humidity at sea level is mixed

with 20 lbm/sec of indoor air at 75°F dry-bulb and 40% relative humidity. Determine the moist

air properties of the mixture.

Solution

From the psychrometric chart for the outdoor air state: ho = 51.8 Btu/lbm and Wo = 0.0252 lbm

water vapor per lbm dry air. For indoor air: hi = 26 Btu/lbm and Wi = 0.0074 lbm of water vapor

per lbm dry air. From Equations (8.20) and (8.21), the humidity ratio is then:

Other mixture properties from the psychrometric chart are then 83.4°F dry-bulb, 65°F

dew point, and 70.8°F wet-bulb temperatures, 54% relative humidity, and 13.97 ft3/lbm

specific volume.

__________________________________________________________________________

systems. In comfort cooling, a control volume (see Figure 8.21), usually referred to as a space

or zone, is identified as a room or group of rooms that have common thermal conditions and

are to be put under the control of a single thermostat or control. Those conditions are usually

defined by the atmospheric pressure, dry-bulb temperature, a humidity parameter such as

humidity ratio, and specified sensible and latent cooling loads, qs and qL. The design sensible

and latent loads are defined based on the characteristics of the boundaries of the zone and on

its external and desired internal environments, as discussed earlier. The sensible heat factor,

SHF = qs /qt = qs /(qs + qL) [dl] (8.24)

defines the fraction of the total load qt due to the sensible load. The sensible heat factor, SHF,

321

together with the sensible load, is frequently used in defining the conditions for cooling a

zone.

Consider the conditioned space in Figure 8.21 as having specified latent and sensible

loads. It is desired to hold the dry-bulb temperature of the indoor space at TDBi and relative

humidity, Mi (the wet-bulb temperature TWBi or humidity ratio Wi could be used instead). The

design outdoor environment is represented by design dry-bulb and wet-bulb temperatures,

TDBe and TWBe, respectively, as shown on the psychrometric chart in Figure 8.22. A system is

to be designed to supply cool, dry air to offset the sensible and latent loads imposed on the

zone. The system is represented by a frictionless adiabatic ducting system that supplies

conditioned air, the supply air (state su on the chart), to replace an equal mass of room air at

the space conditions (state i). Part of the air leaving the zone is exhausted to the environment;

and the balance, the return air, is mixed with fresh outdoor ventilation air (state e). The

mixture of return air and ventilation air (state m) is cooled and dehumidified by a cooling coil

and circulated back to the space by a supply-air fan. It is desired to determine suitable values

for supply-air temperature, coil cooling rate, and fan volume flow rate.

Assuming that air leaves the space at temperature TDBi, the steady-flow form of the First

Law applied to the space yields

322

This decomposition is seen graphically in the psychrometric chart in terms of the triangle

i $su $3. Thus

Because the sensible heat, reflecting the supply-air dry-bulb temperature rise, may be written

as

qs = msu(h3 – hsu) [Btu/hr | kW] (8.27a)

Equations (8.27) show that both sensible and latent loads are proportional to the supply-air

mass flow rate. Graphically, Equations (8.27) indicate that the line segments su $3 and 3 $i

represent sensible and latent zone heat loads, respectively.

The sensible heat factor may be expressed as

323

It is seen from Equation (8.28) and Figure 8.22 that the space sensible heat factor depends on

the slope of the room condition line. The ASHRAE psychrometric chart includes a

"protractor" that relates the condition line slope to the sensible heat factor. Thus the design

indoor state and the cooling loads determine the room condition line.

Selection of the supply-air dry-bulb temperature together with the room condition line

determines the supply-air state. The supply-air temperature must be chosen within the

capabilities of available refrigeration cooling coils. Note that the coil cooling load

The fan mass flow rate requirement may be evaluated from Equation (8.25) or (8.27)

when the supply-air state is known. The fan volume flow rate is then msuvm [ft3/hr | m3/s].

However, it is usually quoted in ft3/min or CFM as

There is a significant tradeoff here which may be considered with the help of the

psychrometric chart. Higher supply-air dry-bulb temperatures allow higher evaporator coil

temperatures, which improve the system cooling COP. However, the resulting lower supply-

air to room-air temperature difference [according to Equation (8.25)] implies a larger air flow

rate and thus a larger fan and larger ducts.

A moisture mass balance on the cooling coil gives the mass rate of condensation of water

from the supply air:

It should be recognized that this is usually greater than the rate of removal of water vapor

from the zone because of the higher vapor content of the ventilation air.

EXAMPLE 8.10

refrigeration coil in a forced-air system. The total cooling load on the zone is 55,000 Btu/hr

and the latent load is 11,000 Btu/hr. Outdoor air at 98°F dry-bulb and 80°F wet-bulb is

provided at a mass rate that is 25% of the supply-air rate. Air leaving the coil is at 50°F dry-

bulb.

(a) Show the states of the indoor and outdoor air on a psychrometric chart and identify

their enthalpy, wet-bulb temperature, humidity ratio, specific volume, and relative humidity.

(b) Show the mixture line and state on a psychrometric chart.

(c) Show the space and coil condition lines on a psychrometric chart. What are the

324

enthalpy, wet-bulb temperature, humidity ratio, specific volume, and relative humidity of the

supply air?

(d) What are the mass and volume flow rates of the outdoor and supply air?

(e) What is the total coil cooling load, in Btu/hr and in tons?

Solution

(a) From the psychrometric chart, the zone and outdoor properties are:

TDBi = 70°F TDBe = 98°F

Mi = 50% TWBe = 80°F

Wi = 0.0078 We = 0.018

hi = 25.3 Btu/lbmda he = 43.4 Btu/lbmda

vi = 13.51 ft3/lbmda ve = 14.47 ft3/lbmda

TWBi = 58°F Me = 47%

(b) For the properties listed above and for mo/mm = 0.25 in Equation (8.23), the mixture

enthalpy and humidity ratio are

It is seen in Figure 8.22 that these properties verify that the mixture state lies on a straight line

between the outdoor and indoor states. Thus the mixture line and either hm or Wm could have

been used to identify state m. The mixture dry-bulb temperature read from the chart is 77°F

and the specific volume is 13.7 ft3/lbmda.

(c) The sensible heat factor is SHF = 44,000/55,000 = 0.8. A line parallel to the room

condition line is obtained using the chart protractor and the space sensible heat factor. Using

two triangles, a parallel line through state i gives the space (room) condition line shown in

Figure 8.22. From the intersection of the space condition line and the 50°F dry-bulb

temperature line, the supply-air properties are:

Wsu = 0.0066

vsu = 12.95 ft3/lbmda

Msu = 86%

The coil condition line is drawn to connect states m and su.

(d) The enthalpy of the supply air rises as it mixes with room air. The rise rate must equal the

total space load in order for the space temperature to remain unchanged. Thus

Using the vsu, the supply air volume flow rate is 9016.4(12.95)/60 = 1946 cfm. Similarly, the

325

on-coil volume flow rate is 9016.4(13.7)/60 = 2059 cfm. The outdoor-air mass and volume

flow rates are then, respectively, 9016.4/4 = 2254.1 lbmda/hr and 2254.1(14.45)/60 = 543 cfm.

Note that, because of the different specific volumes, the outdoor-air volume flow rate is not

one-fourth of the supply-air rate; and the supply-air and on-coil volume flow rates are not

equal.

(e) The mixed ventilation and return air are cooled and dehumidified by heat transfer to the

refrigeration coil. The coil load is therefore

The coil load is greater than the space-cooling load because of the cooling and

dehumidification of the outdoor ventilation air.

__________________________________________________________________________

It was shown in Example 8.10 that dehumidification usually accompanies cooling in typical

space-cooling systems using refrigerant coils. In industrial processes and other applications

where precise humidity control is important, special equipment often is used. Substances

known as desiccants, which absorb water vapor, may be employed in such dehumidification

applications, alone or in combination with refrigerant coil cooling and dehumidification.

Examples of solid desiccants are silica gel, lithium chloride, and activated alumina. You may

have observed that cartons which contain merchandise that must be kept dry are often shipped

with small packets of a desiccant such as silica gel.

The difference in water vapor pressure between neighboring regions is a driving force for

water vapor transport by diffusion from the high-vapor-pressure region to the lower-pressure

region. A desiccant absorbs water vapor from air adjacent to its surface, lowering the local

vapor pressure and thereby attracting an inflow of additional vapor from the surroundings.

As a desiccant absorbs water vapor, however, the water vapor pressure at its surface

gradually increases. The material will continue to accept water vapor until its vapor pressure

equals or exceeds that of the surrounding air. Thus the material must be reactivated to

continue the drying process. Since vapor pressure increases with temperature, a desiccant can

be reactivated by heating it with hot air. At high temperatures the desiccant vapor pressure

exceeds that of the surrounding air, and water vapor then passes from the desiccant to the

surrounding air.

Commercial dehumidifiers may use liquid or solid desiccants. Figure 8.23(a) shows a

schematic of a compact desiccant-wheel dehumidification system that has a wide range of

industrial applications and that allows the drying of process air to a very low dew point. In the

dehumidifier, the process air passes through a duct leading to a sector of a rotating,

fiberglass-composite honeycomb wheel having many small passages impregnated with lithium

chloride dessicant. The water-laden sector rotates slowly into another duct, sealed off from

326

the process air, through which a separate air flow passes at a temperature from 250°– 300° F.

This hot air reactivates the desiccant in preparation for its next exposure to the process air.

Though heat (not work) is required to reactivate the desiccant, the process requires less

energy than other dehumidification processes. A desiccant-wheel storage room installation is

shown in Figure 8.23(b). As in the figure, heated outdoor air is usually provided for

reactivation of the desiccant. The reader is referred to references 11 and 12 for further

information on dessicant dehumidification.

327

Society of Heating, Refrigerating, and Air-Conditioning Engineers, 1989, p. 16.3.

2. McQuiston, Faye C. and Parker, Jerald D., Heating Ventilating, and Air Conditioning,

3rd ed. Wiley, New York, N.Y., 1988.

3. Stoecker, W. F. and Jones, J. W., Refrigeration and Air Conditioning, 2nd ed.

McGraw-Hill, New York, N.Y., 1982.

4. Threlkeld, James L., Thermal Environmental Engineering, 2nd ed. Prentice-Hall, Inc.,

Engelwood Cliffs, N.J., 1970.

5. Jennings, Burgess H., The Thermal Environment – Conditioning and Control, Harper

and Row, 1978.

6. Stoecker, W.F., Design of Thermal Systems, 3rd ed. McGraw-Hill, New York, N.Y.,

1989.

7. Goff, John A. and Gratch, S., “Thermodynamic Properties of Moist Air," ASHRAE

Handbook of Fundamentals, Atlanta: American Society of Heating, Refrigerating, and

Air-Conditioning Engineers, 1972.

8. Derra, Skip, "CFCs No Easy Solutions," R&D Magazine, May 1990, pp. 56-66.

9. Moore, Taylor, "CFCs: The Challenge of Doing Without," EPRI Journal, Vol. 14, No. 6,

September 1989.

10. Purvis, Ed, "Applications of Scroll Compressors in Heat Pumps," Energy Technology

XVI, Government Institutes, Inc., February 1989, pp. 410-420.

Fundamentals. Atlanta: American Society of Heating, Refrigerating, and Air-

Conditioning Engineers, 1989, Ch 19.

12. Parsons, Robert A. (Ed.), “Sorption Dehumidification and Pressure Drying Equipment,”

ASHRAE Handbook of Equipment. Atlanta: American Society of Heating, Refrigerating,

and Air-Conditioning Engineers, 1988, Ch 7.

13. Althouse, Andrew D., et al., Modern Refrigeration and Air-Conditioning. South

Holland, Ill.: Goodheart-Wilcox Co., 1975.

328

14. York, Thomas, “Heat Pumps: Developing the Dual Fuel Option,” EPRI Journal,

December 1990, pp. 22-27.

15. Public Law 101-549, “ An Act to Amend the Clean Air Act to Provide for Attainment

and Maintenance of Health Protection, National Air Quality Standards, and Other

Purposes,” November 15, 1990.

16. Anon., Refrigeration and Ice Making. Alymer, Ontario: Ontario Arenas Association Inc.,

March 1988.

EXERCISES

8.1 Derive a relationship between the coefficient of performances for the heat pump and

refrigerator using the ideal cycles of Figure 8.1.

8.2 Carefully sketch a flow diagram and T-s diagram for a refrigeration cycle that uses a

single heat exchanger for suction line heating and condenser discharge subcooling.

Explain how the addition of this heat exchanger influences the cycle refrigeration effect?

8.3 Derive the conversion factors in Btu/hr and in kJ/hr, for a ton of refrigeration, based on

the latent heat of fusion of ice of 144 Btu/lb.

8.4 Derive the following convenient relation for the horsepower required to produce a

cooling capacity of one ton of refrigeration: horsepower/ton = 4.72/COP.

8.5 When shopping for an air conditioner, one encounters labels that give the product's EER.

What is the coefficient of performance for an air conditioner with an EER of 9.3?

8.6 Determine the capacity and COP of a vapor compression chiller operating with a

reciprocating compressor between 35°C condensing and –10°C evaporating with

refrigerant 22. The compressor has a volumetric efficiency of 70% and operates at 1800

rpm with a displacement volume of 750 cubic centimeters.

8.7 Compare the refrigeration effect, compressor work, and COPr for refrigerants 12 and 22

for a refrigeration system that has a 40°F evaporator and condenses at 140°F.

8.8 Compare the refrigeration effect, COPr, compressor work, and EER for an R-12

refrigeration unit with 120°F condensing and 50°, 30°, and 10°F evaporators. Tabulate

the results.

8.9 Compare the refrigeration effect, COPr, compressor work, and EER for an R-22

refrigeration unit with 120°F condensing and 50°, 30°, and 10°F evaporators. Tabulate

the results.

329

8.10 Compare the refrigeration effect, COPr, compressor work, and EER for an R-22

refrigeration unit with 100°, 120°, and 140°F condensing and 50°F evaporator.

Tabulate the results.

8.11 Compare the refrigeration effect, COPr, compressor work, and EER for an R-12

refrigeration unit with 100°, 120°, and 140°F condensing and 50°F evaporator.

Tabulate the results.

8.12 Compare the results of Exercise 8.10 with those for a similar system, accounting for a

compressor with a 75% isentropic efficiency.

8.13 Compare the results of Exercise 8.11 with those for a similar system, accounting for a

compressor with a 75% isentropic efficiency.

8.14 Consider a two-stage refrigeration system that operates with a 40°F evaporator and

condenses at 140°F. Draw labeled T-s and flow diagrams for the cycle that consists of

two ideal vapor compression cycles connected by a heat exchanger that serves as the

condenser for the low-pressure cycle and the evaporator for the high-pressure cycle.

The evaporating and condensing temperature in the heat exchanger is 80°F. For R-12,

determine the ratio of refrigerant flows for the two cycles and compare the refrigeration

effect, total compressor work, COPr, and EER with that for the single-stage system.

8.15 Consider a two-stage refrigeration system that operates with a 40° F evaporator and

condenses at 140°F. Draw labeled T–s and flow diagrams for the cycle that consists of

two ideal vapor compression cycles connected by a heat exchanger that serves as the

condenser for the low-pressure cycle and the evaporator for the high-pressure cycle.

The evaporating and condensing temperature in the heat exchanger is 80°F. For R-22,

determine the ratio of refrigerant flows for the two cycles; and compare the

refrigeration effect and the total compressor work per unit mass in the evaporator, the

COPr, and the EER with that for the single-stage system.

8.16 A Diesel engine develops 500 horsepower at an efficiency of 38%. Almost all of the

heat loss from the engine is transferred through the lubricating oil, through the cooling

water, and through an exhaust gas heat exchanger to the generator of an absorption

refrigeration system with a COP of 0.8. Derive an equation for the capacity of the

evaporator in terms of the engine efficiency and power output and the COP of the

refrigeration system. What is the capacity of the evaporator of the refrigeration system

in Btu/min and in tons?

8.17 The volumetric efficiency, mvs /(N(disp), of a reciprocating compressor may be crudely

modeled as:

330

where C is the ratio of the clearance volume to the piston displacement disp, vs is the

compressor suction specific volume, r is the compressor pressure ratio, and n is the

polytropic exponent. Taking C = 0.15 and n = 1.2, plot capacity and compressor power

versus evaporator temperature for a condensing temperature of 140°F for R-12. The

compressor has a 3 in3 displacement and operates at 1200 rpm.

8.18 To attempt to compare COPs for vapor compression and absorption refrigeration

systems, consider a vapor compression system (with COPr) driven by a heat engine

(with efficiency 0E). The combined system is one that accepts heat from a high-

temperature source and uses it to cool a low-temperature region. Work out an equation

for the COP for the combined system COPa,and compare it with the COPr for the

corresponding vapor compression system. What is COPa, when COPr = 6 and the

engine efficincy is 25%?

with a 40°F evaporator and a condensing temperature of 110°F. Next, assume that the

work for the system is provided by a Carnot engine operating between 250°F and

100°F reservoirs. Diagram the system. Considering the combined system as a model of

an absorption system, compare its absorption COP with the COP of the vapor

compression system alone. Discuss the conditions under which higher-absorption COPs

could be attained.

8.20 Sketch and discuss thoroughly the slope and variation of lines of constant enthalpy on

the psychrometric chart.

8.21 Compare the sea level relative humidity, enthalpy, specific volume, wet-bulb

temperature, and dew point using (a) steam tables and ideal gas mixture relations and

(b) the psychrometric chart for the following conditions:

1. 60°F dry-bulb, W = 0.01.

2. 90°F dry-bulb, W = 0.02.

3. 90°F dry-bulb, W = 0.01.

8.22 Compare the sea level humidity ratio, enthalpy, specific volume, wet bulb temperature

and dew point using (a) steam tables and ideal gas relations and (b) the psychrometric

chart for the following conditions:

1. 60°F dry-bulb, M = 50%

2. 90°F dry-bulb, W = 80%

3. 90°F dry-bulb, W = 40%

8.23 Compare the sea level relative humidity, humidity ratio, enthalpy, specific volume, and

dew point using (a) steam tables and ideal gas relations, and (b) the psychrometric chart

for the following conditions:

1. 60°F dry-bulb, 55°F wet-bulb.

331

3. 90°F dry-bulb, 80°F wet-bulb.

8.24 Two hundered lbm/hr of moist air at 65°F dry-bulb and 50°F wet-bulb temperatures

mixes with 40 lbm/hr of air at 100°F and 85°F wet-bulb. What is the mixture dry-bulb

temperature, humidity ratio, relative humidity, and dew point? What are these

parameters if the second stream flow rate is increased to 80 lbm/hr?

8.25 One hundred lbm/hr of moist air at 70°F dry-bulb and 50% relative humidity mixes with

35 lbm/hr of air at 90°F wet-bulb and 70% relative humidity. What are the mixture dry-

bulb and wet-bulb temperatures, humidity ratio, relative humidity, enthalpy, specific

volume, and dew point?

8.26 Determine the sensible, latent, and total heat transfer for moist air flowing over a

cooling coil. The on-coil wet-bulb and dry-bulb temperatures are 85°F and 105°F,

respectively, and the coil-leaving conditions are 60°F dry-bulb and 60% relative

humidity. How much water is condensed per unit mass of dry air?

8.27 Determine the sensible, latent, and total heat transfer for moist air flowing over a

cooling coil. The on-coil wet-bulb and dry-bulb temperatures are 75°F and 95°F,

respectvely, and the coil-leaving conditions are 50°F dry-bulb and 85% relative

humidity. How much water is condensed per unit mass of dry air?

8.28 Air at sea level has a dry-bulb temperature of 80°F and an adiabatic saturation

temperature of 60°F. Evaluate the humidity ratio, relative humidity, and dew point

temperature using (a) equations and steam tables and (b) the psychrometric chart

method.

8.29 Air at sea level has a dry-bulb temperature of 85°F and an adiabatic saturation

temperature of 55°F. Evaluate the humidity ratio, relative humidity, and dew point

temperature using (a) equations and steam tables and (b) the psychrometric chart

method.

8.30 A zone is to be maintained at 72°F dry-bulb and 50% relative humidity. The zone

sensible and latent loads are 150,000 Btu/hr and 50,000 Btu/hr, respectively. The

supply-air temperature is to be 48°F. What is the supply-air mass flow rate and volume

flow rate?

8.31 Rework the parts of Example 8.10 that are changed by reducing ventilation air to 10%

of supply air. Compare the coil cooling load and volume flow rate with the given

results.

8.32 Rework the parts of Example 8.10 that are changed by increasing the supply-air dry-

332

bulb temperature to 55°F. Compare the coil mass and volume flow rates and cooling

load with the given results.

8.33 A room is to be maintained at 74°F dry-bulb and 62°F wet-bulb by a vapor compression

air conditioner. The total cooling load on the zone is 24,000 Btu/hr, and the latent load

is 4,000 Btu/hr. Outdoor air is provided for ventilation at 100°F dry-bulb and 60%

relative humidity. The ventilation mass rate is 15% of the supply-air rate. Air leaving

the coil is at 52°F dry-bulb.

(a) Show the significant states and processes on the psychrometric chart, and

construct a table of wet- and dry-bulb and dew point temperatures, enthalpy, humidity

ratio, specific volume and relative humidity for the space, outdoor, mixture, and

supply- air conditions.

(b) What are the mass and volume flow rates of return air, ventilation air, and supply

air?

(c) What is the coil cooling load in Btu/hr and in tons?

8.34 Resistance heaters are switched on in 5-kW increments to satisfy the demand for heat

from the electric heat pump system characterized by Figure 8.15. At what temperatures

should the first and second 5-kW banks be turned on?

(a) An isotherm on a steam p-V diagram is a line of constant relative humidity for a

given total moist air pressure.

(b) The saturated vapor line on a steam p-V diagram is a line of constant relative

humidity for a given total moist air pressure.

(c) Increasing partial pressure of water vapor for fixed moist air pressure always

increases relative humidity.

(d) Increasing partial pressure of water vapor for a fixed moist air pressure and fixed

dry-bulb temperature always increases relative humidity.

(e) Decreasing dry-bulb temperature for fixed moist air pressure and fixed water

vapor pressure always increases relative humidity.

333

CHAPTER 9

ADVANCED SYSTEMS

9.1 Introduction

For decades the response to the ever-growing need for electric generation capacity

was to build a new steam power plant, one not very different from the last. Today

the energy conversion engineer is faced with a variety of issues and emerging

technologies and a changing social and technological climate in which a diversity

of approaches is likely to be accepted. This chapter intends to indentify some of

these concerns and opportunities. No claim of completeness is made. No chapter,

or book for that matter, could thoroughly cover this domain. The reader is referred

to the bibliography at the end of the chapter as a starting point for continued study.

A few characteristics of importance in new power initiatives are: low capital

and operating costs, ability to operate with a variety of fuels and with high

tolerance to fuel variability, short construction time, low emission of pollutants,

marketable or at least inert and easily disposable waste products, and high

efficiency, maintainability, financeability, and reliability. Increasingly, the new

initiative may take the form of repowering the the old plant so as to increase

efficiency, meet pollution standards, and minimize the financial impact of meeting

new power demands.

The improvement of the efficiency of power plants using conventional cycles

is usually evolutionary in nature, by virtue of high temperature limitations and

advances in materials. Hence, only gradual improvements in efficiency can be

expected. On the other hand, significant improvements in efficiency can

sometimes be obtained by combining conventional cycles in appropriate ways.

Such power plants are referred to as combined-cycle plants. This chapter will

examine the characteristics of several combined-cycle plants.

It is evident from the study of the Rankine and Brayton cycles, and in fact all

heat engines, that the rejection of large amounts of thermal energy to the

surroundings accompanies the production of useful power. This heat rejection can

be reduced by improving the thermal efficiency of the cycle but cannot be

eliminated. If this energy is not to be wasted, it is logical to seek applications

where both power and rejected heat may be utilized. Power plants that produce

mechanical or electrical power and utilize “waste heat” for industrial processes are

called cogeneration plants. Several examples of cogeneration are considered in

this chapter. District heating and other possible applications of waste heat are also

discussed.

Another key problem facing the energy conversion engineer is the anticipated

scarcity, in a few decades, of fuels such as natural gas and oil, relative to the vast

resources of coal available in the United States and elsewhere. Perhaps future

power plants should utilize this coal and nuclear energy to save the natural gas and

334

petroleum for industrial feedstocks and other more critical future needs. On the

other hand, serious problems exist with respect to utilization of these resources.

Nuclear power, an important alternative, replete with problems, is considered in

the next chapter. Much of the readily available coal has unacceptably high sulfur,

which significantly degrades the environment when released from power plant

stacks in untreated combustion products. The well-known problem of acid rain has

been attributed to emissions from coal-burning power plants. Thus the search for

technology to utilize medium- and high-sulfur coal and to reduce levels of

pollutant emissions of all types is an important area for research and development.

In this chapter advanced technologies that may contribute solutions to these

and other crucial problems are considered. Some recent U.S. Department of

Energy efforts in these areas may be found in Reference 66.

One of the unfavorable characteristics of the gas turbine is that the exhaust gas

issuing from the turbine is at high temperature, thereby wasting much energy and

creating a local hazard. One solution to this problem was considered in Chapter 5:

the addition of an exhaust gas heat exchanger to preheat the combustion air. The

resulting regenerative cycle was found to be much more efficient than the

corresponding simple cycle and to produce a lower exhaust gas temperature.

An alternative approach to dealing with the high gas turbine exhaust

temperature is to provide a separate bottoming cycle to convert some of the energy

of the turbine exhaust into additional power. Let’s consider the use of a Rankine

cycle that uses gas turbine exhaust as its energy source. It is clear that, if the

Rankine cycle does not interfere with the operation of the gas turbine, the

combined cycle will produce additional power and will have a higher efficiency

than the gas turbine alone. Even if more heat is required for the Rankine

bottoming cycle to produce additional work, the overall combined efficiency will

increase if the additional work is large enough and supplemental heat small

enough.

A combined gas turbine–Rankine cycle can be implemented in several ways.

One method makes use of the fact that the exhaust of gas turbines usually has a

high residual oxygen content because of the high air-fuel ratio required to limit the

turbine inlet temperature when burning conventional fossil fuels. This hot,

oxygen-rich exhaust gas can be used instead of air as the oxidizer in a steam

generator as shown in Figure 9.1. For a moderate expenditure of additional natural

gas in the furnace the resulting combustion products can provide heat for a high-

temperature steam cycle with conventional steam plant technology.

The Horseshoe Lake combined-cycle plant was designed in this way to yield

additional power and high efficiency when operating in the combined mode, and to

operate with the gas turbine alone or with the steam turbine alone by direct-firing

335

of the steam generator with fuel and air. The plant, about ten miles east of

Oklahoma City, was the first its kind, first producing power in 1963. It was

designed for a net output of 200 MW and a net heat rate of 9350 Btu/kW-hr. The

plant cross-section and photos of the turbines are seen in Figures 9.2–9.4. Note the

evaporative cooler to reduce the temperature and to increase the density of the air

entering the gas turbine compressor. This reduces compressor work and increases

inlet mass flow rate. Twenty years of successful operating experience with the

Horseshoe Lake plant and information on similar German plants is documented in

reference 46.

An open-cycle gas turbine also may be linked to a steam cycle through what

may be considered a gas turbine exhaust heat exchanger containing an economizer,

a boiler, and perhaps a superheater. This device, called a heat-recovery steam

generator (HRSG), may be used to create and superheat steam as in a conven-

tional steam cycle. A flow diagram for such a cycle is shown in Figure 9.5,

together with a T-s diagram for the steam bottoming cycle. Gas turbine exhaust

gas cools as it superheats, boils, and then warms liquid water in counterflow as it

passes through the HRSG.

336

337

Combined-Cycle Analysis

Assuming a constant heat capacity for the gas turbine combustion gas, we may

compare gas temperatures with adjacent HRSG local water temperatures on the T-

s diagram, Figure 9.5, by applying the steady-flow First Law of Thermodynamics

to appropriate sections of the HRSG:

where ms and mg are the mass flow rates for the steam and gas turbine cycles,

respectively, and the Ai (i = 1, 2, 3) are the areas on the T-s diagram representing

heat transfer per unit mass of steam. By adding the three equations, we obtain the

same equation as would result from application of the steady-flow First Law of

Thermodynamics to the entire HRSG:

= ms ( A1 + A2 + A3) [Btu/hr | kJ/hr] (9.4)

Thus the enthalpy rise of the steam in the HRSG is controlled by the ratio of mass

flow rates and the hot-gas temperature drop. Expressing gas temperature in the

HRSG in terms of steam enthalpy allows us to condense these equations into

It is evident that the gas temperature is linearly proportional to the water enthalpy

on a T-h diagram, as shown in Figure 9.6. The abscissa may be viewed as the

cumulative heat transfer per unit mass of water, which is in turn proportional to the

exhaust gas heat transfer.

The temperature difference T6 – T12, known as the pinchpoint temperature

difference, is at a critical location in the heat recovery steam generator, because it

occurs at the point of minimum temperature difference between the two fluids. It

should exceed some minimum design value (about 30°F) for all operating

conditions of the system to make effective use of all of the HRSG heat transfer

surface. Smaller temperature differences would substantially increase the heat

transfer surface area needed, while significantly larger values would necessitate

reducing the boiling temperature and would adversely affect the combined-cycle

thermal efficiency.

338

EXAMPLE 9.1

Let us examine several possible Rankine bottoming cycles for the gas turbine

considered earlier in Example 5.1. There a gas turbine with a compressor pressure

ratio of 6 and a turbine inlet temperature of 1860°R was analyzed. The turbine

exhaust temperature was found to be 1273°R, or 813°F. With 813°F as the HRSG

gas entrance temperature, select the steam turbine throttle temperature as 700°F

and consider Rankine cycles with a range of boiling temperatures, a condensing

temperature of 100°F, and a pinchpoint temperature difference of at least 30°F.

Determine a cycle with a satisfactory boiling temperature, and compare it with

339

other cycles in the family. Take the HRSG gas exit temperature as 350°F to avoid

condensation.

Solution

The spreadsheet in Table 9.1 follows the notation of Figures 9.5 and 9.6. It

tabulates three combined-cycle cases in which the boiling temperatures, T12 = T13,

were selected as 300°, 400°, and 500°F. These temperatures, together with the

throttle and condensing temperatures and the turbine efficiency, determine the

Rankine-cycle thermodynamic conditions (neglecting pump work). Equation (9.5)

relates the HRSG enthalpy changes to the corresponding gas temperatures. Thus

with a mass ratio Rmass given by (h8 – h11)/(T4 – T7), the pinchpoint temperature T6

for Case 2 is

340

values may be determined as usual, observing carefully the distinction between

steam-mass and gas-mass references. It is seen that Case 2 has a satisfactory

pinchpoint temperature difference and a combined-cycle efficiency of 39%, which

is significantly greater than that of the gas turbine cycle (25%) and Rankine-cycle

(29%) operating separately. The temperature distributions for this case are shown

in Figure 9.7.

__________________________________________________________________

341

More than one gas turbine could be used in conjunction with a single steam

turbine by using a larger HRSG and multiple gas turbine exhaust ducts.

Alternatively, each gas turbine may have its own HRSG, with all HRSGs

thermally coupled to the steam turbine through feedwater and steam line headers.

An HRSG may be designed to burn additional fuel at its inlet using oxygen

remaining in the gas turbine combustion gas to raise the temperature the HRSG

gas and provide higher heat transfer to the water. Such a design is called a fired

HRSG, and its use is usually referred to as supplemental firing.

Figure 9.8 shows large heat-recovery steam generators built for a nominal 450-

MW combined-cycle plant in Texas utilizing three 100-MW gas turbines and one

140-MW steam turbine.

The Comanche power station, located near Lawton, Oklahoma, is an example

of a combined-cycle facility that employs HRSGs. Two Westinghouse simple-

cycle natural-gas-fired gas turbines, as diagramed in Figure 9.9, drive 85-MW

electrical generators and exhaust into separate HRSGs designed for supplemental

firing. Steam at 1200 psia and 950°F produced by the HRSGs is supplied to one

nonreheat, single-extraction (not shown) steam turbine that drives a 120-MW

electrical generator.

The Comanche unit, first operated in 1974 (ref. 10) was upgraded in 1986 (ref.

11), resulting in a measured plant heat rate of 8508 Btu/kW-hr (40.1% thermal

efficiency), with a gas turbine inlet temperature of 1993°F, an HRSG gas inlet

342

temperature of 1200°F, and supplemental firing. In 1986, the plan was indentified

by the Utility Data Institute as the most efficient steam-electric generating station

in the United States, with an average net plant heat rate of 8821 Btu/kW-hr

(thermal efficiency of 38.7%).

High-temperature combined-cycle plants are now achieving thermal

efficiencies exceeeding 50%. A combined-cycle heat rate for a United Technol-

ogies Turbo Power FT8 gas turbine is said to operate at a gross plant heat rate of

6815 Btu/kW-hr (50.1%) based on lower heating value (ref. 51). Reference 50

indicates that the Pegus Unit 12 combined-cycle cogeneration plant in the

Netherlands produces 223.3 MW at maximum electrical output, with a net

electrical yield of 51.74% based on lower heating value. According to reference

67, “Both GE and Siemens Westinghouse turbines will be able to break the 60 per

cent efficiency barrier in combined-cycle operation, and a 3 to 6 per cent reduction

in CO2 emissions should be possible because of the increased efficiency.”

343

One approach to the problem of clean coal utilization lies in the technology

exemplified by the Cool Water integrated gasification combined cycle (IGCC)

power plant located near Barstow, California. This plant, which went into

operation in 1984, demonstrated the capability of producing power for the

344

Southern California Edison System with very low levels of pollutants by using

both low-sulfur and medium-sulfur coals. The Cool Water demonstration plant

shown in Figure 9.10 (named after the ranch on which it is located) utilized a coal

gasification technique known as the Texaco process. The medium-heating-value

synthetic gas called syngas produced by the process has about one-third the

heating value of natural gas, about 265 Btu per standard cubic foot on a dry basis.

As it is produced, the syngas is first cooled, then treated to remove pollutants,

and finally burned to drive turbine generators, as seen in Figure 9.11. The initial

cooling in the syngas coolers produces saturated steam,which is later superheated

by gas turbine exhaust gas in an HRSG, to power a steam turbine (path A in the

diagram). The syngas emerging from the coolers (path B) is processed to remove

particulates and sulfur and to control oxides of nitrogen, and is then burned in the

gas turbine to produce additional power. The high-temperature gas turbine exhaust

(path C) then passes through the heat-recovery steam generator, adding energy to

the steam before it passes to the steam turbine. Thus the gasifier flows and the

steam turbine and gas turbine flows interact, hence the name “integrated

gasification combined cycle,” IGCC.

The Texaco process requires oxygen of at least 95% purity to gasify the coal in

the gasifier. The Cool Water plant thus has a small, independently owned oxygen

plant (seen surrounding the single tower left of center in figure 9.10) that separates

345

oxygen from air to feed the gasifier. The Cool Water plant produces oxygen of

99.5% purity in order to produce argon as a by-product (as mentioned earlier, the

process otherwise requires only 95% purity). Nitrogen is also a by-product.

Oxygen is produced continually for gasifier use, but oxygen is also stored so that

the IGCC plant can continue to operate if the oxygen plant is shut down.

A coal slurry, a mixture of nominally 60% coal and 40% water produced in a

wet grinding process, is introduced with oxygen into the Texaco gasifier (Figure

9.11), where partial combustion of the coal takes place at about 600 psig and

2500°F. The gasifier yields a mixture of mainly carbon dioxide, carbon monoxide,

and hydrogen gases, with sulfur primarily in the form of hydrogen sulfide. A

relatively inert slag containing most of the mineral matter of the coal passes from

the gasifier into a pool of water in the bottom of the radiant cooler. The slag is

taken out periodically through a lockhopper process. The seal at the bottom of the

radiant cooler is maintained by the water that is recycled.

The syngas, after cooling in the radiant and convective coolers, passes through

a carbon scrubber, where a water spray removes most of the particulates and

further cools the gas. After additional cooling to ambient temperature, the gas

flows to a sulfur-removal unit, where a solvent removes the hydrogen sulfide and

therefore most of the sulfur from the stream. The relatively particle-free and

sulfur-free gas is then saturated with moisture to control the formation of oxides of

nitrogen (NOx) during combustion in the gas turbine. The water-quenching process

suppresses NOx formation by reducing the gas combustion temperature, and it also

increases the turbine power output by adding to the mass flow in the gas turbine

combustor. Combustion gases from the gas turbine then pass through the heat

346

recovery steam generator, where they produce additional steam as they drop in

temperature to about 400°F. The combustion products leaving the plant are

remarkably pollutant free. Performance of the Cool Water Station is summarized

in Table 9.2 below.

Net power 96 MW

Source: Reference 3.

The operators of the Cool Water station have demonstrated values of critical

pollutants well below current environmental limits for both permit and regulatory

limits and New Source Performance Standards (NSPS), as indicated in Table 9.3.

The Cool Water plant has operated successfully with Utah run-of-mine coal with

0.4% sulfur, Illinois #6 coal with 3.1% sulfur, and Pittsburg #8 coal with 2.9%

sulfur. The sulfur removal process in the plant yields about 99.6% pure elemental

sulfur, which can be sold for the production of sulfuric acid and fertilizers. The

slag produced by the gasifier is considered nonhazardous and suitable for the

production of road-making materials or cement.

Table 9.3 Emissions from the Cool Water Station HRSG (lb/million Btu)

High Sulfur Low Sulfur NOx CO Particulate

Coal SO2 Coal SO2 Matter

Source: Reference 3

The net effect of the plant then is to generate power efficiently by utilizing

widely available coals with sulfur content up to 3.5% in an environmentally sound

347

way while producing nonhazardous waste that offers the possibility of constructive

use.

It should be understood that the Cool Water plant was built as a demonstration

plant to prove a technology on a large but not a full scale. Engineering studies

based on the Cool Water operating experience (ref. 4) have indicated that a 360-

MW full-scale IGCC plant using Illinois #6 coal could be built with a net heat rate

of 9000 Btu/kW-hr at a capital cost of $1530/kW and with operating and

maintenance costs of 2.3 cents/kW-hr (or 5.2 cents/kW-hr, which includes all fixed

charges) (ref. 3). These costs are competitive with those for conventional new

coal-burning power plants using flue gas desulfurization.

An important feature of the IGCC plant concept is the attractiveness of phased

construction. A conventional coal-burning steam power plant must be constructed

as a unit and takes a relatively long time to erect. On the other hand, one or more

gas turbines of a planned IGCC plant may be quickly put into service using natural

gas as a fuel. Additional gas and steam turbines may be added later to transform

the plant into a combined-cycle plant, with coal gasifiers and an oxygen plant

added still later at a third stage. Because the units may be paid for as they are built,

phased construction offers significant financial benefits as well as ordely growth.

Significant materials problems have been overcome in the Texaco and Cool

Water plant technology. The inside of the gasifier requires refractory materials to

withstand the severely corrosive high-temperature environment. Cool Water

experience (ref . 5) indicates that 10,000–14,000 hours of refractory life is

attainable. This implies that gasifier overhaul will be required at least every two

years. Additional problems with cooler tube-wall materials, coal slurry pumps, and

piping; and other severe material operating environments offer challenges for

materials research to improve IGCC operation.

Several of the references expand on the idea of cogeneration–polygeneration–

by pointing out that, based on the Cool Water technology today, a single facility

whose only major requirements are air, water, and coal can simultaneously

produce electricity, steam, sulfur, inert slag for road construction, oxygen,

nitrogen, hydrogen, carbon monoxide, carbon dioxide, argon, methanol, other

chemical products, and even syngas.

Dow Chemical Co., operates in Plaquemine, Louisiana. Like the IGCC system,

the Dow process reacts a coal slurry with oxygen to produce syngas, from which

most of the sulfur is removed for by-product use. The raw syngas from the

gasifier produces steam in an HRSG, is cooled, passes through pollutant removal

equipment, and is burned in gas turbines. Reference 47 indicates that “of the new

coal-based technologies, the CGCC system has the highest efficiency and the

lowest emission of environmental pollutants.” The 161-MW plant, built in the

remarkable time of twenty-one months, was completed in 1987. The reference

indicates for CGCC plants a net heat rate based on lower heating value of 8670

348

Btu/kW-hr (39.4%) and a total capital cost of $1201/kW, based on 1988 dollars.

Additional information on combined-cycle coal gasification systems is given

references 58, 59, and 65. Tampa Electric’s 250-MW IGCC Polk Power Station

began commercial operation in 1996. A website (ref. 65) indicates that the station

is 10-12% more efficient than conventional coal-fired plants.Three dimensional

views may be seen at the website.

coals, industrial and municipal wastes, and other solids as fuels has stimulated

research in a variety of areas. Another prominent and promising technology

applicable to these goals is fluidized bed combustion (FBC). Atmospheric

fluidized bed combustors (AFBCs) operate near atmospheric pressure; pressurized

fluidized combustors (PFBCS) are enclosed in a pressure vessel and operate at a

pressure of about 12 atmospheres.

As the name suggests, a principal unique feature of this technology is that

combustion takes place in a bed of solid particles supported in vigorous, turbulent

motion on an upwardly directed stream of air. The bed may consist of a

combination of particles of fuel, sand, ash, waste materials, limestone, and other

compounds, depending on the function and design of the fluidized bed combustor.

The key point is that these materials mingle and react in continually changing

orientations, providing ample opportunity for intimate contact of fuel and oxidizer

and for removal of combustion products, while supported on the fluidizing air

stream. The name bubbling bed is sometimes used to decribe this action.

It has been found that horizontal water tubes located within the fluidized bed,

in crossflow to the upward air stream, experience very high heat transfer

coefficients in comparison with those in normal furnace convective and radiative

environments. It is even more important that fluidized beds containing coal and

limestone produce combustion gases with both low sulfur content and low

concentrations of oxides of nitrogen.

Limestone reacts with sulfur in the coal to produce particles of calcium sulfate

that are removed as bed materials are renewed. More specifically, the limestone,

CaCO3, reacts to form CO2 and lime, CaO:

The calcium sulfate forms as a solid that becomes a bed material, and the water

vapor passes off as a component of the flue gas.

349

Oxides of nitrogen (NOx) produced by the FBC are maintained at low values,

because bed and gas temperatures are well below those at which NOx forms in

conventional combustors. The bed temperature is determined primarily by the rates

of air and fuel supplied. Normally, FBC bed temperatures are about 1550°F,

compared with conventional furnace temperatures in the neighborhood of 3000°F.

The reactivity of nitrogen is low at 1500°F, and chemical equilibrium calculations

and laboratory observations show that the nitrogen in flue gas is almost entirely in

its normal, diatomic form.

The combustion of coal or other solids occurs largely at the interface between

the solid and the surrounding oxidizing gases. The rate at which the solid burns

depends on the rate at which oxygen is brought to the solid interface and on the

rate at which combustion products are removed, as well as on the rate of chemical

reaction at the interface itself. The vigorous relative motion of the bed particles

and the intervening air flow provide an excellent mechanism for delivery of

oxygen to and the transport of combustion products from the interface.

Normally, FBC occurs with enough excess air, in the primary supporting air

350

stream and possibly in a secondary over-fire air flow, that combustion is virtually

complete. Flyash and other airborne particles are removed by centrifugal

separators and baghouse filters. Solids from the separators may be reinjected into

the bed to further ensure almost complete burnup of carbon.

The circulating fluidized bed (CFB) combustor (refs. 26 and 30) is one in

which smaller solid bed materials are carried upward by the combustion air/gas

stream. A return passage transports the unburnt and inert particles and part of the

combustion gas back to the main furnace, allowing the remaining flue gas to pass

to the heat-recovery area, as seen in Figure 9.12. The solid bed materials continue

to burn as they circulate, thus maintaining an approximately uniform temperature

of about 1550°F throughout the furnace. As a result, there is a long residence time

for particles of the furnace to complete their reactions. A mechanical cyclone

separator built into the furnace helps to separate the particles from the exiting flue

gas. As a result, reinjection of the unburnt carbon makes possible very high

combustion efficiencies.

According to reference 26, CFB designs achieve higher combustion efficiency,

reduced NOx emissions, minimum CO formation, and reduced limestone

utilization in capturing SO2 when compared with bubbling fluidized bed

combustors. Much continues to be learned about problems and opportunities

inherent in fluidized bed combustion as more units come into use. In a December

1998 work (ref. 65), the U.S. Department of Energy (DOE) proposed a 379-MWe,

pressurized circulating fluidized bed combustor combined-cycle plant with a net

efficiency of 47%.

It has been observed that there is no existing means of storing electrical power on a

large scale. As a consequence, power generation varies from instant to instant, to

satisfy the immediate demands of consumers. Utility generation capacity must

therefore be great enough to satisfy the peak demand, or the utility must purchase

power at a premium from other utilities to make up its generation deficit.

Demand varies from place to place, seasonally, daily, and hourly. For

instance, the loads of utilities in the southern United States are usually greatest

during hot summer days, when air conditioning and industrial demands coincide.

As a result, southern utilities may have excess capacity at night and in the winter.

It were possible to generate a full capacity during off-peak hours and store the

energy in excess of demand, the utilities could operate with installed capacity

below the demand peak and operate more units as base-load plants close to their

high-efficiency design points.

351

Pumped Storage

One approach to off-peak energy storage utilizes a high reservoir into which water

from a low elevation is pumped, using electricity generated during off-peak hours.

Thus energy may be stored in the form of potential energy of the elevated water

for later use during peak loads. There are about thirty such pumped-storage

facilities in the United States.

Figure 9.13 depicts the two phases of operation of a pumped-storage facility.

These installations usually employ motor-generator sets driven by hydraulic

turbines. Mechanically reversible pump-turbines generate electricity by using

water from an elevated reservoir during periods of peak demand. When there is an

excess of base-load power, the motor-generators can be reversed to drive the

pump-turbines as pumps for filling the reservoir.

It is clear that net energy is lost in the use of pumped storage. Its success relies

on the availability of cheap power during off-peak hours and consistent demand

for electricity, with its associated high price during peak hours. Pumped storage

allows utilities to generate more electricity with their most efficient base-load

plants instead of handling peaks with less efficient equipment.

Figure 9.14 is a photograph of the Salina pumped-storage facility (ref. 34) of

the Grand River Dam Authority, located about 50 miles from Tulsa, Oklahoma.

The facility was designed for gradual expansion, in three steps, from the 130-MW

configuration that went online in 1968, to the current 260-MW facility shown in

352

project will require the development of an additional upper reservoir as well as

construction of six additional penstocks and the installation of their hydroelectric

pump-turbine motor-generator sets. The present plant is capable of producing

power at full-rated load for eight hours a day or at part load for twelve hours a day.

The reservoir is 251 feet above the lower lake. The penstocks are 14 feet in

diameter and 720 feet long.

Reference 36 identifies an early pumped-storage facility named Rocky River at

New Milford, Conn., which was in operation in 1928. The limited number of high

head surface sites for such facilities, the high capital cost of building a dam, and

the large land area impacted by these facilities make the future use of pumped

storage questionable. Reference 37, however, predicted continued growth in

pumped storage capacity. One possibility that would support such growth is to

have the upper pool at ground level and to use underground mines for the lower

pool (ref. 38). Another is the development of low head facilities.

353

(CAES), which employs underground caverns for storage of air under pressure

(refs. 25 and 49). Air is compressed into the cavern using off-peak power and later

is released to oxidize fuel in a gas turbine combustor to generate electrical power

during hours of peak demand. The first CAES plant, a 290-MW unit, first

operated at Huntorf, West Germany, in 1978. A second CAES plant located in

McIntosh, Ala, with phased construction of two 110-MW units, first went on-line

in May, 1991 (ref. 64).

CAES plants are located in the vicinity of underground caverns. The caverns

may be natural or may be created and/or enlarged by solution-mining of under-

ground salt domes. In solution-mining, water is pumped into a salt formation, the

water dissolves salt locally, enlarging the cavern, and the resulting brine is pumped

to the surface, where the salt is driven from the solution and the water reused.

Figure 9.15 shows a schematic of the McIntosh plant. During off-peak hours a

motor-generator, powered by electricity produced elsewhere in the utility system

and with turbine-expander clutch disengaged, drives the compressor set that packs

air into the salt cavern. Later, air is allowed to escape from the cavern to oxidize

fuel at the high cavern pressure, forming combustion gas to pass through the gas

turbines (expanders) that drive the motor-generator in the generation mode with

354

the compressor clutch disengaged. The generator thus is able to return electricity to

the utility system during periods of peak demand.

The CAES plant is essentially a gas turbine in which the compression process

is decoupled from the power delivery process. During daily cyclical operation, the

mass of air supplied to the cavern at night is utilized during the day. Since the

charging period may be different than the utilization period, the average mass rates

of storage and delivery may differ. The McIntosh plant is designed for twenty-six

hours of storage capacity and therefore does not operate on a strict daily cycle but

rather on a weekly cycle that takes advantage of less expensive weekend power.

The presence of the recuperator in the McIntosh plant, the first in use in a

CAES facility, provides regeneration, which, as discussed in Chapter 5,

substantially reduces gas turbine fuel consumption and thus improves plant

efficiency. Regeneration may also be accomplished by absorption and storage of

the heat of compression of the air in an aftercooling, high heat capacity heat

exchanger such as a pebble bed recuperator. The stored energy is later returned to

the air discharged from the cavern as it flows to the turbines.

The success of a CAES plant, like that of pumped storage, depends on the

availability of cheap, off-peak power. The objective is to drive the compressor

train during these periods so that high-priced power may be produced later in

periods of high demand. It should be noted that the compression process is not

only decoupled mechanically from the power delivery process, but the compress-

ion process may take place over a longer period of time than the period of CAES

power production. This allows the use of smaller compressors than would be

needed for a conventional peaking gas turbine. According to reference 25, the

Huntorf plant compresses for 4 hours, and the McIntosh plant for 1.7 hours, for

each hour of power production. CAES may become a more viable option in the

United States than surface pumped storage because of the existence of more

potential sites and lower land surface area requirements for CAES.

Comfort heating and cooling in homes, businesses, and industry consumes large

quantities of energy. Much of this low-temperature-energy use is accomplished by

the direct or indirect burning of fossil fuels and high temperature. Electrical

resistance heating, especially, and heat pumps may be included in this because the

electricity they consume is produced largely from high-temperature sources. Many

believe that these are inappropriate uses of fossil fuels, in a conservation sense,

because of the unnecessary loss of the availability of high-temperature energy to

do work. It is simply a reflection of the desirability of using high temperatures

where needed and low-temperature sources for low-temperature functions. For

instance, it is no revelation that some of the obligatory heat rejection by modern

heat engines is at a high enough temperature to supply energy for comfort heating

and cooling.

355

heating plant, has been in use for one hundred years or more. More recently the

addition of cooling to such plants has become widespread. Now, colleges and

universities frequently have such a facility. Shopping malls and blocks of business

districts in many cities also take advantage of the economic benefits provided by a

central plant. This is usually accomplished through the use of boilers that produce

hot water or steam for heating, and by vapor compression or steam-driven

absorption refrigeration machines that produce chilled water for cooling. Water,

steam, or brine is usually used to deliver the energy to the user.

In municipal facilities, the steam, water, or brine is metered and circulated in

insulated pipes under the streets to air-handling units and other point-of-use

devices in the customers’ buildings, and thence to return pipes that bring the fluid

back to the central plant or, in single-pipe one-way systems, to sewer mains.

Until recently, most of the district heating facilities the United States did not

find significant advantage in producing electrical power and using the waste heat

for district heating, cooling, or industrial process energy. With Europe’s more

limited energy resources, combined heat and power (CHP), or cogeneration, the

synergistic generation of electric power and heat, found more extensive use there

than in United States following the Second World War. In fact, a number of steam

turbines and closed-cycle gas turbines burning a variety fuels were developed for

simultaneous electric power generation and district heating or industrial

cogeneration purposes (refs. 12 and 15–20). These activities are closely related to

total energy systems, which seek to utilize natural gas for other purposes while

generating electricity (ref. 17). In the United States this term has been used in the

past for the promotion of natural-gas-burning systems that provided heating,

cooling, and electricity for shopping malls, colleges, and similar customers.

Some of the possible cogeneration steams include:

processes, facility heating, or district heating.

for process or district heating use.

3. Steam turbine power with exhaust steam or steam extraction heat transfer to

absorption refrigeration system generators for chilling processes or district

cooling in summer.

used for district heating.

refrigeration system for chilling processes or district cooling in summer.

356

6. Open-cycle gas turbine power with exhaust heat recovery for process use or

district heating.

cooler, and/or exhaust gas heat recovery used for process or district heating.

energy utilization factor, EUF, which is the sum of the net work, w, and the useful

heat produced, qu, divided by the energy supplied to achieve the combined heat

and work, qin, (ref. 18):

Care should be taken when considering the EUF and the thermal efficiency of

a plant. The EUF is not restricted by the Carnot efficiency and can therefore

approach 100%. For instance, when there is no useful heat transfer, the EUF is the

plant thermal efficiency. At the other extreme, when no power is produced the

plant can utilize almost all the energy supplied by the fuel for useful heat; and

therefore the EUF could approach 100%. Thus the EUF is a measure of the extent

of productive use of the energy source, with no consideration for work–useful heat

proportions. An EUF in excess of 80 percent is possible for a CHP plant.

Other efficiencies for CHP plants may be defined. For instance, a weighting

factor might be used in the numerator of the EUF to attempt to give appropriate

weight to both heat and work. For example, since conventional power plants

convert heat to work with about 33% efficiency, one might define a special EUF*

as (w + 0.33qu )/qin for comparison with thermal efficiencies. While such factors

may be useful in evaluating the design of a plant, they should be applied with care.

Reference 18 discusses alternative definitions more fully.

recognizing the economic advantages of scale of large central plants that used

extensive power transmission and distribution systems, following the lead of the

great governmental hydroelectric power projects. They also recognized the

enhanced growth potential inherent in the society’s becoming “totally electric.”

The productive disposition of condensor rejected heat had no place as a revenue

producer in this scheme, for the important reasons that it would reduce plant

efficiency and power output and could not reach across the miles as power

transmission lines could. Individual consumers as well as industry happily

accepted this approach to the electrification of America, as electricity prices

dropped decade after decade. Natural-gas and fuel oil companies were also there

to satisfy the vast needs for heat.

More recently, energy-consuming industries came to recognize the possibilities

of simultaneous power and heat generation to satisfy their energy requirements. At

357

the same time, a consciousness grew that there are limits to the world’s energy

resources and that a more thoughtful stewardship of them would be prudent, when

it is economically attractive. However, in the early 1970s the OPEC oil embargo

brought these notions into clearer focus, and federal legislation in 1978 brought

cogeneration to everyone’s attention with the enactment of PURPA, the Public

Utility Regulatory Policies Act (ref. 14).

PURPA, a part of the National Energy Act, was intended to bring competition

into the electric power generation business and to increase the national

effectiveness of energy utilization by making cogeneration more economically

attractive. It required that utilities purchase power from qualified cogenerators at a

reasonable price, created tax incentives for developers, and established the Federal

Energy Regulatory Commission, FERC, to regulate and administer the activity.

Prospective cogenerators must apply to the FERC for certification as a qualified

facility, QF. The FERC, however, left the deliberation of what constitutes a fair

price to state public utility commissions. As a result, industrial cogeneration

thrives in some states and is virtually nonexistent and others. PURPA requires

utilities to buy electricity from QFs at the marginal cost of new generation, that is,

the cost of electricity generated by new power plant if it were built, the so-called

avoided cost.

The growth of cogeneration, state and national actions to change the regulatory

structure of the electric utility industry, the difficulties of acquiring capital for

large, long-term projects and other uncertainties are significantly changing the

outlook and structure of the utility industry (ref. 21). Utilities now appear to be

looking toward incremental and modular growth and the avoidance of long-term

commitment, which is reflected in their reluctance or inability to undertake the

construction of large, capital-intensive base-load plants. Legislative changes in the

1990's and beyond are bringing substantial deregulation to the industry, open

access to power transmission systems, and the introduction of merchant plants

created to offer electricity to the highest bidder in the new free-enterprise climate

(ref. 66).

Water injection has been used for many years for brief augmentation of the thrust

of jet engines. More recently, liquid water injection and steam injection have been

used to control the formation of NOx in gas turbines. Injection of water or steam

into the combustion chamber reduces the combustion temperature, which in turn

suppresses the formation of NOx caused by high temperature. Power output is

maintained or increased because the injection increases both the turbine mass flow

and the energy extraction by the turbine. The latter is possible because the heat

capacity of steam is almost twice that of normal combustion products. Thus the

enthalpy change of steam for a given temperature drop is about double that of air

or combustion gas. If water is injected as a liquid, additional energy must be

extracted from the combustion gas to vaporize the water.

358

ogy is emerging. The steam-injected gas turbine, STIGTM* or SIGT, uses the gas

turbine exhaust flow through an HRSG to produce steam that is partially or

entirely injected into the gas turbine combustion chamber and possibly the

compressor and/or turbine, as indicated in Figure 9.16, resulting in augmented gas

turbine power output. Reduced steam requirements for process use in an industrial

cogeneration plant may be used to increase electrical power generation, which in

turn may be sold to a local utility under PURPA if it is not needed for other on-site

uses.

References 13, 22, 23, and 31 show increased power output, increased thermal

efficiency, and reduced NOx as benefits of steam injection. Table 9.4, for example,

lists performance measurements of the effects of steam injection into two

industrial gas turbines. The table shows that as the cogeneration process steam

percentage is reduced and the steam flow to the gas turbine increases accordingly,

substantial increases in power output and thermal efficiency are consistently

attained. Thus the steam-injected gas turbine holds considerable promise for

cogeneration and process applications.

A cross-section of the General Electric LM 5000 gas turbine without steam

injection is shown in Figure 9.17; a photo of the same is presented in Figure 9.18.

The LM 5000 is a compact, high-performance, aeroderivative gas turbine intended

for marine and industrial applications. It is derived from the CF6 family of high-

bypass-ratio turbofan engines but burns either distillates or natural gas fuels. The

LM 5000 has a dual-rotor gas generator and a three-stage power turbine. The

manufacturer quotes a power output of 46,200 shaft horsepower (34,451 kW) and

a heat rate of 9160 Btu/kW-hr at a power turbine speed of 3600 rpm for the LM

5000 without STIG.

____________________

*STIG is a trademark of General Electric Co., U.S.A.

359

Cogeneration Steam Power Output (kW) Thermal Efficiency

Percentage

Allison 501-KH

0% 6000 0.35

Adapted from reference 22. Data in parentheses from references 56 and 57.

360

361

of the same is presented in Figure 9.20. The steam manifolds and injection lines

may be seen in both figures. Table 9.4 shows the performance of this configur-

ation without supplemental firing of the HRSG. With full STIG and supplemental

firing, the power output increases to 72,100 shaft horsepower (53,765 kW) and a

heat rate of 7580 Btu/kW-hr (or a thermal efficiency of 45%) is attained.

362

Figure 9.21 shows the average steam generation capability of the engine exhaust

with an unfired HRSG having a 30°F pinchpoint temperature difference. It is seen

that, as expected, higher steam flow rates are obtained with reduced steam temp-

erature and pressure for given HRSG exhaust and turbine exhaust temperatures.

A study the economic advantages of steam-injected gas turbines for utility use

relative to the combined-cycle power plant (ref. 33) has shown combined cycles to

be superior in unit sizes above 50 MW. However, utilities are becoming

increasingly interested in plants of 50 MW or less because of their small size and

quick availability.

which steam is injected into compressor bleed air for turbine cooling, together with

steam injection into the combustor and into one or more turbine stages (ref. 22).

The enhanced blade cooling allows increased turbine inlet temperature and further

power and efficiency increases. The reference predicts efficiencies for ISTIG

turbines better than for existing combined cycles and comparable to advanced

combined cycles. Thus STIG and ISTIG show great promise for cogeneration

applications and are likely to find their way into future power generation plans.

The influence of steam injection into the combustor can be analyzed with a model

that accounts for the major effects on the engine performance: the added mass and

363

364

heat capacity of steam in the turbine flow. The model assumes the following:

capacity Cps: 1.86 kJ/kg-K and 0.444 Btu / lbm -R.

+The heat capacity of the mixture of combustion gas and steam may be repre-

sented by a temperature-independent mass-weighted heat capacity given by

where ms /ma is the steam-air mass ratio. Here, as before, the mass of fuel is

neglected with respect to the mass of air.

of combustion gas with no water injection, km = kg = 4/3.

+The fuel control system maintains the turbine inlet temperature at a constant

value, irrespective of steam injection rate.

EXAMPLE 9.2

Consider the injection of steam in the combustion chamber of the single-shaft gas

turbine studied in Example 5.1. Five pounds of steam are injected for every

hundred pounds of compressor discharge air. The fuel flow rate is adjusted to

maintain the turbine inlet temperature at a constant 1400°F. Compare the power

output for a compressor flow rate of 100 lbm /s, the thermal efficiency, the work

ratio, and the fuel-air ratio with like parameters for the machine with no injection.

Assume that the steam injected is saturated at the combustor pressure level and is

heated by the turbine exhaust from pressurized feedwater at 70°F in a heat-

recovery steam generator as shown in Figure 9.22.

Solution

Table 9.5 presents the spreadsheet solution as well as the no-injection

reference solution, which is repeated there for convenience.

The algorithm is based on the assumptions just enumerated and uses the HRSG

analysis techniques discussed in section 9.2 in connection with the combined-cycle

steam generator study. Steam conditions entering the combustor are obtained from

the saturated-vapor tables, assuming constant pressure mixing at the known com-

bustor pressure level; feed water conditions are for saturated liquid water at 70°F.

365

366

output due to steam injection are evident.

The steam generator easily provides the required steam mass with a large

pinchpoint temperature difference. This indicates that the turbine exhaust gas is

capable of producing a still larger steam fraction with a smaller pinchpoint

temperature difference while maintaining acceptable exhaust gas temperature with

respect to the exhaust gas dew point.

__________________________________________________________________

influences of increased steam mass rate on performance and on steam generator

steam-air temperature differences in Figures 9.23 and 9.24, respectively. The

figures indicate that steam-air mass ratios up to about 0.18 are possible with this

configuration and that substantial performance benefits are the result.

367

368

The disposal of municipal and industrial solid waste has become a national

concern with significant energy conversion aspects. It has been estimated that

50% of sanitary landfills that are convenient or accessible to urban areas would be

fully utilized in the 1990s and that satisfactory new sites will be progressively

more difficult to find. This has led to the rapid growth of the resource recovery

industry.

Resource recovery deals with the environmentally sound disposal of municipal

and industrial waste. It starts, at one extreme, with garbage landfills and

incineration and extends to the ultimate conversion of components of waste to

their useful constituent elements, with recovery of available energy in the process.

Vigorous activity in this area is producing a variety of approaches to the problem.

Many of the solutions focus on the development of a central waste disposal facility

that receives and prepares waste for efficient landfill disposal. This section

considers a modern facility that reduces the volume of about 1125 tons per day of

solid waste by over 90% by burning, to produce steam for industrial use and to

generate electricity when steam is not needed.

369

Figure 9.25 shows a modern facility designed to serve the waste disposal needs

of almost 500,000 Tulsa-area residents. The plant is similar in many respects to

the power plant steam generators discussed earlier. Major exceptions are the

modifications required to deal with the unique problems of handling municipal

solid waste (MSW). The right foreground of Figure 9.25 shows where waste

haulers’ trucks are weighed on outside scales and enter the facility’s tipping floor.

Large noncombustible materials and other refuse that cannot be burned in the

facility, such as steel bars and tires, are left outside the plant by the hauler for

separate disposal. The trucks dump the MSW in or near a large refuge storage pit

adjacent to the tipping floor and leave from the opposite side of the tipping floor

from which they entered.

Haulers are held responsible for the waste that they deliver, although overhead

crane operators who feed refuse to the three boilers also attempt to sort the refuse,

to help achieve uniform heat release in the furnace and to keep large, noncombust-

ible, hazardous, and otherwise inappropriate materials from entering the furnaces.

Figure 9.26 shows how refuse handled by cranes is hoisted from the holding pit

and lowered through near-vertical feed chutes (4) to inclined reciprocating-grate

furnaces (5). There, rugged hydraulically operated rams meter the flow of refuse

as they push it onto the grates. The combination of underfire air from a forced-

draft fan (6) and vertically reciprocating grates keeps the refuse in continuous

motion. Overfire air assures 98% burnup of combustible materials. Supply air for

the forced-draft fans is drawn from the tipping-floor enclosure (1), to retain odors

within the plant.

At the end of the grate, a variable-speed ash discharge roller controls the rate

of discharge and hence the depth of the ash bed at the end the grate. The ash falls

370

from the roller into a water-bath ash discharger that cools the residue. The water

also seals the bottom of the furnace, which is slightly below atmospheric pressure.

The cooling ash residue is pushed by a ram out of the water bath, up an inclined

surface, and into a compartment where water is allowed to drain off and evaporate

from the residue for fifteen minutes. The ash residue then falls to a conveyor,

where it is transported to the ash house. There, salvageable metals are separated

and recycled. The remaining ash is then trucked to a sanitary landfill. The plant

achieves about a 90% reduction in refuse volume delivered to the landfill.

In the furnaces, the combustion gas from the burning MSW on the grates heats

the water in the welded-membrane water walls of the furnaces and the various

steam generator tube banks (8-12). Each of the steam generators produces 88,500

lbm/hr of steam at 680 psia and 700°F. The entire steam production passes in a 12-

inch underground steam line to a refinery about a mile away, for process use. In

figure 9.25, the refinery process plant utilizing the steam is located just beyond the

tank farm in the upper left. A steam turbine and generator set rated at 16 MW is

available for electrical generation as an alternative to refinery use of steam

production. The electricity may be used on site or sold to the local electric utility.

After leaving the economizer (12), combustion gas passes into an electrostatic

precipitator (14), where most of the fly ash remaining from the numerous passes

through the boiler is collected. The precipitators have automatic rapping systems

that free the collected particles, allowing them to drop into flyash hoppers to be

transported to the residue conveyor. Induced-draft fans (16) transport the cleaned

combustion gas from the precipitators to the stacks.

Tulsa’s Walter B. Hall Resource Recovery Facility, described here, is an

environmentally sound example of an increasing number of facilities operating or

under construction. These facilities typically are externally neat and are suited for

operation in industrial and some commercial locations. Massive reductions in

waste volumes are achieved in these facilities, with the possibility of generating

steam for process use, district heating, and steam turbine generation of electricity.

In resource recovery facilities of differing design, fluidized bed combustors might

be employed, and the released refuse heat might instead be used in connection

with closed-cycle gas turbines or other heat-driven devices.

isentropic efficiencies. In comparisons of turbomachines with differing pressure

ratios, the use of the isentropic efficiency gives an undeserved advantage to some

machines over others with different pressure ratios. Another approach to

efficiency, called the small-stage efficiency or polytropic efficiency, is considered

here as an alternative and, under certain circumstances, a more consistent way of

representing the quality of turbine and compressor performance.

371

stator, blades and rotating, or rotor, blades, with the rotor rows firmly attached to

a rotating shaft. In a turbine, the stationary blades act as nozzles to increase flow

velocity, and the rotor blades downstream turn and decelerate (change the

momentum of) the flow. The reaction to the momentum change is a force with a

large component in the direction of blade rotation. This blade force delivers

torque and power about the rotor axis. The combination of the stator row and a

rotor row is called a stage.

Instead of thinking in terms of efficiency for the entire machine, we focus our

attention on the efficiency of a single turbine stage. The efficiency of a stage may

be defined in terms analogous to the definition of the isentropic efficiency.

Consider the T-s diagram of Figure 9.27, which shows the temperature drop of a

calorically perfect gas in a stage of a multistage turbine. We assume here that all

stages have identical pressure ratios. In the notation of the figure, the turbine

isentropic efficiency is given by (T1 – T2)/(T1 – T2i), and by analogy the stage

isentropic efficiency is *T/ *Ti.

The expansion process in the turbine may be thought of as a stairstep sequence

of expansions through individual small stages, each having its own efficiency. A

few such steps are indicated in the figure. It should be observed that, in each

successive stage, the isentropic temperature drop *Ti moves to the right on the

diagram and therefore is larger than the corresponding drop between the same

pressure levels on the expansion line from 1 to 2i; i.e., *Ti > *Ts. Thus the

irreversibility of the expansions through earlier stages results in a sum of stage

isentropic temperature drops greater than the overall isentropic temperature drop

and hence greater work-producing capability for successive stages.

372

with infinitesimal pressure drops of equal efficiency. Thus the *Ts become dTs

and the small-stage efficiency becomes

The isentropic relation for a calorically perfect gas, Equation (1.19), may be

written in the form T/p (k – 1)/k = a constant. Using differentiation by parts yields

(9.8a) between the turbine inlet and exit states gives

Thus the requirement that all stages have equal efficiency yields a temperature

pressure relationship of the same form as Equation (1.19), except for the exponent.

Such relationships, of the form T1/T2 = (p1/p2) (n – 1)/n are called polytropic. For

example, the isentropic Equation (1.19) is polytropic with n = k. Because the use

of constant small-stage efficiency yields a pressure-temperature relation of

polytropic form, s is often called the polytropic efficiency. The exponent for the

turbine expansion with constant stage efficiency is then given by

If the polytropic efficiency is unity, n becomes k, and Equations (9.8) become the

usual isentropic relation. Values of s less than 1 reduce the turbine temperature

ratio, T1/T2, for a given turbine pressure ratio, p1/p2, below the isentropic value in

qualitatively the same way that decreasing turbine isentropic efficiency does. A

similar statement applies to turbine work.

The turbine isentropic efficiency, t, can be expressed in terms of the

polytropic efficiency by substitution in the isentropic efficiency definition:

373

If we define a compressor polytropic efficiency as a small-stage isentropic

efficiency, a similar analysis yields relations analogous to Equations (9.8) – (9.10):

where c and r are the compressor isentropic efficiency and pressure ratio,

respectively. Figure 9.28 shows isentropic efficiencies for both compressors and

turbines as functions of pressure ratio for two values of polytropic efficiencies.

Applying L’Hospital’s rule to Equations (9.10) and (9.13), we can show that the

isentropic efficiency of both turbines and compressors approaches the polytropic

efficiency in the limit as the pressure ratio approaches 1. This fact is evident in the

figure, and it is apparent that as pressure ratio increases, isentropic efficiencies

increase for turbines and decrease for compressors for fixed values of the

polytropic efficiencies.

374

of turbomachines, that is, superior internal blade passage design. For example, for

two turbines having the same internal aerothermodynamic quality, Figure 9.28

indicates that a machine with a high pressure ratio will have a higher overall

isentropic efficiency than one with a low pressure ratio.

As another example, the compressor curves imply that, in a comparison of two

compressors having the same isentropic efficiency, the one with the higher

pressure ratio has a superior aerothermodynamic quality. This suggests that

parametric studies involving varying compressor pressure ratio should use a

constant value of polytropic efficiency rather than constant isentropic efficiency to

represent comparable compressor quality.

The turbofan engine, ducted fan, or fanjet, discussed briefly in Chapter 5, is the

dominant gas turbine engine in commercial aircraft and is extensively employed in

military aircraft is well. Its primary feature is a large fan that accelerates a large

mass of unheated air in an annular duct surrounding the central core engine, as in

Figures 9.29 and 9.30, which show, respectively, a cutaway diagram and a photo-

graph of the General Electric CF6-80C2 high-bypass-ratio engine. The large fan

diameter produces a large jet exhaust consisting of a cylindrical wake of hot

combustion gas surrounded by an annular flow of slower-moving warm air.

The bypass ratio, B, is the ratio of the mass flow rate through the outer cooler

duct, mc, to the flow rate of the hot core engine, mh:

Bypass ratios range from 0 for the pure turbojet engine studied in Chapter 5 to

values in the neighborhood of 10. The bypass ratio is a design parameter that is

primarily determined by the mission of the aircraft. High-bypass-ratio engines are

desirable for long-range commercial aircraft because of their excellent fuel

economy. The CF6-80C2 engine has a bypass ratio of 5.05 and a total airflow of

1769 lbm/s (802 kg/s).

The bypass air may have its own nozzle, separate from the core engine as in

the CF6 engine, or the core and bypass flows may be mixed in a specially designed

nozzle. The mixing nozzle helps to reduce jet noise by transferring momentum

from the fast-moving core gas to the slower-moving bypass air, thereby reducing

the wake shear noise source. The mixing process, however, involves a thrust-loss

penalty.

375

376

Figure 9.31 presents some of the nomenclature and notation that will be used

in discussing the turbofan engine. For the configuration shown in the figure, the

fan pressurizes the compressor inlet air as well as delivering the power needed to

accelerate the bypass air through its nozzle downstream. While other fan configur-

ations are possible, this frequently used arrangement is the only one analyzed here.

In addition to the bypass ratio, a second important design parameter is the fan

pressure ratio, the ratio of the stagnation pressure downstream to that upstream of

the fan:

The fan pressure ratio, together with the bypass ratio, determines the power

transferred between the hot core engine and the bypass flow. For a given core

engine configuration, higher bypass ratios and fan pressure ratios cause more

power to be extracted from the turbine and passed to the bypass air by the fan. This

produces higher bypass duct thrust. However, as more power is extracted from the

core flow, the core nozzle velocity and core engine thrust are reduced. The

determination of the design values of these parameters therefore involves a

complex tradeoff with numerous other design factors.

The combination of a compressor and a turbine joined by a shaft is sometimes

referred to as a spool. High-pressure-ratio engines are frequently arranged in a

twin-spool or even a three-spool configuration. In a twin-spool engine, a high-

pressure turbine drives a high-pressure compressor with a hollow shaft, and a low-

pressure turbine delivers power to a low-pressure compressor and/or a fan by

means of a shaft that turns inside of the high-pressure-spool shaft. The turbofan

configuration in Figure 9.31 has the low-pressure turbine driving both the fan and

377

the low-pressure compressor, as does the PW 4000 fanjet shown in Figure 5.24. In

another arrangement, the low pressure turbine powers the fan only, and the entire

compressor is driven by the high-pressure turbine. Regardless of engine layout, the

objective of the fanjet is to accelerate a large mass of air and thereby increase the

propulsive efficiency of the engine.

Let us now consider the analysis of the turbofan configuration shown in Figure

9.31. The following parameters are assumed to be specified:

pa, ta, ca, or Ma

+ Bypass ratio, B

The inlet is assumed adiabatic, the nozzles are assumed to be isentropic, and all

mechanical efficencies are taken to be unity.

The calculation procedure parallels that of the turbojet analysis of Chapter 5.

Free-stream stagnation conditions are determined from the ambient conditions and

flight speed or Mach number. For an adiabatic inlet, the stagnation temperature at

the fan face, To1, is the same as the free-stream value, Toa, and the fan face stag-

nation pressure, po1, is given by the product of the inlet stagnation-pressure

recovery and the free-stream stagnation pressure: po1 = IPR(poa.

The conditions immediately downstream of the fan, assumed to be the same for

both hot and cold paths, are given by

and

378

The pressurized flow in the bypass duct then accelerates from po2 and To2 through

the convergent nozzle to a high velocity c9 with static pressure p9, contributing

m9(c9 – ca) + A9( p9 – pa) to the engine thrust. Here, p9 = pa if the nozzle pressure

ratio, po2/p9, is less than or equal to the critical pressure ratio; otherwise it is equal

to the critical pressure ratio.

The stagnation conditions downstream of both low- and high-pressure

compressors are determined in the same way as for the fan. For instance, for the

low-pressure compressor,

and

and

po5 = po4 and the known turbine inlet temperature is To5. Recognizing that, apart

from assumed-small frictional losses, the power delivered by the high-pressure

turbine is delivered to the high-pressure compressor; the steady-flow form of the

First Law of Thermodynamics applied to the high-pressure spool yields the

stagnation temperature upstream of the low-pressure turbine:

The turbine isentropic efficiency definition then gives the isentropic discharge

temperature, To6s, which in turn yields the high-pressure-turbine pressure ratio.

A similar procedure for the low-pressure turbine spool results in the energy

rate balance:

which, after dividing by m8Cpa and using the bypass ratio equation, yields

379

This equation may be solved for the nozzle entrance stagnation temperature:

The turbine pressure ratio follows from the application of the isentropic turbine

efficiency definition and the isentropic temperature-pressure relation, as in the

earlier high-pressure-turbine analysis.

Alternatively, polytropic efficiencies may be used in the solutions. This is done

for the fan and compressors by replacing Equations (9.16) to (9.21) by their

polytropic equivalents:

To2 = To1 + To1[FPR(n – 1)/n – 1] [R | K] (9.25)

po3 = po2(LPCPR [lbf /in2 | kPa] (9.26)

To3 = To2 + To2[LPCPR(n – 1)/n – 1] [R | K] (9.27)

po4 = po3(HPCPR [lbf /in2 | kPa] (9.28)

To4 = To3 + To3[HPCPR(n – 1)/n – 1] [R | K] (9.29)

poltytropic efficiency.

Equations (9.22) and (9.23) are still applicable for the analysis of the turbines.

However, polytropic equations, using exponents given by Equation (9.9):

the turbine pressure ratios, namely

and

Once po7 and To7 are known, the core nozzle may be treated in the same way as the

turbojet nozzle in Chapter 5. The engine thrust is then the sum of the thrusts

produced by the core and bypass flows.

380

EXAMPLE 9.3

A turbofan engine has a fan and a low-pressure compressor driven by the low-

pressure turbine, as shown in Figure 9.31. It operates at a flight velocity of 200 m/s

at 12,000 meters altitude, where the ambient temperature and pressure are 216.65K

and 0.1933 bar, respectively. The overall pressure ratio the engine is 19, and the

fan and low-pressure-compressor pressure ratios are 1.65 in 2.5, respectively. The

fan, compressors, and turbines have 90% polytropic efficiencies. Assume an

isentropic inlet and separate isentropic convergent nozzles, a fuel heating value of

43,000 kJ/kg, and a combustor total pressure loss of 6.5%.

Determine the core engine and bypass duct exit velocities, the engine thrust

specific fuel consumption, thrust, and specific thrust for an engine with an inlet air

flow of 100 kg/s and a bypass ratio of 3.0. Determine whether the nozzles are

choked.

Solution

Table 9.6 tabulates, in spreadsheet format, the design data for the example and

systematically calculates the engine parameters. After computing the fan and LP-

turbine exit total pressures, the nozzles may be checked for choking at the throats.

The applied pressure ratios are compared with the critical pressure ratios for cold

bypass air (k = 1.4) and for hot gas (k = 4/3), respectively. Branching in the

computation required by the presence or absence of choking is easily handled by

the @IF function of popular spreadsheets, which allows a conditional selection

between specified alternatives, as discussed previously in connection with

Example 5.6.

Ta 216.65 K Ambient temperature

Pa 0.1933 Bar Ambient pressure

Fuel HV 43000 kJ/kg Heating value

Cpa 1.005 kJ/kg Air heat capacity

Cpa/Cpg 0.8754 Air/gas heat capacity ratio

OPR 19.0000 Overall pressure ratio

FPR 1.6500 Fan pressure ratio

LPCPR 2.5000 Low pressure compressor pressure ratio

HPCPR 4.6100 HPCPR = OPR/[(FPR)(LPCPR)]

B 3.0000 Bypass Ratio

mair 100 kg/s Inlet total mass flow rate

cpeta 0.9 Compressor and fan polytropic efficiencies

(n-1)/n l comp 0.3175 (n-1)/n = (k-1)/[k+cpeta] (for fan & comp.)

381

n/(n-1) l turbine 4.4400 Turbine polytropic factor, k/[(k-1)+tpeta]

(dp/p) l combust 0.065 Combustor fractional pressure drop

To5 1027 C High pressure turbine inlet temperature

To5 1300 K To5 (K) = To5 (C) + 273

To1=Toa 236.550 K Toa=Ta+Ca^2/(2+Cpa*1000)

Poa = Po1 0.263 Bar Po1 = Poa = Pa+(Toa/Ta)^3.5

Po2 0.434 Bar Po2=FPR+Po1

Po3 1.085 Bar Po3=(LPCPR)Po2

Po4 4.995 Bar Po4=Po3(HPCPR)

Po5 4.671 Bar Po5=Po4+[1 - (dp/p)] | combust

To2 277.31 K To2=To1+FPR^[(n-1)/n] I comp

To3 370.93 K To3=To2+(LPCPR)^[(n-1)/n] | comp

To4 602.39 K To4=To3+HPCPR^[(n-1)/n] | comp

To6 1097.38 K To6=To5-(Cpa/Cpg)+(To4-To3)

To7 872.68 K To7=To6-(Cpa/Cpg)[(B+1)(To2-To1)+(To3-To2)]

Po6 2.199 Bar Po6=Po5+(To6/To5)^[n/(n-1)] | turbine

Po7 0.795 Bar Po7=Po6+(To7/To6)^[n/{n-1)] | turbine

Po7/Pc8 1.8530 Crit. press. ratio: Po7/Pc8=[(4/3+1)/2]^4

Po7/Pa 4.1100 Core flow is choked

Po2/Pc9 1.8930 Crit. Press. ratio: Po2/Pc9=[(7/5+1)/2]^3.5

Po2/Pa 2.2440 Bypass flow is choked

T8 748.02 K IF (Po7/Pc8) < (Po7/Pa) THEN T8=2+To7/(4/3+1)

ELSE T8=To7/(Po7/Pa)^0.25

C8 535.02 m/s IF (Po7/Pc8)<(Po7/Pa) THEN C8=(287+T8+4/3)^0.5

ELSE C8 = [(To7-T8)+2000+Cpg)]^0.5

P8 0.429 Bar IF Pc8>Pa THEN P8=Po7/(Po7/Pc8) ELSE P8=Pa

Rho8 0.200 kg/m^3 Rho8=100+P8/(0.287*T8)

A8/m8 0.0094 m^2-s/kg A8/m8 = 1 / (C8+Rho8)

T9 231.09 K IF Pc9>Pa THEN T9=2To2/(7/5+1)

ELSE T9=To2/(Po2/Pa)^(1/3.5)

C9 304.72 m/s IF Pc9>Pa THEN C9=(287+T8+7/5)^0.5

ELSE C=[(To2-T9)+2000+Cpa]^0.5

P9 0.229 Bar IF Pc9>Pa THEN P9=Po2/(Po2/Pc9) ELSE P9=Pa

rho9 0.346 kg/m^3 Rho9=100+P9/(0.287+T9)

A9/m9 0.009 m^2-s/kg A9/m9=1 / (C9+Rho9)

Specific Thrust, ST 242.9 N-s/kg ST = C8+C9+B-Ca+(B+1)+[(P8-Pa)+(A8/m8)

+(P9-Pa)+(A9/m9)+B]+10^5/(B+1)

Thrust 24294.4 N Total engine thrust= mair(specific thrust)

f/a 0.0186 f/a=Cpg(To5-To4)/HV

mfuel 0.466 kg/s Fuel flow rate=mair+(f/a)/(B+1)

TSFC 0.000019 kg/N-s TSFC=(f/a)/[spec. thrust)(B+1)]

TSFC' 0.069 kg/N-hr TSFC'=3600+TSFC

ST | core m 971.8 N-s/kg ST based on m8 = (B+1)+ST

The specific thrust is presented in two forms, one based on the total mass flow

rate to the engine and the other based on the mass flow rate to the core engine. The

former, ST, allows easy comparison with engines of comparable frontal area,

while the latter, ST | core m, is useful in showing the thrust increase due to adding

382

a fan to a given core engine. Both definitions reduce to the common turbojet

definition for B = 0, but deviate progressively with increasing bypass ratio.

__________________________________________________________________

in flight at the same altitude and velocity based on our computations. This is easily

accomplished with the spreadsheet of Table 9.6 by setting FPR = 1.0 and B = 0 for

the turbojet engine. Table 9.7 shows some of the parameters resulting from this

comparison.

Turbofan Turbojet

It is evident that the extraction of power to drive the fan reduces the core jet

velocity. The lower jet velocities substantially reduce the turbofan engine thrust

for the same size inlet and total engine mass flow rate. Thus the high-bypass-ratio

turbofan is less likely to be used for military applications requiring high speed and

therefore high thrust per unit of frontal area. This is reflected in the specific thrust

based on total engine mass flow. On the other hand, the specific thrust based on

core mass flow shows that a significant increase in thrust can be achieved by

adding a fan to an existing turbojet design. The major advantage of the fanjet is

shown in the fuel flow rate and TSFC comparisons, where the superior fuel

economy of the fanjet appears.

The success of the turbofan or ducted-fan engine has made it clear that further

advances in jet engine fuel economy are possible with higher bypass ratios. The

large-diameter cowlings necessary for drastic increases in turbofan bypass ratio,

however, appear impractical. Still, advances in propeller technology now make

flight at high subsonic Mach numbers possible with gas-turbine-driven unducted

fans.

383

Figures 9.32 and 9.33 show a UDF®* engine featuring contrarotating fans

installed in an engine nacelle. A twin-spool gas generator upstream of the fans

supplies combustion gas to the cantilevered fan section. In this design the forward

fan blades are coupled directly to the outer fan-turbine blades, as shown in Figure

9.34, and rotate clockwise. The free-wheeling aft fan section, which includes the

_________

* UDF® is a registered trademark of General Electric Co., U.S.A..

384

inner fan-turbine blades, rear fairing, and tailcone assembly, is cantilevered at the

rear of the engine and rotates counterclockwise.

With unducted-fan engines, very high bypass ratios are possible. The UDF

engine, with an overall pressure ratio of approximately 42 at top of climb, has

demonstrated substantial SFC reductions over modern turbo fans, approximately

20% lower than the best of the current turbofan engines. In-cabin noise, originally

expected to be a problem with unducted fans, was very low–equal to or less than

that of today’s turbofan-powered aircraft (ref. 55).

Despite the attractiveness of the unducted fan concept, it appears that in the

next decade large transport aircraft will use ducted fans that incorporate more

modest increases in bypass ratio together with increases in overall pressure ratio

for improved performance. Reference 63, for example, anticipated the family of

75,000 to 95,000 pounds-thrust turbofans coming into use around 1995. They were

expected to have a bypass ratio of 9 and overall pressure ratio about 45 to give a

9% improvement in SFC over then-existing engines. The reference anticipated that

the engines would have a low speed, low pressure ratio fan for low noise. The fans

were expected to be made of composite materials to save about 25% weight over

competing metal fans.

1. Curran, Paul F., "Clean Power at Cool Water," Mechanical Engineering, Vol.

109, No. 8 (August 1987): 68-71.

The Cool Water Coal Gasification Program." Proceedings of the EPRI Sixth

Annual Conference on Coal Gasification, Palo Alto, Calif., October 15–16, 1986.

3. Watts, Donald H., Dinkel, Paul W., and McDaniel, John E., "Cool Water IGCC

Performance to Date and its Future in the Electric Utility Industry," U.S. Utility

Symposium, Palm Springs, Calif., October 1987.

4. Gluckman, Michael J., et al., "A Reconciliation of the Cool Water IGCC Plant

Performance and Cost Data with Equivalent Projections for a Mature 360-MW

Commercial IGCC Facility." Cool Water Gasification Program, October 1987.

Gasification Plant." Cool Water Coal Gasification Program, October 1987.

Missouri Valley Electric Association Engineering Conference, Kansas City, Mo.,

March 1988.

Power Research Institute, Palo Alto, Calif.

385

9. Pollak, Robert, “Status of First U.S. CAES Plant,” EPRI Journal, December

1988: 49–52.

10. Allison, P. R., and Berman, P. A., “PACE 260 at Comanche, the First Two

Years.” ASME Gas Turbine Conference, ASME Paper 76-GT-109, 1976.

11. Anon., “Upgraded Combined Cycle Will Save Over $6 Million per Year in

Fuel,” Gas Turbine World, May–June 1968: 13–18.

12. Bammert, K. and Groschup, G., “Status Report on Closed-Cycle Gas Turbines

in the Federal Republic of Germany.” ASME Gas Turbine Conference, ASME

paper 76-GT-54, 1976.

13. Williams, Robert H., and Larsen, Eric D., “Aeroderivative Gas Turbines for

Stationary Power,” Annual Review of Energy, Vol. 13 (1988): 429-489.

14. Anon., “The Purpose of PURPA,” Mechanical Engineering, August 1988: 56.

15. Henneforth, James C., and Todd, Douglas M., “Cogeneration on a Large

Scale,” Mechanical Engineering, August 1988: 51-53.

August 1988: 54-57.

17. Diamant, R. M. E., Total Energy. New York: Pergamon Press, 1970.

18. Horlock, J. H., Cogeneration: Combined Heat and Power. New York:

Pergamon Press, 1987.

1978: 313-356.

Energy, Vol. 11, 1986: 275-294.

21. Joskow, P. L., “The Evolution of Competition in the Electric Power Industry,”

Annual Review of Energy, Vol. 13, 1988: 215-238.

22. Larson, E. D., and Williams, R. H., “Steam-Injected Gas Turbines,” ASME

Journal of Engineering for Gas Turbines and Power, Vol. 109, January 1987: 55-

63.

23. Burnham, J. B., Giuliani, M. H., and Moeller, D. J., “Development, Install-

ation, and Operating Results of a Steam-Injection System (STIG) in a General

Electric LM 5000 Gas Generator,” ASME Journal of Engineering for Gas Turbines

and Power, Vol. 109 (July 1987): 257-262.

24. Boutacoff, David, “Pioneering CAES for Energy Storage,” EPRI Journal,

January-February 1989: 31-39.

386

25. Pollak, Robert, “Status of First U.S. CAES Plant,” EPRI Journal, December

1998: 49-52.

26. Anon., “The Circulating Fluidized Bed Boiler,” Heat Engineering, Foster

Wheeler Corp., September-December 1986: 88-89.

Wheeler Corp., January-April 1986: 67-73.

28. Douglas. John, “Quickening the Pace of Clean Coal Technology,” EPRI

Journal, January-February 1989: 5-15.

29. Clarke, Ed, “Cool Water Coal Gasification Program: An Update,” EPRI

Journal, September 1988: 45-48.

Bed Boilers,” Power, May 1989:72-73.

31. Kolp, D. A., and Moeller, D. J., “World’s First Full STIG LM5000 Installed at

Simpson Paper Company,” ASME Journal of Engineering for Gas Turbines and

Power, Vol. 111 (April 1989): 200-210.

Combustion Turbine,” ASME Journal of Engineering for Gas Turbines and Power,

Vol. 111 (April 1989): 211-217.

33. Cohn, Art, “Steam-Injected Gas Turbines Versus Combined Cycles,” EPRI

Journal, October-November 1988: 40-43.

34. Holway, Donal K., and Moody, Joe R., Jr., “Salina Pumped Storage–Design

and Operating History,” Waterpower ‘83, Proceedings of the International

Conference on Hydropower, Vol. 2, 861-870, 1983.

Society of Civil Engineers, 1975.

36. Barrows, H. K., Water Power Engineering. New York: McGraw-Hill, 1934.

37. Douglas, John, “Tools of the Trade for Hydro Relicensing,” EPRI Journal,

July-August 1988: 4-13.

Knowhow,” Power, June 1989: 64-66.

40. Bretz, Elizabeth A., “Examine Full Impact of Injecting Steam into Gas Turbine

Systems,” Power, June 1989: 53-61.

387

41. Brunner, Calvin R., Handbook of Hazardous Waste Incineration. Blue Ridge

Summit, Pa: Tab Books, 1989.

42. Spiewak, Scott A., Cogeneration and Small Power Production Manual, 3rd ed.

Lilburn, Ga.: Fairmont Press, 1991.

43. Weston, Kenneth C., “Turbofan Engine Analysis and Optimization Using

Spreadsheets,” Proceedings of the ASME Computers in Engineering Conference,

August 1, 1989.

44. Cohen, H., Rogers, G. F. C., and Saravanamuttoo, H. I. H., Gas Turbine

Theory, 3rd ed. New York: Longman, 1987.

Gas Turbines. Cambridge, Mass.: MIT Press, 1984.

46. Chenoweth, C. V., Schreiber, H., and Dolbec, A. C., “20 Years of Operation at

Horseshoe Lake Station–Oklahoma Gas and Electric Company,” Procedings of the

American Power Conference, Vol. 96, 1984.

47. Roll, Mark W., “The Dow Syngas Project,” Turbomachinery International,

Vol. 32, No. 1, January-February 1991: 28-32.

Turbine Cogeneration,” ASME Journal of Engineering for Gas Turbines and

Power, Vol 112, April 1990: 157-163.

49. Zaugg, P., and Stys, Z. S., “Air-Storage Power Plants with Special

Consideration of USA Conditions,” Brown Boveri Review, Vol. 67 (December

1990): 723-733.

50. Kehlhofer, Rolf, Combined-Cycle Gas and Steam Turbine Power Plants.

Lilburn, Ga: Fairview Press, 1991.

51. United Technologies Turbo Power and Marine Systems, Inc. FT8 Gas Turbine

Brochure.

Vol. 111 (August 1989): 44-50.

53. Butler, Arthur J., and Hufnagel, Karl R., “Skagit County Resource Recovery

Facility Design of a 2500-kW Waste-to-Energy Plant,” ASME ‘89–JPGC/Pwr-12,

October 1989.

54. Douglas, John, “Beyond Steam,” EPRI Journal, December 1990: 4-11.

56. Riley, Shaun T., (manager of LM 5000 and Industrial programs, G. E. Marine

and Industrial Engines & Service Div.), personal communication.

388

57. Riley, Shaun T., “STIG Increases Output from Aeroderivative Gas Turbines,”

Modern Power Systems, June 1990: 41-47.

58. Stewart, Norman, “Shell Coal Gasification,” EPRI Journal, June 1989: 38-41.

59. Sundstrum, David G., “Status of the Dow Syngas Project: Three Years of

Experience at the World’s Largest Single Train Coal Gasification Plant,”

Proceedings of the American Power Conference, Vol. 52, 1990, pp. 512-515.

60. Anon., “Gasifier Demo Heralds New Era for Gas Turbines,” Power, October

1989: S-24–S-28.

61. Anon., “Cogen System Balances Steam Cycle Demand,” Power, October

1989: S-42–S-44.

62. Ullman, Ronald R., and Duffy, Thomas J., “Integrated Material and Energy

Recovery from Municipal Solid Waste,” Proceedings of the American Power

Conference, Vol. 52, 1990, pp. 570-577.

63. Smith Jeffrey J., “ The GE90 ... When is Big’ Big Enough?” ASME Turbo

Expo–Land, Sea, and Air, Orlando, Fla., June 6, 1991.

64. Lamarre, Leslie, “Alabama Cooperative Generates Power from Air,” EPRI

Journal, December 1991: 12-19.

Power, May, 2000.

67. Lane, Jon, “More Power, Fewer Players,” Mechanical Engineering Power,

May, 2000.

EXERCISES

9.1 A 10-MW gas turbine operating at the conditions in Example 5.1 exhausts

through a process heat exchanger, with the combustion gas leaving at 200°F.

What is the rate of heat transfer to the process? If the heat transfer is to liquid

water, what flow rate of water can be increased in temperature from 50°F to

160°F in the heat exchanger? How many homes with an average heating

demand of 60,000 Btu/hr could be serviced by the gas turbine in a district

heating application where there is a 20% energy loss in the system distribut-

ing heat to the customers? What is the unweighted system energy utilization

factor?

9.2 Design the combustion gas heat exchanger required in Exercise 9.1. Indicate

the type selected, the required surface area, the geometric configuration, and

overall size.

389

9.3 The oxygen remaining in the exhaust gas of a 5-MW gas turbine supplies the

oxidizer for a process heater that burns methane completely. The gas turbine

operates at the conditions of Example 5.1. What is the nominal heat transfer

rating if the heater is designed for an exit temperature of 300°F? What is the

rated of fuel consumption and the unweighted energy utilization factor of this

combined heat and power system? What would the maximum heater output

be if the gas turbine were shut down and atmospheric air were supplied to the

heater with the same supplemental fuel firing rate?

9.4 Compare the unweighted energy utilization factors for the simple-cycle and

regenerative gas turbines of Examples 5.1 and 5.2, assuming their exhausts

serve unfired process heat exchangers with 250°F exit gas temperatures.

Compare the energy utilization factors, assuming the useful heat in each is

weighted by the cycle’s thermal efficiency.

9.5 The exhaust of a 2-MW gas turbine, operating at the conditions of Example

5.1, transfers heat to an absorption chiller with a COP of 0.78. The exhaust

gas leaves the chiller at a temperature of 220°F. How many tons of

refrigeration can be produced by the chiller? What is the unweighted EUF

based on shaft power and chiller rate of cooling?

conditions of 101 kPa and 15°C, a turbine inlet temperature of 1200°C, and a

compressor pressure ratio of 12. The compressor and turbine isentropic

efficiencies are 84% and 88%, respectively. The turbine exhaust flows

through a process heat exchanger and exits to the atmosphere at 110°C.

Determine the gas turbine cycle state properties, the thermal efficiency, and

the work ratio, accounting for an 80-kPa pressure drop on the process heat

exchanger gas turbine exhaust side. What is the rate of heat transfer to the

process through the heat exchanger? If the heat transfer is to liquid water,

what flow rate of water can be boiled at atmospheric pressure if water enters

the heat exchanger at 30°C? How many homes with an average heating

requirement of 20 kW can be heated in a district heating application where

there is a 15% loss in the distribution of heat to customers? What is the

unweighted system energy utilization factor?

9.7 Design the combustion gas heat exchanger required in Exercise 9.6. Indicate

the type selected, the required surface area, the geometric configuration,

overall size, and the estimated pressure drops. Can you improve significant-

ly on the assumed heat exchanger pressure drop used in Example 9.6?

9.8 The exhaust of a 5-MW gas turbine supplies the oxidizer for a heater that

burns methane completely. The gas turbine operates the 101 kPa and 15°C

compressor inlet conditions and 1060K turbine inlet temperature. The engine

has compressor and turbine isentropic efficiencies of 86% and 88%, respect-

ively, and a compressor pressure ratio of 10. What is the nominal heat

transfer rating of the heater? What is the total rate of fuel consumption and

the unweighted energy utilization factor? Combustion gases leave the heater

at 200°C.

390

9.9 The exhaust of a 2-MW gas turbine operating at 960°C turbine inlet temp-

erature with a compressor pressure ratio of 9 transfers heat without loss to

operate an absorption chiller with a COP of 0.83. The exhaust gas leaves the

chiller at a temperature of 120°C. The compressor inlet conditions are 105

kPa and 25°C, and the compressor and turbine isentropic efficiencies are

82% and 86%, respectively. How many tons of refrigeration can be produced

by the chiller?

9.10*Develop a spreadsheet like that in Table 9.1, and investigate the influence on

the combined-cycle efficiency of varyingeach of the following:

(a) HRSG exit temperature.

(b) Steam turbine throttle temperature.

(c) Gas turbine inlet temperature.

(d) Compressor pressure ratio.

9.11 A closed-cycle gas turbine using air as a working fluid has an intercooler, a

reheater, and a recuperator. The overall pressure ratio is 6. The low-pressure

compressor has a pressure ratio of 2. Both compressors are driven by the

high-pressure turbine. All turbomachines are 85% efficient. Compressor

inlet temperatures are 80°F, and turbine inlet temperatures are 1500°F.

Regenerator effectiveness is 75%.

(a) Draw T-s and flow diagrams, and label both compatibly.

(b) Identify actual temperatures, in degrees Rankine, at all stations of sig-

nificance.

(c) If the low-pressure compressor inlet pressure is 6 atm, what are the

intercooler and reheater gas pressures?

(d) Calculate the total compressor work, and compare with the work for a

single compressor with 85% efficiency without intercooling.

(e) What is the gas turbine net work?

(f) What is the total external heat addition?

(g) How much heat is available from the precooler for district heating ?

(h)What is the plant thermal efficiency?

(i) What is the plant energy utilization factor if 80% of the precooler heat

rejection is used for district heating?

(j) If the turbines deliver 100MW of power, what is the air flow rate and

(k) the rate of consumption of coal, in tons per hour (12,000 Btu/lbm

heating value and 90% combustion efficiency)?

______________________

* Exercise numbers with an asterisk involve computer usage.

9.12 A closed-cycle gas turbine using air as a working fluid has an intercooler, a

reheater, and a recuperator. The overall pressure ratio is 6. The low-pressure

compressor has a pressure ratio of 2. Both compressors are driven by the

high-pressure turbine. All turbomachines are 85% efficient. Compressor

inlet temperatures are 15°C, and turbine inlet temperatures are 1000°C.

Regenerator effectivenesss is 75%.

(a) Draw T-s and flow diagrams, and label both compatibly.

(b) Identify actual temperatures, in degrees Kelvin, at all stations of signif-

icance.

391

(c) If the low-pressure compressor inlet pressure is 6 atm, what are the

intercooler and reheater gas pressures?

(d) Calculate the total compressor work, and compare with the work for a

single compressor with 85% efficiency without intercooling.

(e) What is the gas turbine net work?

(f) What is the total external heat addition?

(g) How much heat is available from the precooler for district heating?

(h) What is the plant thermal efficiency?

(i) What is the plant energy utilization factor if 80% of the precooler heat

rejection is used for district heating?

( j) If the turbine delivers 100 MW of power, what is the air flow rate and

(k) the rate of consumption of coal in kilograms per second (25,000 kJ/kg

heating value and 90% combustion efficiency)?

9.13 Starting with the selected combined-cycle design for Example 9.1, consider a

modification to the heat-recovery steam generator that allows saturated liquid

water at state 12 to be extracted for industrial process use. Assume that the

water is returned to the condenser as a saturated liquid at the condensing

temperature. Assume that process use dictates the mass flow rate extracted,

with the balance of the water going as steam to the steam turbine. Calculate

and tabulate the heat supplied per unit of gas turbine mass flow as a function

of the process liquid mass fraction of the total water flow entering the steam

generator. Also calculate and plot the energy utilization factor as a function

of the process mass fraction. If the gas turbine power output is 6 MW, what

is the maximum saturated-liquid-water process heat transfer rate?

9.14* Starting with the selected combined-cycle design for Example 9.1, consider

superheated steam at state 8 to be extracted for industrial process use.

Assume that the water is returned to the condenser as a saturated liquid at

the condensing temperature. Assume that process use dictates the mass

flow rate extracted, with the balance of the steam created going to the

steam turbine. Calculate and tabulate the process heat supplied per unit of

gas turbine mass flow as a function of the process steam mass fraction of

the water flow through the steam generator. Also calculate and plot the

energy utilization factor as a function of the process mass fraction. If the

gas turbine power output is 6 MW, what is the maximum superheated-

steam process heat transfer rate?

9.15 Extend the analysis of Table 9.1 to include supplemental firing of the HRSG,

to provide an inlet gas temperature of 1500°F and a steam turbine throttle

temperature of 1000°F. Determine the influence of boiling temperature on

the pinchpoint temperature difference, and on the net work per pound of gas

turbine flow; and compare the combined-cycle thermal efficiency with the

efficiencies of the individual cycles. Discuss the results of the analysis.

9.16 Extend the analysis of Table 9.1, to consider a modification of the heat-

recovery steam generator that allows saturated water vapor at state 13 to be

extracted for industrial process use. Assume that the water is returned to the

condenser as a saturated liquid at the condensing temperature. Assume that

process use of the steam has priority, with the balance of the steam going to

392

the steam turbine. Calculate and tabulate the process heat supplied per unit of

gas turbine mass flow as a function of the process water mass fraction of the

water flow through the steam generator. Also calculate and plot the energy

utilization factor as a function of the process mass fraction. It the total power

output of the combined cycle is 6 MW, what is the maximum process heat

transfer rate?

generator that allows superheated steam at state 8 to be extracted for

industrial process use. Assume that the water is returned to the condenser as

a saturated liquid at the condensing temperature. Assume that process use of

the steam has priority, with the balance of the steam going to the steam

turbine. Calculate and tabulate the process heat supplied per unit of gas

turbine mass flow as a function of the process steam mass fraction of the

water flow through the steam generator for a boiling temperature of 600°F.

Also calculate and plot the energy utilization factor as a function of process

mass fraction. If the total power output of the combined cycle is 20 MW with

no process heat, what is the maximum process heat transfer rate?

a fraction of the turbine exhaust gas can bypass the heat exchanger for

process use. Prepare a report stating your design criteria, defining your

analysis methodology, and presenting performance data for the nominal

design condition that you selected.

9.19 Perform the design required in Exercise 9.18, and include consideration of

performance for a range of off-design process heat transfer requirements that

are lower than the design value.

compressor with a pressure ratio of 10 and an efficiency of 85% for six hours

nightly. What power output can be obtained with a turbine inlet temperature

of 1600°F if the plant operates for four hours during the day at constant

power output? The turbine efficiency is 90%. What is the air-fuel ratio if

methane is the fuel used? What is the net generation efficiency, considering

only the fuel consumption of the turbine? Assume a daily cycle, that cavern

pressure changes are negligible, and that the heat of compression is

dissipated before generation begins.

9.21* An ideal steam turbine operates with 1000°F, 2000-psia throttle, and 1-psia

condenser and produces 15 MW without extraction. When steam is extracted

for process use at 500 psia, after use it is condensed to a saturated liquid at

that pressure and throttled to the condenser. Tabulate and plot the process

heating rate and the EUF as a function of extraction mass fraction.

9.22* A 25 MW steam turbine operates in 1000°F and 2000 psia with an efficiency

of 87%. Eighty percent of the condenser heat transfer is used for an

industrial process. Tabulate and plot the process heating rate and the EUF as

a function of condenser pressure between 1 psia and 2 atmospheres.

393

9.23* Develop the equations and an algorithm for the analysis of the steam-

injected gas turbine with an unfired steam generator producing superheated

steam at the combustion chamber pressure and using methane as a fuel . Use

the JANAF tables for thermodynamic properties of steam in the gas turbine.

State clearly the assumptions made. Write a computer programming

implementing the algorithm.

efficiency of 86% that compresses ambient air at 101 kPa and 15°C into a

cavern. Assume that heat losses from the cavern maintain the air at 15°C and

constant pressure during the filling period from midnight to 6 am daily. The

compressor is driven by a 20 MW electric motor. What is the daily mass

addition to the cavern? From 2 pm to 6 pm daily the same mass of air that

was added to the cavern during the night is heated to 1200K and allowed to

escape to the atmosphere at a constant flow rate through a turbine expander

with a 90% isentropic efficiency. What is the expander power output? What

is the daytime energy output? What is the fractional fuel consumption

reduction if a regenerator with 80% effectiveness is added to the system?

9.25 Resolve Example 9.2 for superheated steam injection at 400°, 500°, 600°,

and 700°F and the combustor pressure level. Write a brief report on your

findings on the influence of temperature of injected steam on STIG perform-

ance.

9.26* Use the STIG spreadsheet shown in Table 9.5 to verify the performance

calculations of Figures 9.23 and 9.24.

performance for the model of Example 9.2, and prepare a memo reporting

your results.

9.28* Evaluate the separate influences of steam heat capacity and added mass on

the thermal efficiency, power output, and work ratio for the model of

Example 9.2.

9.29 Consider a two-shaft gas turbine to be modified for steam injection. The

compressor pressure ratio is 9.3, and the turbine inlet temperature is 982°C.

The isentropic efficiencies of the compressor and turbines are 83% and 90%,

respectively. The gas generator mechanical efficiency is 99%, and the power

turbine drives an electrical generator that has a 93% efficiency. Accounting

for a 4% pressure loss in the combustor and a fuel heating value of 43,000

kJ/ kg, compare the electrical power output, specific fuel consumption,

thermal efficiency, and fuel-air ratios for 0.0 and 0.05 steam-air ratios.

Briefly described your selection of steam system design conditions.

9.30 It has been decided that the heat-recovery steam generator for a steam-

injected gas turbine must be retubed to continue running it in the steam

injection mode. The expected cost of retubing is $230,000. Steam injection

produces an additional 4000 MW-hr per year, adding two cents per kW-hr to

394

revenue. What is the break-even operating time to recover the cost of this

maintenance operation?

polytropic efficiency of 87% and pressure ratios of 6 and 18.

9.32 What is the polytropic efficiency of a turbine, with a pressure ratio 30, that

has the same isentropic efficiency as a turbine having a polytropic efficiency

of 92% at a pressure ratio of 12?

9.33* Compare the performance of a twin-spool turbofan engine with separate fan

and compressor to that of a turbojet engine, both with an overall pressure

ratio of 30 and a turbine inlet temperature of 1300K, and designed for an

altitude of 15,000m and a flight speed of 275 m/s. The bypass ratio is 6 and

the fan pressure ratio is 1.6. Assume turbine, fan, and compressor polytropic

efficiencies of 90% and a combustor pressure loss of 3% of the compressor

exit total pressure. Compare specific thrusts for engines built from the same

core engine. Compare, also, specific fuel consumption and jet velocities.

9.34* Build a multicase spreadsheet for the conditions of Exercise 9.33, and use it

to plot specific thrust and TSFC as a function of fan pressure ratio. Use the

spreadsheet to explore further the influence of varying bypass ratio for a

value of fan pressure ratio suggested by your plot. Write a memo discussing

briefly the results of your study.

engine, in which the fan is located at the same axial station and directly

attached to a low pressure turbine dedicated to driving the fan. The high-

pressure turbine drives the compressor, and is located upstream of the fan.

The compressor and fan each have their own separate inlets.

9.36 Express the work of a compressor in terms of its inlet temperature and

pressure ratio using (a) the isentropic efficiency, and (b) the polytropic

efficiency. Equate the relations, and solve for the compressor isentropic

efficiency. Compare your result with Equation (9.13).

9.37 Express the work of a turbine in terms of its inlet temperature and pressure

ratio using (a) the isentropic efficiency, and (b) the polytropic efficiency.

Equate the relations, and solve for the turbine isentropic efficiency. Compare

your result with Equation (9.10).

395

C H A P T E R 10

10.1 Introduction

Nuclear power is universally controversial. Many would say that it is also universally

needed–as an alternative or supplement to power generated by fossil fuels.

The combustion of fossil fuels produces carbon dioxide, now notorious for the

threat of global warming. Nuclear power plants produce neither carbon dioxide nor

oxides of sulfur and nitrogen, as does the burning of fossil fuels. Thus nuclear power

reduces the global production of carbon dioxide and other pollutants, and helps to

alleviate many of the pervasive problems of fossil fuel supply.

Petroleum is least available in regions of widest use; natural gas is, for the time

being, plentiful and sought after by all; and widely abundant coal has come to be

regarded as the great Satan of air pollution. Water power is important, but it offers

limited possibility for growth. Solar energy, while promising, is far from being a

mainstay of the world’s energy supply. Thus sources other than fossil fuels and nuclear

power offer little hope to become major suppliers during our lifetimes.

Nuclear power, in stasis for many years, may make a comeback. Engineers have

been quietly working on new and safer designs for nuclear power plants, and the

political climate may be swinging slowly back in favor of nuclear power. According to

references 31 and 34, there were 434 operating nuclear plants producing 17% (350,000

megawatts) of the world’s electricity in 1998. Regardless of one’s position towards it,

nuclear power is a major factor in world power production.

Knowledge of nuclear power is not American, French, Indian, or British; it is

virtually universal. Nuclear power plants such as those shown in Figure 10.1 are

producing power in many nations around the world. Blockage of the growth of nuclear

power in the United States did not prevent the development and extensive use of

nuclear-generated electricity in France or Canada. Should developing countries with

minimal fossil resources not use nuclear power? Should a country that has seen the

terror wrought by nuclear weapons be denied the benefits of electricity from the

nucleus? Can attempts to halt the growth of nuclear power stop the proliferation of

nuclear weapons? These and many other issues around nuclear power, which obviously

extend far beyond the bounds of engineering, are much too broad to be pursued here.

Nuclear power is controversial, but it is here; it is important and likely to remain so.

*Thanks to Dr. Andrew A. Dykes for his valuable inputs and comments on this

chapter.

396

This chapter is concerned largely with nuclear fission power reactors. Most nuclear

power plants use steam cycles that differ little from those of fossil fuel plants except for

the source of heat for the steam generator and for steam supply conditions. Steam

turbine cycles were considered in some detail in Chapter 2. Thus this chapter will focus

primarily on (a) the characteristics of nuclear reactor steam supply systems and, to a

lesser extent, on (b) the climate for future nuclear development. In preparation for this

study let us first review relevant aspects of atomic and nuclear structure.

397

Somewhat more than a hundred elements are known and are thought to be the building

blocks of everything in the universe. The atom is the basic unit of structure for each

element. An important connection between the microscopic world of the atom and the

macroscopic world of experience is given by Avogadro's number. A gram-mole of any

element has Avogadro's number (6.023 x 1023) of atoms.

The atom may be considered as consisting of a positively charged nucleus at its

center and one or more negative charges around the nucleus called electrons that make

the atom electrically neutral. The electron is the fundamental unit of negative charge. It

may be viewed as a particle which is much smaller than the nucleus and which orbits

around the nucleus as a planet orbits the sun, or it may be viewed as a diffuse electron

cloud around the nucleus. Still another concept is that of a particle whose location is

not known but which is more likely to be in some places than others, its position being

given by a probability distribution. We will not concern ourselves with the rationales

for these views.

Thus atoms consist of nuclei surrounded by electrons. The sizes of atoms are

conveniently measured in Angstroms (10-8 cm). The nucleus typically is of the order of

10 –5 Angstroms. Thus the volume of the atom is largely due to the size of the outer

electron’s orbit or to the atom’s electron cloud.

Molecules are collections of atoms held together by electromagnetic forces between

the nuclei and the electrons. Atoms and molecules can exist in a variety of energy states

associated with their electron distributions. These microscopic states and their

macroscopic influences are dealt with theoretically in the fields of quantum mechanics

and statistical thermodynamics.

Molecules and atoms can interact with each other to form different molecules in

ways that are controlled by their electron structures. These interactions, called

chemical reactions, have little to do with the nucleus. In Chapter 3, we considered

aspects of these reactions that are relevant to combustion. The magnitudes of the

energy associated with these chemical changes, while of great importance in thermal

engineer-ing, are so small that they have no significant influence on the nuclei of the

reacting atoms. Thus the nuclei may be thought of as merely going along for the ride

when a chemical reaction occurs.

An electrically neutral particle, however, can penetrate an atom's electromagnetic

field and approach the nucleus, where it interacts via short range but powerful nuclear

forces. Then the electrical forces holding the nucleus together may be overcome,

resulting in changes in the nucleus. In these cases the interatomic forces are largely

irrelevant and are overpowered by nuclear events. It is these changes that are the

concern of this chapter.

398

The Nucleus

The nucleus, for our purposes, may be thought of as being made up of integral numbers

of protons and neutrons. The proton is a particle with a positive charge of the same

magnitude as that of the electron, so that pairing a proton with an electron produces

exact electrical neutrality. Thus protons account for the charge of the nucleus, and a

like number of electrons ensures the electrical neutrality of the atom. Compared with

the electron, the proton is a massive particle, having a mass which is about 1800 times

the mass of the electron. Thus the hydrogen atom, which consists of one proton in the

nucleus and a single electron in orbit around the nucleus, is electronically neutral and

has a mass only slightly larger than that of the nucleus.

Atoms larger than the hydrogen atom have more than one proton in the nucleus and

have one or more neutrons as well. A neutron, as the name suggests, is an electrically

neutral particle with a mass only slightly larger than that of the proton. As components

of the nucleus, protons and neutrons are called nucleons, and are thought of

interchangeably with respect to mass because their masses differ so little from each

other.

The number of protons in an atom of an element is called the atomic number of the

element. Thus hydrogen has an atomic number of 1. The atomic number of a given

element is unique to that element. Thus we could identify the elements by their atomic

numbers rather than by their names if we wished. Elements are ordered in the periodic

table in part by their atomic numbers.

The mass number of an element is the number of nucleons in an atom of that

element and is therefore the sum of the number of protons and neutrons in the nucleus.

Atoms of a given element that have differing mass numbers are called isotopes of the

element. A given isotope of an element is sometimes designated by a notation that

includes the element's chemical symbol, its mass number, and its atomic number. For

example, the most common isotope of uranium is denoted as 92U238, where 92 is the

atomic number of the element uranium and 238 is the sum of the number of protons

and neutrons in the isotope nucleus. The isotopes are also sometimes simply identified

by their name or symbol and mass number, such as U-235 or Uranium-235. Other

significant examples are the isotopes of hydrogen, deuterium, 1H2, and tritium, 1H3,

which have, respectively, one and two neutrons accompanying the proton. These

isotopes are sometimes written 1D2 and 1T3 to reflect their commonly used names. The

form of water, H2O, in which the isotope deuterium replaces hydrogen is commonly

called heavy water, D2O, because of the added mass of the extra neutron in each

nucleus. It will be seen later that heavy water has characteristics that are advantageous

in some nuclear processes.

Just as chemical fuels undergo chemical reactions that release energy, nuclei may also

participate in energy-releasing nuclear reactions. When this happens atoms of the

399

reacting elements are converted to atoms of other elements, the sort of transmutation

sought by the alchemists of the past.

Mass-Energy Equivalence

Two nuclear processes are known to be capable of releasing energy on a scale large

enough to influence the personal and business lives of humans. The reality of both

processes has been amply demonstrated by the production and detonation of the atomic

and hydrogen bombs. Both processes owe their energy release to the annihilation of

matter consistent with the famous Einstein formula, E = mc2, which asserts the

convertibility of mass to energy. Because the speed of light is so large, the equation

shows that the annihilation of a small amount of mass yields a large quantity of energy.

These energy releases are usually measured in MEV, millions of electron-volts. The

electron-volt, EV, is defined as the energy required for an electron to pass through a

potential difference of one volt. The reactions of individual nuclei typically produce

particles with energies measured in MEV. On the other hand, as indicated earlier, the

most energetic of chemical reactions releases much less energy, only a few EV per

molecule.

As a result of our encounter with Einstein's energy-mass relation we must adjust

our philosophical position on the conservation laws of mass and energy and think

instead in terms of conservation of mass-energy. Mass and energy may be thought of as

different forms of the same thing. Any change in the mass of an isolated system must be

accompanied by a corresponding change in system energy. This in no way influences

the discussions in previous chapters, because changes in mass are entirely insignificant

in chemical and other nonnuclear processes.

The process known as nuclear fusion occurs in nature in the stars, including our own

sun. Since the Second World War, scientists have been attempting to achieve the

conditions for fusion in the laboratory. Because it can use heavy water from the sea as

a fuel, controlled thermonuclear fusion offers the hope of vast quantities of power for

many centuries in the future.

Fusion occurs when light atoms interact to form a heavier atom in reactions such as

Here, two deuterium atoms collide to form helium-3 and a neutron while releasing 3.2

MEV of energy. Other fusion reactions exist that provide comparable amounts of

energy. Using precise atomic masses measured with mass spectrometers, we can

determine the differences of the masses of the reactants and products in this reaction.

Application of the Einstein relation to the mass loss yields the same energy release (in

this case 3.2 MEV) as is obtained by energy measurements. Thus the energy yield of

400

For over fifty years, researchers have pursued the goal of achieving controlled

thermonuclear fusion on a scale suited for commercial power production. Since the

reactants are two positively charged nuclei, they must have high kinetic energies to

overcome their mutual repulsion. These high energies imply a gaseous state with

enormously high temperature, a condition known as a plasma. Because solid materials

cannot exist at plasma conditions and plasmas would be cooled by the presence of

solids, magnetic confinement of plasmas has been one approach to achieving a

thermonuclear plasma. Large experimental devices called Stellerators, Tokamaks, and

mirror machines have been built to help solve the problems inherent in achieving large-

scale fusion reactions and in stably confining the associated thermonuclear plasma.

While progress continues, controlled thermonuclear fusion remains, and will likely

continue, in the research stage for many years. It will therefore not be considered

further here.

Whereas nuclear fusion annihilates mass by forming larger atoms from light atoms,

fission is a process of breaking massive atoms into two large, more-or-less equal-sized

atoms, with an accompanying mass loss and energy release. While controlled fusion

remains elusive, nuclear fission has been producing electrical power on a commercial

scale for decades. The remainder of this chapter therefore deals with the fundamentals

and commercial use of nuclear fission.

401

Nuclear fission involves the breakup of certain massive elements resulting from col-

lisions with neutrons. Uranium U-235, for instance, the isotope of uranium with 235

nucleons, forms an highly excited isotope with 236 nucleons upon capture of a neutron,

as in Figure 10.2(a). These excited U-236 atoms are unstable and break up into a

variety of pairs of large atoms shortly after they are created. The many such fissions

occurring in a reactor may be expressed as an average reaction:

average, 2.47 neutrons are released in the process, one of which must initiate another

fission to sustain a chain reaction, as illustrated schematically in Figure 10.3. In

addition alpha, beta, and gamma radiation is released. One of the many reactions that

participate in the average reaction above creates xenon and strontium fission fragments

and two neutrons:

U-235 reactions exemplified by the Xe-Sr reaction create diverse fission fragments and

small integral numbers of neutrons that average to 2.47 and release energies that

average to 203 MEV.

Over 80% of the 203 MEV of energy released by the average U-235 fission

reaction is the kinetic energy of the fission fragments associated with their large mass

and high velocity. Because of their high energy, the fission fragments become ionized

and ionize nearby atoms as they tear their way through surrounding materials. The

fission fragments, however, travel only a very short distance, for interactions cause

them to lose much of their energy to the surrounding solid. Thus most of the fission

402

energy appears immediately as internal energy and therefore locally high temperature of

the surrounding materials. It is, therefore, necessary that the fuel be cooled

continuously to counter the fission heat generation to avoid temperature buildup and

possible melting. The heated coolant is then provides the energy input for a

thermodynamic (usually steam) cycle.

As the fission fragments come to rest, their presence changes the character of the

reactor materials. Non-fissionable material exists where fissionable and other atoms

once resided. In time these materials may decay radioactively, forming still different

substances and releasing additional heat. But, importantly, they absorb neutrons

without offering the possibility of fission. Thus the fission fragments are said to poison

the reactor.

While most of the fission heat generation is due to the fission fragments, reactor design

focuses on the actions of neutrons. This is because neutron captures produce fissions,

fissions produce more neutrons, and, as we will see later, fissile material may also be

produced using neutrons. Thus neutrons are the currency of the reactor and may be

used constructively or wastefully. The manner in which the neutrons in a reactor are

used is called the neutron economy. The reactor designer pays close attention to all of

the details of the neutron economy. One of these details is the distribution of the kinetic

energy of the neutrons, that is, the fractions of the neutrons that lie in given energy

ranges.

Almost all commercial power reactors (as opposed to experimental reactors) are

thermal reactors in which fission is caused by thermal neutrons. A thermal neutron is a

neutron that is in thermal equilibrium with the surrounding atoms. This implies that

they have energies on the order of 0.02 EV. Because they move relatively slowly,

thermal neutrons are much more likely to cause fission of U-235 than are higher-energy

neutrons; therefore, they are the choice for most power reactor designs. However, the

neutrons created by the fission reaction are not thermal neutrons. The neutrons created

by fission have kinetic energies that range from about 1 to 10 MEV. They are called

fast neutrons because of this high kinetic energy.

Thus, if a chain reaction is to be sustained in a thermal reactor, it is necessary for

the fast neutrons to be slowed, or thermalized, to much lower energies so that they can

cause fissions before they are absorbed in nonproductive captures in reactor material or

before they escape from the reactor. They do this by colliding with certain other nuclei

in the core, put there for that purpose. These nuclei are called moderators. A good

moderator is a light element that, on collision with a neutron, is speeded up by the

collision, and thereby extracts energy from the neutron without absorbing it.

The moderator concept may be understood by considering what happens when a

billiard cue ball hits another ball head-on. The cue ball stops, and the second ball carries

away the kinetic energy. However, with balls of differing mass, if the second ball is

heavy the cue ball bounces off without losing energy, whereas light balls are propelled

403

at high speed and extract significant energy from the cue ball. In neutron collisions with

atoms, it is the lightest atoms that extract the most energy.

Ordinary water, heavy water, graphite, and beryllium are all used as moderators

because they are light and are poor absorbers of neutrons. Hydrogen and deuterium are

the moderators in water. The oxygen in the water is not an effective moderator but has

low absorption and therefore does not interfere significantly with the moderation

process.

It is evident that conservation of neutrons is a prime consideration in any reactor

design. The number of neutrons per unit volume, or neutron density, in a reactor is an

important design parameter. Neutrons diffuse about in the reactor as they are scattered

and slowed by moderator atoms. Because they have no charge, they are uninfluenced

by electromagnetic fields and therefore may travel further than charged particles.

Four events can influence local neutron densities as they pass through the

surrounding reactor core:

2. They can be absorbed non-productively by fission products, structural materials,

or nonfissioning fuel.

3. They can escape through the walls of the reactor.

4. They can be absorbed in nuclei that create more fuel.

Events 2 and 3, absorption and escape, result in nonproductive waste of neutrons in

the neutron economy. The necessity that enough events of type 1, rather than types 2

and 3, occur to sustain the chain reaction suggest several important considerations for

reactor design:

+ The reactor should be large enough that only events of types 1, 2, and 4 take

place and hence that escape of neutrons from the reactor is rare. Since reactor size

is dictated primarily by the cooling requirements imposed by nuclear heat

generation, this usually follows automatically from the design process. In addition,

positioning moderating material such as water at the boundaries of the reactor as a

reflector, to deflect escaping neutrons back into the reactor, may allow a more

compact design, in some cases.

+ Materials to be used in the reactor design are selected so that type 2 events are

minimized. The gradual buildup of poisons must also be considered in designing for

the change in reactor performance with time between refuelings.

the active fuel region, to reduce the frequency of type 2 events.

+ Neutron-absorbing materials may be moved into and out of the reactor to change

the average neutron density for reactor control purposes.

404

A reactor can function over a range of neutron densities. When the neutron density

and power levels are constant, the reactor is said to be critical. This implies that the

number of neutrons producing fission at one instant is the same as at a later instant, a

situation depicted in Figure 10.4. Since high neutron densities produce more fissions,

each of which produces 203 MEV in the case of a U-235 thermal reactor, heat

generation, and thus power output, increases with neutron density.

Let's assume that 2.5 fast neutrons are produced per fission in a critical thermal

reactor and track the activities of 100 fast neutrons created in an instant. In a critical

reactor, about 40 of these fast neutrons must thermalize and undergo fission to produce

another 100 fast neutrons. Figure 10.4 shows that 2 of the original 100 fast neutrons

produce (fast) fissions and 5 more neutrons immediately so that there are 103 fast

neutrons diffusing around. Of these, about 10 escape from the core or are absorbed in

non-fissile materials while slowing down. Of the remaining 93 thermal neutrons, about

405

3 escape from the core and about 43 are absorbed in non-U-235 materials while

diffusing around at thermal energies. The remaining 47 captures by U-235 result in 7

non-fission captures and 40 fissions. These 40 fissions, in turn, produce 100 fast

neutrons for the next generation in a reactor operating at critical. This sequence

representing a single generation in a critical reactor is repeated over and over by an

enormous number of neutrons. By slight changes in the reactor configuration during

operation (for instance, by addition or removal of a small amount of poisons), the

neutron economy can be adjusted to increase or decrease the number of neutrons in the

next generation and thus change the reactor operating condition.

A parameter, k, called the multiplication factor, is defined as the ratio of the

number of neutrons in one generation to the number in the preceding generation. Thus

k = 1 for a critical reactor. If k is less than or greater than 1, the neutron density is

decreasing or building and the reactor is said to be subcritical or supercritical,

respectively.

A reactor is designed to have a maximum value of k > 1 so that it may be brought

up to a desired power level and maintained there over the duration of the fuel cycle.

Once the reactor approaches the desired power level, control actions are taken to

adjust the value of k to 1, bringing the reactor to critical and stabilizing its operation.

The control action requires the introduction of additional neutron-absorbing material or

the reduction of the amount of moderator in the reactor, to reduce the rate of buildup

of the neutron density to zero. As fissionable material is depleted and poisons build up,

control material is gradually withdrawn from the reactor to maintain critical operation.

When the reactor can no longer maintain critical at its design power level with no

control material present, it must be refueled.

The presence of a nuclear heat source is the major difference between fossil fuel

and nuclear plants. In that connection, there are several important factors that must be

considered in the design of a nuclear power plant that are not factors in conventional

power plant design and operation. First, the entire amount of fuel needed to operate a

nuclear power plant for up to two years is loaded into the plant at one time. The rate

at which power is generated must then be maintained by controlling the neutron chain

reaction over the wide range of reactor operating and fuel depletion conditions that can

arise between refueling operations. This calls for detailed planning and analysis, both

before and throughout the operating cycle.

Second, because the products of fission are highly radioactive and their rate of

decay cannot be controlled, the heat from radioactive decay of fission products after

shutdown amounts to as much as 7% of full power output. Consequently, provision

must be made in the thermal design to remove this heat under all credible operating and

accident conditions. (The reactor at Three Mile Island melted over an hour after the

nuclear chain reaction was terminated, because the operators misinterpreted their

instruments and turned off the emergency systems that were removing the decay heat.)

The nuclear decay process is not self-limiting and has no maximum temperature, as

with chemical reactions. If the heat generated is not removed from the reactor core, the

core will melt and be destroyed.

406

Third, if radioactive materials from the reactor core find their way to the

environment, they can be hazardous to nearby life. Although the proper cooling of the

core will ensure that these materials will remain contained inside the fuel assemblies, a

defense-in-depth approach to safety must be employed to make the possibility of a

release extremely remote.

Fertile Fuels Fuels Fissionable by Thermal Neutrons

U-235

U-238 ; Pu-239

Th-232 ; U-233

Uranium-235 is the only material that is both fissionable by thermal neutrons and found

in nature in sufficient abundance for power production. Other fissile fuels are uranium-

233 and plutonium-239 (Table 10.1) which are created from thorium-232 and uranium-

238, respectively, by absorption of neutrons. Substances from which fissionable fuels

are created, called fertile fuels, are transmuted into fissionable fuels in a reactor by

extra neutrons not needed to sustain the fission chain reaction. Fertile fuel used in this

way is said to have been converted. The resulting fissile materials may be processed to

make new fuel elements when sufficient quantities have accumulated. Some of the

converted material may be consumed directly by fissions during reactor operation.

The composition of uranium ore is about 99.3% U-238 and 0.7% U-235. Because

of the ore’s small percentage of U-235, it is difficult to design a water-cooled, thermal

reactor that uses natural uranium. Therefore the power reactors in the United States

and most other parts of the world are thermal reactors that employ uranium enriched to

between 2% and 5% U-235. Such reactors use ordinary (light) water for both cooling

and moderation and are therefore commonly called light-water reactors.

Uranium enrichment is an expensive and difficult process because it involves

separation of two isotopes of the same element, which rules out most chemical

methods. Thus processes that rely on the small mass difference between U-235 and

U-238 are usually used. The gaseous diffusion process involves conversion of a

uranium compound processed from the ore to gaseous uranium hexafluoride, UF6. The

gaseous UF6 flows in hundreds of stages of diffusion through porous walls that

eventually produce separate UF6 gas flows containing enriched and depleted uranium.

The enriched UF6 then is processed to UO2 powder which is sintered into hard ceramic

fuel pellets such as those shown in Figure 10.5. The pellets are sealed in long cylindrical

metal tubes for use in the reactor.

Newer enrichment processes currently available or under development include: high

speed centrifugal separation; which also relies on the uranium isotopic mass difference;

407

isotopes; and laser enrichment, which relies on ionization of uranium by an intense light

beam with subsequent chemical or physical separation of the ions (ref. 8).

Power reactors active in the United States today are light-water reactors. They are

designed so that the core is both moderated and cooled by highly purified water and

therefore must use a fuel that fissions with thermal neutrons.

Water has many advantages in thermal reactors. From a neutron point of view,

H2O is an extremely efficient moderator. As we know from its extensive use in

conventional power plants, water has excellent heat transfer characteristics, and the

technologies of its use in steam power plants are well established.

Water has disadvantages as well. To maintain its excellent moderation and heat

transfer capabilities, it must remain a liquid. Thus water reactors are currently limited to

producing hot liquid or steam with little superheat. Moreover, boiling temperatures

suited to an efficient plant require very high pressures, as in fossil fuel plants. Thus

water-cooled reactor cores must be encased in pressure vessels that operate with high

temperatures nearby. In addition, they must endure, for the design life of the plant, the

408

409

severe environment resulting from the fission reactions. Finally, and perhaps most

importantly, should reactor pressure integrity be lost while the reactor is operating, the

liquid water will flash to steam, losing much of its heat transfer advantages. All of

these factors contribute significantly to the challenges that an engineer faces in the

thermal and mechanical design of light-water reactors.

There are two major types of light water reactors (Figures 10.6 and 10.7), which

are differentiated primarily by the thermodynamic conditions of the water used to cool

uranium fuel elements in the reactor vessel. The boiling water reactor (BWR) operates

at a pressure that allows boiling of the coolant water adjacent to the fuel elements. The

water in the pressurized water reactor (PWR) is at about the same temperature as in

the BWR but is at a higher pressure, so that the reactor coolant remains a liquid

throughout the reactor coolant loop. In addition to their use in utility power reactors,

PWRs are used in American nuclear submarines.

A schematic of the layout of the General Electric BWR/6 system is shown in Figure

10.8. There the turbines, condenser, pumps, and feedwater heaters studied in Chapter 2

appear in a familiar configuration. Water boils inside the reactor core, producing

slightly radioactive steam that passes directly to the steam turbines. The radioactivity in

the steam, however, has a half-life of only a few seconds. The carryover of radioactivity

to the turbine-feedwater system is virtually nonexistent, and experience has shown that

components outside the reactor vessel (turbine, condensate pump, etc.) may be

serviced essentially as in a fossil-fueled system. Some other reactor designs, such as the

pressurized water reactor to be considered later, have an additional separate water

loop, as seen in Figure 10.7, that isolates the turbine steam loop from the reactor

coolant to provide further assurance that the turbine-feedwater system components

remain free of radioactivity.

410

Fuel Assemblies

Uranium appears in most boiling water reactors in the form of sintered cylindrical

pellets of uranium dioxide (UO2) (Figure 10.5), about 0.4 inches in diameter and about

0.4 inches long. These pellets are stacked inside of long sealed zirconium alloy

(zircaloy) tubes called fuel rods. Fuel rods, in turn, are mounted in an eight-by-eight

array in a fuel bundle, as seen in Figure 10.9. The fuel bundle and the fuel channel that

surrounds the fuel rods comprise a fuel assembly, as shown in Figure 10.10.

411

The lower-tie-plate nose piece seen there, together with the fuel channel, directs the

coolant water flow over the fuel rods inside of the fuel assembly.

The fuel assemblies, mounted vertically in the core, are designed to minimize

operating stresses on the fuel rods. For example, Figure 10.10 shows that the fuel rods

are spring loaded so they are free to expand in the axial direction in response to

changes in reactor operating temperatures.

The core of a BWR/ 6 1220-MWe reactor (MWe stands for electrical generator power

output, as opposed to MWt for reactor thermal output) has 732 fuel assemblies and 177

control rod assemblies in an approximately 16-ft-diameter circular array, as shown in

Figure 10.11. Cooling water receives heat from the fuel rods by forced-convection and

412

two-phase nucleate boiling as it flows upward through the fuel assemblies. As the water

cools the fuel assemblies, it also thermalizes the fast neutrons that diffuse through the

core.

Water that bypasses the fuel assemblies and flows upward on the outside of the fuel

channels is confined by the cylindrical core shroud, as seen in Figure 10.11. This flow

cools the channels and the neutron absorber control rods. The control rods are

mounted in cruciform assemblies, as seen in Figure 10.12. The control rod assemblies

fit vertically in a fuel module between 4 fuel assemblies in the core, as diagrammed in

Figure 10.13. The control rod assemblies move vertically between the fuel bundles to

change the effective multiplication factor to compensate for changes in reactor

operating conditions due to buildup of poisons over time. The stainless-steel-clad

control rods contain boron carbide (B4C), which absorbs neutrons and hence tends to

413

terminate fission processes when in place in the core. The control rod assemblies are

moved up and down through the core to change the rate of absorption of neutrons

when significant changes in power level or adjustments to account for fuel burnup are

required, or in the event of an emergency shutdown.

The positions of the control rods are adjusted by hydraulic drives located below the

core. The rods are fully inserted in the core during a shut down making the

multiplication factor less than 1. Most of the control rods are fully out of the core

during critical operation. When all of the rods are out of the reactor the multiplication

factor slightly exceeds 1, which allows the neutron density and power level to increase.

The bottom-entry fuel rod drives in the GE BWR are an unusual feature in reactors.

Their location below the reactor simplifies the refueling process which is carried out

from above in most reactor designs.

The quality of the steam leaving the top of the core is approximately 11%, indicat-

ing that most of the water is still liquid and must be recirculated through the core for

additional heating. The liquid water leaving the top of the core and the steam

separators flows downward outside the core shroud, driven by the jet pumps located

between the shroud and the reactor vessel wall, as shown in Figure 10.14. The jet

pumps, in turn, are driven by recirculation pumps located outside the reactor vessel.

The jet pumps induce the downward flow outside the shroud by momentum transfer to

the slower-moving liquid.

414

Vapor bubbling up through the fuel assemblies leaves the core and passes upward

with the liquid. The flow is turned by stationary vanes in the steam separator, where

the higher angular momentum of the liquid separates it from the vapor. The separated

liquid flows to the outside of the reactor vessel where it is recirculated outside the core

shroud.

The steam passing through the separator is further dried in the steam dryer

assembly before it leaves the reactor vessel as a slightly superheated or saturated vapor.

The turbines are specially designed to operate with saturated vapor at the throttle and

small amounts of liquid within. Liquid is separated from the wet steam leaving the HP

turbine. Steam tapped from the HP-turbine-throttle steam line is used to reheat the HP

exit steam before its entry to the LP turbines. The low HP-turbine-throttle conditions

of 550°F and 1040 psia lead to a plant thermal efficiency of about 32%.

In the boiling water reactor, control is primarily achieved by adjustment of the rate

of recirculation through the reactor by the recirculation and jet pumps shown in Figures

10.11 and 10.14. Change in the rate of water recirculating through the core changes

both the onset of boiling and the volume fraction of steam in the cooling channels, and

thus the amount of moderator in the core at a given time. This allows significant

adjustment of reactor power output without control rod movement. For example,

increasing the recirculation and jet pump speeds sweeps bubbles away faster, increasing

moderation and raising the power level until the additional boiling restores the proper

void fraction for critical operation at a higher power level.

415

As the coolant passes upward through the fuel assemblies, heat from the fuel rods

produces vapor bubbles via nucleate-boiling heat transfer. Nucleate boiling is

characterized by the local formation of bubbles of vapor that break away from the fuel

rod surface, causing vigorous, agitated, fluid motion with resulting high heat transfer

rates. This may be contrasted with film boiling, in which a stable vapor layer covers the

tube surface, resulting in low heat transfer rates. Film boiling occurs at high surface-to-

bulk fluid temperature differences. It is crucial that a departure from nucleate boiling,

DNB, be avoided, because reduced heat transfer coefficients and cooling rates produce

drastic increases in tube temperatures, leading to fuel melting or zircaloy fuel rod

burnout. Thus the ratio of maximum heat flux to the critical heat flux for DNB is a

major thermal design parameter for the water reactor. The reactor fuel rod heat-

generation rate and flow-channel convective cooling are designed to maintain

tube-to-fluid heat fluxes well below the unstable transition range between nucleate and

film boiling. The maximum UO2 fuel temperature based on the maximum design fuel

rod heat-generation rate of 13.4 kW/ft is approximately 3400°F, whereas the fuel

melting temperature is about 5100°F.

The boiling water reactor, like other reactors, has numerous active and passive

safety systems. A thick pressure vessel, for instance, surrounds the reactor core. An

even thicker concrete containment structure surrounds the pressure vessel to confine

anything that may escape from it. An emergency core cooling system (ECCS) senses

overheating of the core and

## Much more than documents.

Discover everything Scribd has to offer, including books and audiobooks from major publishers.

Cancel anytime.